Brelko Catalogue v6.4 Complete

BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
TOTAL TRANSFER POINT SPILLAGE CONTROL
MODEL E505
ANGLE PLOUGH’S
AIR
CANNONS
BELT WASH
SYSTEMS
MODEL E955 PREMIUM

HEAD PULLEY BELT SCRAPERS
MODEL E405
V-PLOUGHS
MODEL E305
SECONDARY KEYSKIRT®
CHUTE SEALING
BELT SCRAPER SYSTEMS
BELT
TRACKING
SYSTEMS
HEAVY DUTY
HI-IMPACT UNIVERSAL &
SYSTEMS COMBINATION
FEEDBOOTS
PRODUCT CATALOGUE
VERSION 6.4 - ©07/2015
we rment C
po o OVER
25
m
nt
Certified E
er
rib
RA C ﬁca o
EK
ISO 9001:2008
n
utor
DEKRA ISO 14001:2004 C member

A
TM
OHSAS 18001:2007 Re
g. No. No 20 06/0 761
6 M YEARS
P.O. Box 62392 Marshalltown 2107 Tel: +27 11 013 4000 Fax: +27 11 013 4150 E-Mail: info@brelko.com Web: www.brelko.com
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
BRELKO CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
Kenny Padayachee Peter Ellis

Managing Director Sales & Marketing Director
Founded in 1987 / Selby, Johannesburg – South Africa.
Brelko, a 100% South African owned company, design and manufacture

conveyor belt cleaning equipment for a trouble-free flow of materials at
transfer and load points. This is backed up by an installation and maintenance
package.
We have over 25 years experience as a supplier and advisor on spillage control

to the bulk materials handling industry and offer proactive and ongoing
maintenance for preventative spillage control and optimum belt cleaning.
We supply and service our products throughout the world, with branches in the
United Kingdom and the United States, our master distributors in Australia, Chile
and Greece, and agents located in Africa and more than 40 countries.
We are accredited with ISO 9001:2008, ISO 14001:2004 and OHSAS 18001:2007
certification and are members of the South African Institute of Materials
Handling and Conveyor Manufacturers Association Limited of South Africa.
The company is S.A.N.A.S. approved B-BBEE accredited.
All technical and dimensional information subject to change. All general Terms and Conditions of sale, including limitations of our liability, apply to all products and services sold.
Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
Brelko Conveyor Products (Pty) Ltd. – South Africa

Belt Scrapers - Belt Cleaning Systems
Keyskirt® - Chute Sealing Systems
Feedboots - Belt Support Systems
Hi-Impact Systems - Heavy Duty Garland Idler Belt
Support System
Air Cannons - Bulk Material Flow Activator System
Tracking Systems - Belt Centralising Systems
Brelko Conveyor Products INC. – United States

Feedboots - Belt Support Systems
Support System
Brelko Conveyor Products Ltd. – United Kingdom

Support System
Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
Options, Components & Systems
Full range of Spares and Accessories Pre-assembled Components

From nuts, bolts, washers to Brelko spares Full range of pre-assembled, brackets,
and components. mounts, carrier shafts, drop over track,
blade holders etc…
Chute Sealing Systems Belt Scrapers

For Single & Double row scrapers Pre-Primary
Scraper and Belt inspection Primary
Keyskirt for sealing at conveyor load areas Secondary
Ploughs
Brelko Belt Support Systems Brelko Belt Tracking Systems

Combination & Universal Feedboots and Troughing & Return Tracking Systems
High Impact Idler systems
Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
COMPLETE SOLUTIONS
FOR SPILLAGE, CARRYBACK AND DUST CONTROL AS WELL AS PROMOTING TROUBLE
FREE FLOW OF MATERIAL AT CONVEYOR BELT TRANSFER AND LOAD POINTS
Research, Design
and Product
Development
Production
Installation
Training
Brelko - Mobile Service

▪ Brelko offers a comprehensive installation
and maintenance service.
Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
Head Office: Brelko Conveyor Products (Pty) Ltd.

16 Harries street, Reuven Extension 1, Booysens, Johannesburg, South Africa
Website: www.brelko.com
Managing Director:
Kenny Padayachee
Tel: +27 11 013 4000
email: kenny@brelko.com
Sales Director:
Peter Ellis
Tel: +27 83 305 7873
email: peter@brelko.com
Sales & Marketing Manager:

Sharon Padayachee
Tel: +27 11 013 4000
email: sharon@brelko.com
Technical & CADD Manager:

Riaan Rynders
Tel: +27 82 507 3839
email: riaan@brelko.com
Business Development Manager: OEM & Projects

Jay Pillay
Tel: +27 82 557 5998
email: jay@brelko.com
Service Manager
Craig Abbey
Tel: +27 82 407 8581
email: craig@brelko.com
United Kingdom - BRELKO CONVEYOR PRODUCTS LTD.

Sales & Service Manager
Dave Insley
Mobile: +44 794 601 8472
Telephone: + 44 1782 388 842, Telefax: + 44 17 8239 5709
E-mail: dave.brelko@gmail.com
United States of America - BRELKO CONVEYOR PRODUCTS INC.

Operations Manager
Eric Brown
Telephone: +1 303 544 0817, Telefax: +1 303 544 0818
Toll Free: 1-866-891-6820, +1 720 771 4035
E-mail: sales@brelko.us
Version 6.4 – © 10/2014
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
TOTAL TRANSFER POINT SPILLAGE CONTROL
MODEL E505
ANGLE PLOUGH’S
AIR
CANNONS
BELT WASH
SYSTEMS
MODEL E955 PREMIUM

HEAD PULLEY BELT SCRAPERS
MODEL E405
V-PLOUGHS
MODEL E305
SECONDARY KEYSKIRT®
CHUTE SEALING
BELT SCRAPER SYSTEMS
BELT
TRACKING
SYSTEMS
HEAVY DUTY
HI-IMPACT UNIVERSAL &
SYSTEMS COMBINATION
FEEDBOOTS
PRODUCT CATALOGUE
Parts List and Installation Instructions
VERSION 6.4 - ©07/2015
we rment C
po o OVER
25
m
nt
Certified E
er
rib
RA C ﬁca o
EK
ISO 9001:2008
n
utor
DEKRA ISO 14001:2004 C member

A
TM
OHSAS 18001:2007 Re
g. No. No 20 06/0 761
6 M YEARS
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
ABOUT US
Brelko® designs and manufactures conveyor belt cleaning equipment for a trouble-free flow of materials at transfer and load points.
This is backed up by an installation and maintenance package. We have served as a supplier and advisor on spillage control to the
bulk materials handling industry, since 1987 and offer proactive and ongoing maintenance for preventative spillage control and
optimum belt cleaning. We are accredited with ISO 9001:2008, ISO 14001:2004, OHSAS 18001:2007 certifications, and are members of
the Institute of Materials Handling and Conveyor Manufacturers Association of South Africa Limited. We have branches in the United
Kingdom and the United States, our master distributors in Australia, Chile, Greece, and agents located in more than 40 countries.
PRODUCT RANGE
BRELKO® BELT SCRAPERS:
A complete range of primary and secondary scrapers, V and Angle ploughs. Scrapers feature the patented “V” double arm blade
and torsion holder mounting. The system is designed for stability and makes maintenance and blade changing as quick and simple
as possible.
BRELKO® CHUTE SEALING SYSTEMS

(KEYSKIRT®):
This patented chute sealing system is available in four sizes, each designed for a specific range of applications.
Size 1: This is a self adjusting flexible skirt sealing strip featuring the patented Brelko® multiple lip seal, designed to be used with
smaller conveyor belts. Specially formulated compounds ensure maximum seal life. It’s also available in a non-toxic rubber grade
with stainless steel mounting track for the food industry. Compounds cover normal industrial, heat resistant, and F.R.A.S.O.R. (Fire
Retardant, Anti Static & Oil Resistant).
Size 2: This is a self adjusting flexible skirt sealing strip featuring the patented Brelko® multiple lip seal, designed for rugged
transfer applications. Specially formulated compounds ensure maximum seal life. It’s also available in a non-toxic rubber grade
with stainless steel mounting track for the food industry. Compounds cover normal industrial, heat resistant, and F.R.A.S.O.R. (Fire
Retardant, Anti Static & Oil Resistant).
Size 3: A highly abrasion and cut resistant polyurethane sealing strip mounted in the patented Brelko® track system which
features simple adjustment to allow for skirt wear. The system is designed to provide optimum containment of large lumpy material
and is especially effective when used in conjunction with Brelko® Feedboots. Available in standard & F.R.A.S.O.R. (Fire Retardant, Anti
Static & Oil Resistant) polyurethane.
Size 4: Similar to Size 1&2, but for larger wider belts.
BRELKO® BELT SUPPORT SYSTEMS:

Brelko® Feedboots are designed to be used at load points to support the conveyor belt, preventing belt sag between idler rolls and
thereby ensuring maximum skirt sealing and spillage control. UHMW Polyethylene material is used to line the load surfaces and
therefore dramatically reducing friction and wear.
UNIVERSAL FEEDBOOT
This model features adjustable wing plates to allow the belt troughing angle to be accurately accommodated, thereby assisting in
maintaining correct belt tracking and effective skirt sealing.
COMBINATION FEEDBOOT
This model features load surfaces that have been mounted on rubber spring units allowing deflection under load conditions while
still maintaining a form seal line for the skirt system. It is used where variable load conditions with relatively small particles and
average impact are encountered.
HI-IMPACT IDLER: (BTA)

This system has been developed to be used in conjunction with garland idlers to absorb large impact loads due to the transfer of
very large lumps of material. Mechanical damage to conveyor belting conveyor idlers, cradles and supporting structure are thus
greatly reduced or eliminated.
BRELKO® BLOCKAGE REMOVAL and BULK FLOW MAINTENANCE SYSTEMS:

Brelko® Air Cannons use the patented Brelko® diaphragm discharge system. The only moving part is a flexible rubber diaphragm
which ensures trouble-free operation even in extremely dirty and hostile environments. Used in conjunction with the Brelko® Air
Lance discharge nozzle, the build up of fine material in chutes, hoppers etc. can be prevented thus avoiding blockages and flow
stoppages.
BRELKO® BELT TRACKING SYSTEMS

Brelko® belt tracking systems, can be installed on the troughing and return side of the belt, to quickly and effectively centralise
misaligned belts, prevent belt edge damage, structural damage and spillage, decrease downtime and maintenance.
BRELKO® PRODUCT & SCRAPER ACCESSORIES:

For additional options, including stainless steel mounting components, special paint requirements, drop-over “v-track” mounting
options, chute sealing and inspection doors, mounting hardware etc. consult your Brelko® Conveyor Products representative.
BRELKO® CADD DRAWINGS:

Make use of our complete range of product drawings in 2D and 3D format. File formats are DWG or DXF for two dimensional
drawings and SAT for 3D models. It significantly reduces design time by direct insertion into existing designs. All product drawings
are available on various forms of electronic media.
- Page 8 to 15 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
BELT SCRAPER SELECTION GUIDE

This is a general belt scraper selection guideline to be used in conjunction with the scraper blade selection guide and the scraper
mounting selection guide. Please contact your Brelko® sales representative or technical department for the best selection vs. your
application.
Legend
-S Standard Mounted -T Torsion Mounted -TT Twist Tensioner
 Budget Solution  Preferred Solution
BELT WIDTH (mm)

BELT
APPLICATION
SCRAPER
1050
1200
1350
1500
1650
1800
2100
2400
400
450
500
600
750
900
• • • • • • • • • • • • • •  E101-S
BASIC CLEANING - low volume,
1 abrasion, cost e.g. construction, • • • • • • • • • •  E151-S
waste paper, unit conveyors etc.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • •  E901-TT
• • • • • • • • • • • • • •  E101-S or T
BASIC CLEANING - poor belt
2 surface, clip joints, higher • • • • • • • • • •  E151-S or T
abrasion, self-adjusting.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • •  E901-TT
DRY COARSE MATERIAL - e.g. wood • • • • • •  E205-S or T

3
chips, gravel, pellets, grain etc. • • • • •  E705-S or T
• • • • • •  E305-S or T
DRY FINE MATERIAL - e.g. ash,
4 sand, stone, clay, lime, coal, • • • •  2 x E255-S or T
cement, fertilizer, chemicals etc.
• • • • •  E805-S or T
• • • • • •  E205-S or T
• • • • • • • • •  E255-S or T
• • • • • •  E305-S or T
• • • • •  E705-S or T
• • • • •  E805-S or T
• • • • • • • • • • •  E951-TT
DRY FINE MATERIAL - higher • • • • • • • • • • •  E955-TT
5
speeds (>3m/s)
E951-TT +
• • • • • • • • • • 
E205-S or T
E955-TT +
• • • • • • • • • • 
E205-S or T
E951-TT +
• • • • • • 
E305-S or T
E955-TT +
• • • • • • 
E305-S or T
• • • • • •  2 x E205-S or T
• • • • • •  E305-S or T
• • • • •  E805-S or T
• • • • • • • • • • • • • •  E901-TT
FINE WET MATERIAL - e.g.
• • • • • • • • •  E911-TT
processed ore, bottom ash, slurries,
6
waste, concrete, conditioned fly • • • • • • • • • • •  E951-TT
ash etc.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • •  E955-TT
E951-TT +
• • • • • • 
E705-S or T
E955-TT +
• • • • • 
E705-S or T
- Page 9 to 15 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
BELT SCRAPER SELECTION GUIDE

This is a general belt scraper selection guideline to be used in conjunction with the scraper blade selection guide and the scraper
mounting selection guide. Please contact your Brelko® sales representative or technical department for the best selection vs. your
application.
Legend
-S Standard Mounted -T Torsion Mounted -TT Twist Tensioner
 Budget Solution  Preferred Solution
BELT WIDTH (mm)

BELT
APPLICATION
SCRAPER
1050
1200
1350
1500
1650
1800
2100
2400
400
450
500
600
750
900
• • • • • •  E305-S or T
• • • • • • • • •  E911-TT
E951-TT +
• • • • • 
E205-S or T
E951-TT +
STICKY COARSE MATERIAL - low • • • • • • 
E255-S or T
speed belts (<2m/s) e.g. R.O.M.,
7 E951-TT +
ore, continuous mining, feeder • • • • • 
belts, quarries etc. E805-S or T
E955-TT +
• • • • • • • • 
E205-S or T
E955-TT +
• • • • • • 
E255-S or T
E955-TT +
• • • • • 
E805-S or T
• • • •  E205-S or T
• • • • • • • •  E251-S or T
• • • • • •  E305-S or T
• • •  E351-S or T
E951-TT +
• • • • • 
E205-S or T
E951-TT +
STICKY COARSE MATERIAL – • • • • • • • • • • • 
8 E255-S or T
medium speed belts (2 to 4m/s)
E951-TT +
• • • • • 
E805-S or T
E955-TT +
• • • • • • • • 
E205-S or T
E955-TT +
• • • • • • 
E255-S or T
E955-TT +
• • • • • 
E805-S or T
• • • • • • • • •  E601-TT
• • • • • • • •  E251-S
• • • • • • • •  E255-S
HIGH SPEED BELTS (+4m/s)
9
or STEEL CORD E951-TT +
• • • • 
1 or 2 E205-S
E955-TT +
• • • • • • • • 
1 or 2 E205-S
E405 V Plough
INSIDE BELT AHEAD OF TAIL PULLEY,
10 If reversible or cleaning to one side only, use E505 Angle
TAKE UP AND REMOTE DRIVE
Plough
- Page 10 to 15 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
SCRAPER BLADE SELECTION GUIDE

Polyurethane
1
Low abrasion, high impact, low / medium speed.
Chrome Tool Steel Hardened (C10)

2
Corrosive, low abrasion, high impact e.g. clip joints, chemicals, food etc.
Tungsten Carbide (TC x 2mm thick)

3
High abrasion e.g. stone, gravel, sand, ore, coal etc.
Triplex Tungsten Carbide (T3 x 2mm thick)

4
High abrasion, impact, corrosion e.g. slurry, coke, silica etc.
Triplex Tungsten Carbide (T3 x 4mm thick)

5
High abrasion, impact, corrosion / high speed steel cord belts.
Boron Carbide (B4C x 4mm thick)

6
High abrasion, low impact, primary & secondary belt scrapers / high speed.
SCRAPER MOUNTING SELECTION GUIDE

Standard Adjustable Mountings
Most common use, low cost. Manual adjustment for blade wear and correct pressure against the belt.
1
Scraper models:
E101-S, E151-S, E205-S, E251-S, E255-S, E305-S, E351-S, E355-S, E705-S and E805-S.
Torsion Arm Mountings
Auto compensating for blade wear, varying belt thickness, ease passage of belt fasteners (clips, suitable for reversing
belts, refer to installation guide).
2 Single Arm Scraper models:
E101-T, E205-T and E705-T.
Parallel Arm Scraper models:
E151-T, E251-T, E255-T, E305-T, E351-T, E355-T and E805-T
Torsion Twist Tensioners
Torsion Twist Tensioners maintain even blade pressure of primary scrapers against head pulleys. Space saving chute side
3 fixing. Accurate positioning required, not receptive to major belt damage, breakage etc.
Scraper models:
E601-TT, E901-TT, E911-TT, E951-TT and E955-TT.
“The above guidelines are not exhaustive or definitive; please contact us if in any doubt”
Note: Improper selection, installation & maintenance of scrapers could cause serious injuries, plant and equipment damage. Only
use trained & qualified personnel for these functions.
- Page 11 to 15 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
CONTENTS
PRODUCT CATALOGUE
CONVEYOR BELT SCRAPERS

MODEL DESCRIPTION PAGE No.
E101 SINGLE ROW MULTI BLADE PRIMARY BELT SCRAPER 16 to 26
E151 DOUBLE ROW MULTI BLADE PRIMARY BELT SCRAPER 27 to 37
E205 SINGLE ROW MULTI BLADE SECONDARY BELT SCRAPER 38 to 48
E251 SINGLE ROW MULTI BLADE HEAVY DUTY SECONDARY BELT SCRAPER 49 to 59
E255 SINGLE ROW MULTI BLADE HEAVY DUTY PREMIUM SECONDARY BELT SCRAPER 60 to 70
E305 DOUBLE ROW MULTI BLADE SECONDARY BELT SCRAPER 71 to 81
E351 DOUBLE ROW MULTI BLADE HEAVY DUTY SECONDARY BELT SCRAPER 82 to 92
E355 DOUBLE ROW MULTI BLADE HEAVY DUTY PREMIUM SECONDARY BELT SCRAPER 93 to 103
E405 V-PLOUGH SOLID BLADE BELT SCRAPER 104 to 110
E505 ANGLE PLOUGH SOLID BLADE BELT SCRAPER 111 to 119
E601 PRE-PRIMARY MULTI BLADE HEAVY DUTY BELT SCRAPER 120 to 126
E705 SINGLE ROW MULTI BLADE COMPACT SECONDARY BELT SCRAPER 127 to 137
E805 DOUBLE ROW MULTI BLADE COMPACT SECONDARY BELT SCRAPER 138 to 148
E901 SINGLE ROW MULTI BLADE HEAD PULLEY (PRIMARY) BELT SCRAPER 149 to 155
E911 SINGLE ROW MULTI BLADE LARGE HEAD PULLEY (PRIMARY) BELT SCRAPER 156 to 162
E951 SINGLE ROW MULTI BLADE HEAD PULLEY (PRIMARY) BELT SCRAPER 163 to 169
E955 SINGLE ROW MULTI BLADE PREMIUM HEAD PULLEY (PRIMARY) BELT SCRAPER 170 to 176
- Page 12 to 15 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
CONTENTS
PRODUCT CATALOGUE
BRELKO® AIR CANNONS

BLOCKAGE REMOVAL AND BULK FLOW MAINTENANCE DEVICE FOR CHUTES, BINS, HOPPERS,
AIR CANNON 177 to 183
SILO’S ETC...
BELT SUPPORT SYSTEMS

UNIVERSAL BELT SUPPORT SYSTEM AT LOAD POINTS VARIABLE TROUGHING ANGLE NON-IMPACT
184 to 190
FEEDBOOT (NOT AVAILABLE IN THE U.K.)
COMBINATION BELT SUPPORT SYSTEM AT LOAD POINTS - MODERATE IMPACT
191 to 197
FEEDBOOT (NOT AVAILABLE IN THE U.K.)
HIGH IMPACT
Heavy Duty Garland Idler Belt Support System 198 to 204
IDLER SYSTEM
BELT TRACKING SYSTEMS

MODEL PAGE No.
BELT TRACKING - RETURN 205 to 211
BELT TRACKING - TROUGHING 212 to 218
CHUTE SEALING SYSTEMS

CHUTE SEALING SYSTEM WITH FLEXIBLE RUBBER SKIRTING

KEYSKIRT® SIZE 1 219 to 229
Self adjusting - 160mm
CHUTE SEALING SYSTEM WITH ROBUST POLYURETHANE SEALING STRIP
Adjustable - HEAVY DUTY
CHUTE INSPECTION CHUTE SEALING AND BELT SCRAPER INSPECTION DOOR WITH RIGID
259 to 269
SEAL POLYURETHANE SEAL
- Page 13 to 15 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
BELT SCRAPER PRODUCT RANGE
SINGLE ROW BELT SCRAPERS - STANDARD MOUNT (S)
E101-S E205-S E251-S

COMPACT BELT
SCRAPER
E255-S E705-S
SINGLE ROW BELT SCRAPERS - TORSION MOUNT (T)
E101-T E205-T E251-T

COMPACT BELT
SCRAPER
E255-T E705-T
DOUBLE ROW BELT SCRAPERS - STANDARD MOUNT (S)
E151-S E305-S E351-S
NOTE:
Only single scrapers shown. Various combinations required for different applications - refer to Belt Scraper selection guide.
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
BELT SCRAPER PRODUCT RANGE
DOUBLE ROW BELT SCRAPERS - STANDARD MOUNT (S) continued...

COMPACT BELT SCRAPER
E355-S E805-S
DOUBLE ROW BELT SCRAPERS - TORSION MOUNT (T)
E151-T E305-T E351-T

COMPACT BELT SCRAPER
E355-T E805-T
SINGLE ROW BELT SCRAPERS - TWIST TENSIONER MOUNT (TT)
E601-T E901-T E911-T
E951-T E955-T
NOTE:
Only single scrapers shown. Various combinations required for different applications - refer to Belt Scraper selection guide.
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
INSTALLATION, OPERATING & MAINTENANCE MANUAL
E101 PRIMARY
BELT SCRAPER
PATENTED
Model Number :
Purchase Date :
Purchased From :
Installation Date :
Model number information can be found on the Label found on the scraper carton.
This information will be helpful for any future inquiries or questions about belt scraper replacement
parts, specifications or troubleshooting.
E101 - Page 16 to 37 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
Table of Contents
1. Disclaimer 18
2. Safety Note 18
3. The following symbols may be used in this manual: 18
4. General Information 18
4.1. Application and Features (Standard and Torsion Mount). 19
4.2. Reference Drawing - E101-003 20
5. Handling 21
5.1. Receiving the goods 21
5.2. Work Safety 21
5.3. Handling 22
5.4. Storage 22
5.5. Preparations for installing Belt Scrapers 22
5.6. Recommended Tools List 22
6. Maintenance 23
6.1. New Installation 23
6.2. Routine Visual Inspection (every 2~4 weeks) 23
6.3. Routine Physical Inspection (every 6~8 weeks) 23
6.4. Parts List and Assembly Instructions (Standard Mount). 24
6.5. Reference Drawing - E101-S-004 25
6.6. Installation Instructions (Standard Mount) 26
6.8. Parts List and Assembly Instructions (Torsion Mount). 28
6.9. Reference Drawing - E101-T-005 29
6.10. Installation Instructions (Torsion Mount). 30
7. Procedure for Replacing/Repairing Scrapers 32
8. Maintenance Log 33
9. Conveyor Belt & Equipment Check List 34
10. Trouble Shooting 37
E101 - Page 17 to 37 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
1. Disclaimer
Brelko conveyor products (Pty) Ltd hereby disclaims any liability for: damage due to contamination of
the material; user’s failure to inspect, maintain and take reasonable care of the equipment; injuries
or damage resulting from use or application of this product contrary to instructions and specifications
contained herein. Brelko’s liability shall be limited to repair or replacement of equipment shown to
be defective.
2. Safety Note
Observe all safety rules given herein along with owner and Government standards and regulations.
Know and understand lockout/tag-out procedures as defined by National Standards Institutes,
National Standard for Personnel Protection - Lockout/Tag-out of Energy Sources - Minimum Safety
Requirements and Occupational Health and Safety.
3. The following symbols may be used in this manual:
Danger: Immediate hazards that will result in severe personal injury or

DANGER death.
Warning: Hazards or unsafe practices that could result in personal

WARNING injury.
Caution: Hazards or unsafe practices that could result in product or

CAUTION property damages.
Important: Instructions that must be followed to ensure proper

Important:
installation/operation of equipment.
Note: Note: General statements to assist the reader.
4. General Information
Brelko belt scrapers are designed to operate with minimum maintenance. However, to maintain
superior performance some service is required. When the scraper is installed a regular
maintenance program should be set up. This program will ensure that the scraper operates at
optimal efficiency and problems can be identified and fixed before the scraper stops working.
All safety procedures for inspection of equipment (stationary or operating) must be observed.
Secondary Scrapers operates at the discharge end of the conveyor and is in direct contact
with the moving belt. Only visual observations can be made while the belt is running. Service
tasks can be done only with the conveyor stopped and by observing the correct lockout/tag-out
procedures.
E101 - Page 18 to 37 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
E101 PRIMARY
BELT SCRAPER
PATENTED
APPLICATIONS
As a Primary Scraper, when wet and sticky materials are conveyed.
May be mounted directly on the head pulley.
Can be used individually or in tandem as the secondary scraper.
Suitable for all types of conveyor belts and metal fastener systems.
FEATURES
Specially formulated polymeric blades give maximum life, and keep the possibility of damage to belt
repairs, splices and metal fasteners to a minimum.
Patented blade design ensures optimum combination of flexibility and stiffness to adapt to belt profile.
Patented V-base blade mounting makes blade changing quick and simple.
Brelko self adjusting torsion mountings allow the scraper to maintain a constant pressure on the belt and
greatly extends adjustment intervals, also available is the standard adjustable mounting.
All metal components can be made from corrosion resistant materials.
E101 - Page 19 to 37 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E101 SINGLE ROW MULTI-BLADE PRIMARY SCRAPER WITH POLYURETHANE BLADES © 07-2015
SAND BLASTED &

EPOXY POWDER COATED BLADE OPTIONS:
CARRIER SHAFT STANDARD POLYURETHANE
OPTIONAL: GALVANISED OR HIGH TEMPERATUER (90° C / 194° F)
STAINLESS STEEL 304 OR 316
SIZE 1&2 = 188mm

SIZE 3 = 199mm
SIZE 4&5 = 207mm
SIZE 1 = M30x300mm
SIZE 2&3 = M30x300mm
GALVANISED MOUNTING COMPONENTS SIZE 4 = M42x350mm
OPTIONAL: STAINLES STEEL GRD. 304 OR 316
V-TRACK OPTIONS:
ALUMINIUM (STANDARD OR DROP-OVER)
STAINLESS STEEL 304 OR 316 (ON REQUEST.) SIZE 1&2 = 38,1mm
SIZE 3 = 60,3mm
SIZE 4&5 = 76,2mm
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION & FINISHES FOR BELT WIDTHS FROM E101-S

STANDARD MOUNTING
400mm - 2400mm
120mm (TYP.)
OPTIONAL OFFSET PLATE USED
AS ILLUSTRATED (UP or DOWN FOR
DIFFICULT INSTALLATIONS.)
SIZE 1&2 = 188mm

SIZE 3 = 199mm
SIZE 4&5 = 207mm
SIZE 1 = M30x300mm
OPTIONAL 3 PIECE CARRIER SHAFT FOR SIZE 2&3 = M30x300mm
PACKING & TRANSPORT SIZE 4 = M42x350mm
UP or DOWN
ADJUSTMENT
MOUNTING OPTIONS:
MOUNT DIRECTLY ONTO CONVEYOR STRINGER or
CHUTE SIDE PLATE (SUPPORT CLEATS NOT SUPPLIED AS STANDARD) SIZE 1&2 = 38,1mm
SIZE 3 = 60,3mm
SIZE 4&5 = 76,2mm
BRELKO
E101-T
TORSION MOUNTING
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
NOTE: FEATURES & OPTIONS SHOWN: DRW.

PLEASE REFER TO DETAILED MANUAL FOR INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, MAINTENANCE & SPARE PARTS E101-003 REV. E
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5. Handling
5.1. Receiving the goods
Check that the shipment contains all the products specified in the delivery note. If the goods do
not match the delivery note, if the goods show any transportation damage, list it on the freight
bill. Describe the damage and the number of wrong or faulty goods, and contact your supplier
immediately.
Do not use defective parts under any circumstances. Claims must be made within 8 days from
the arrival of goods. The factory does not cover expenses caused by exchange of product when
installation was not carried out according to factory instructions.
5.2. Work Safety
Always use protective gloves and clothing. Always use a lifeline and soft-sole footwear when
work will be carried out on raised platforms. Before you move a scraper or plough, check that
it is securely attached to the lifting equipment. Always observe local safety regulations.
WARNING
Before removing/installing equipment, lock out/tag out energy

source to conveyor, and/or conveyor accessories.
Turn off and lock out/tag out energy source according to local
standards.
If equipment will be installed in an enclosed area, test gas level

or duct content before using a cutting torch or welding. Using a
cutting torch or welding in an area with gas or dust may cause
an explosion.
If using a cutting torch or welding machine, test atmosphere for

gas level or dust content.
E101 - Page 21 to 37 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5.3. Handling
When scrapers are unloaded from the transportation vehicle onto customer’s platform, place
them on boards spaced max 1m apart at a minimum of 5cm from the ground.
5.4. Storage
Scrapers can be stored unpacked or in transportation package. Scrapers must not be stored
on top of one another, protect the scrapers by storing them in a cool dry area on a flat surface.
5.5. Preparations for installing Belt Scrapers
Before installation, check all measurements and any of the other geometric design
5.6. Recommended Tools List
BELT SCRAPERS
QTY DESCRIPTION
2 EXTENSION CORD (20m MINIMUM)
1 PORT-A-PACK (OXY-ACETYLENE)
1 PRICKER
1 COMBINATION GAUGE (WITH SPIRIT LEVEL)
1 STRAIGHT EDGE (1M MINIMUM)
1 90° SET SQUARE
1 5M TAPE MEASURE
2 ADJUSTABLE SPANNERS
1 PIPE WRENCH (3" MINIMUM)
1 SOCKET RATCHET SET (6mm - 30mm)
2 RINGSET SPANNERS - M13, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 24
1 STANLEY KNIFE
2 M46 SET SPANNERS
2 M65 SET SPANNERS
1 HARD FACE HAMMER – 4pd
1 SOFT FACE HAMMER - 1KG
3M NYLON ROPE
2 "G" CLAMPS - 6" - 8"
1 JIMMY LEVER
E101 - Page 22 to 37 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
6. Maintenance
Brelko belt scrapers are designed to operate with minimum maintenance. However, to
maintain superior performance some service is required. When the scraper is installed a
regular maintenance program should be set up. This program will ensure that the scraper
operates at optimal efficiency and problems can be identified and fixed before the scraper
stops working. All safety procedures for inspection of equipment (stationary or operating) must
be observed. The E101 Primary Scraper operates at the discharge end of the conveyor and is
in direct contact with the moving belt. Only visual observations can be made while the belt
is running. Service tasks can be done only with the conveyor stopped and by observing the
correct lockout/tag-out procedures
6.1. New Installation
After the new scraper has run for a few days a visual inspection should be made to ensure the
scraper is performing properly. Make adjustments as needed.
6.2. Routine Visual Inspection (every 2~4 weeks)
• A visual inspection of the scraper and belt can determine:
• If the mounts are adjusted at the correct pressure for optimal cleaning
• If the belt looks clean or if there are areas that are dirty
• If the blade is worn out and needs to be replaced
• If there is damage to the blade or other scraper components
• If fugitive material is built up on the scraper or in the transfer area
• If there is cover damage to the belt
• If there is vibration or bouncing of the scraper on the belt
• If a snub pulley is used, a check should be made for material build-up on the pulley
• If any of the above conditions exist, a decision should be made on when the conveyor can
be stopped for scraper maintenance.
6.3. Routine Physical Inspection (every 6~8 weeks)
When the conveyor is not in operation and properly locked and tagged out a physical inspection
of the scraper to perform the following tasks:
• Clean material build-up off of the scraper blade and pole.
• Closely inspect the blade for wear and any damage. Replace if needed.
• Check blade for proper installation and condition. Replace if needed.
• Ensure full blade to belt contact.
• Inspect the scraper pole for damage.
• Inspect all fasteners for tightness and wear. Tighten or replace as needed.
• Replace any worn or damaged components.
• Check the pressure of the scraper blade on the belt. Adjust the pressure if necessary, refer to
scraper model installation guide.
When maintenance tasks are completed, test run the conveyor to ensure the scraper is
performing properly.
E101 - Page 23 to 37 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
PARTS LIST - REF. DRW. No.: E101-S-004

SHAFT
BELT WIDTH
ITEM No. DESCRIPTION SIZE LENGTH PART No.
(mm)
(mm)
A. Carrier Assembly including shaft, “V” Size 1 1500 400-500 2-8.1.1

track and end stops. Size 2 1500 600-750 2-8.1.2
Size 3 2000 900-1200 2-8.1.3
Size 4 2500 1350-1500 2-8.1.31
Size 4 3000 1650-2100 2-8.1.4
Size 5 3000 2400 2-8.1.41
C. Poly Blades 120mm N/A N/A 2-7.8
D. Optional / 3-Piece Shaft Assembly Size 1 1200 400-500 2/8.1.1-3P

including inner carrier shaft, outer carrier Size 2 1500 600-750 2/8.1.2/3P
shafts and off-set plates.
Size 3 2000 900-1200 2/8.1.3/3P
Size 4 2500 1350-1500 2/8.1.4/3P
Size 5 3000 1650-2400 2/8.1.41/3P
E. Standard Mount Assembly - including Size 1&2 N/A 400-750 2/3.1

clamp piece, nylon bushes, bolts, nuts Size 3 N/A 900-1200 2/3.3
and washers.
Size 4 N/A 1350-2400 2/3.4
Note: - Spindle to be ordered separately.
G. Spindle Assembly – including lock nuts. Size 1 N/A 400-500 2/1.1

Size 2&3 N/A 600-1200 2/1.3
Size 4 N/A 1350-2400 2/1.4
NOTE! Always quote belt width.

ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS
1. All scrapers will be wrapped and clearly marked with the model number, scraper blade grade and belt width.
• Note: - Scrapers will be supplied with all nuts and bolts to complete the assembly and installation.
2. Referring to the parts list and installation data sheet check that the correct parts and quantities have been supplied for
the model and belt width of scraper ordered.
3. Normally scrapers are supplied with blades (3) and end stops (5) assembled on the carrier shaft (1). If not, assemble as
shown using a lithium base grease as a lubricant to ease future removal of blades. If necessary, use a rubber mallet to
tap the blades into the “V” track. Do not over-tighten end stop (5) set screws.
4. Depending on the installation access (see Installation Guide paragraph-1) an optional three piece shaft may be required,
then one or both of the carrier shaft end pieces may now be attached.
• Note: - Three piece carrier shafts are not supplied as standard and must be ordered separately.
5. Check whether the optional offset plates (10) are to be used, and if so; ensure that they are correctly assembled. Ensure
that all nuts and bolts are firmly fastened.
• Note: - Offset plates (10) are not supplied as standard and must be ordered separately.
6. Proceed with the installation as per the installation guide.
E101 - Page 24 to 37 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E101-S STANDARD MOUNT SINGLE ROW MULTI-BLADE PRIMARY SCRAPER © 07-2015
3 C
5
7 12
11
E D
10
6
LEGEND
COMPONENT
DESCRIPTION
I.D.
A CARRIER ASSEMBLY (SHAFT, V-TRACK, END STOPS & END CAPS)
C POLY BLADE - 120mm
OPTIONAL / 3 PIECE SHAFT ASSEMBLY(INNER SHAFT, OUTER SHAFT,

D
V-TRACK, END STOPS & END CAPS
STANDARD MOUNT ASSEMBLY (CLAMP PIECE, NYLON BUSHES, BOLTS, NUTS
E
BRELKO
AND WASHERS)
G SPINDLE ASSEMBLY (BASE PLATE, STUD & LOCK NUTS)
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
PARTS LIST: FOR STANDARD MOUNT PLEASE SPECIFY BELT WIDTH WHEN ORDERING E101-S-004 REV. B
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
INSTALLATION GUIDE - REF. DRW. No.: E101-S-006

1. Refer to the Assembly Instructions, Parts List and the Parts List Drawing to confirm that all the necessary parts have been
supplied and that the scraper is correctly assembled. Depending on access space, it may be necessary to use an optional
3-piece carrier. Then one or both of the carrier shaft end pieces can be fitted once the scraper is in position.
2. Remove the standard mount clamp piece (11), and green nylon bushes (12) from the standard mounts (7).
3. Check that the lock nuts move freely on the spindles.
4. Remove the standard mount (7) from the spindles (6).
5. Referring to the dimensions given in the table, see the Installation drawing, select the optimum position for the scraper
and mark the location of the access apertures.
6. With reference to the Installation drawing, select the most convenient location for the mounting spindles. There are four
possible positions but in all cases ensure that the spindles remains at 90° (± 10°) to the belt surface. If no suitable location
can be found to attach the spindle foot to the conveyer structure, the 3 piece shafts may be used as shown in the Parts List
Drawing.
• Note: - Offset plates (10) and 3-piece shafts are not supplied as standard, and must be ordered separately.
7. Fix the spindles (6) firmly in position. Locate standard mount (7) on spindles as shown.
8. Check that carrier shaft end pieces and carrier shaft centrepiece are firmly bolted together (3-piece shaft only).
9. Position carrier shaft underneath the conveyor belt centrally with reference to belt edges and head pulley.
10. Position carrier shaft and attached clamp piece (11) and bushes (12) on standard mount (7) as shown and fit bolts, washers
and nuts. Tighten finger tight.
• Note: - It may be necessary to adjust the location of the mount on the spindles by means of spindles nuts so that the
blades are clear of the belt surface.
11. Lay a straight edge on the top face of the carrier shaft end piece and rotate the assembled carrier shaft until the straight
edge is parallel to the belt surface.
• Note: - This step must be done carefully to ensure that the angle of the blade’s to the belt is correct.
12. Tighten bolts and nuts. Do not over tighten!
13. By means of spindle nuts adjust the scraper towards the belt surface until all the blades contact the belt surface.
14. Check that all nuts and bolts are firmly fastened.
15. Check that the spindle lock nuts are firmly tightened.
16. Start the conveyor and check if all blades are moving freely and scraping in full contact with the belt surface. If further
adjustment is required, stop the conveyor and adjust the scraper one further turn of the spindle nuts towards the belt until
all blades are scraping satisfactory.
• Note: - Do not over adjust the scraper.
18. To ensure future adjustment of the spindle nuts wrap thread with protective cloth, to protect the thread against corrosion,
rust and ingress of dust.
19. It may be necessary to install stabilising rollers to keep the belt surface flat and stop belt bounce.
E101 - Page 26 to 37 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E101-S STANDARD MOUNT SINGLE ROW MULTI-BLADE BASIC SCRAPER © 07-2015
X
120mm (TYP.)
SIZE 1,2&3 = 30mm
SIZE 4&5 = 40mm
SPINDLE POSITION "B"
A
MOUNTING OPTIONS:
CHUTE SIDE PLATE (SUPPORT CLEATS NOT SUPPLIED AS STANDARD)
Ø20mm FOR
M16 MOUNTING BOLTS
VIEW ON ARROW "A"
NOTE: DETAIL A
BELT TO BE FLAT.
IF NECESSARY FIT SPINDLE POSITION "C"
FLAT RETURN ROLLERS.
15°
270
SIZE 1,2&3 = M30 NEAR SIDE SIZE 1&2 = 42mm
SIZE 4&5 = M42 160 SIZE 3 = 65mm
INSTALLATION FAR SIDE SIZE 4&5 = 82mm
ZONE 50
SIZE 1,2&3 = 300mm SIZE 1&2 = 188mm
B SIZE 3 = 199mm 100
SIZE 4&5 = 350mm
SIZE 4&5 = 207mm
A
SPINDLE POSITION "D"
NEAR & FAR SIDE
SIZE 1&2 = 70mm CHUTE CUT-OUT DETAILS
SIZE 1,2&3 = 150mm SIZE 3 = 93mm
SIZE 4 = 175mm SIZE 4&5 = 110mm DETAIL B
CHUTE CUT-OUT
SEE DETAILS
SIZE 1,2&3 = 100mm
SIZE 4&5 = 130mm SIZE 1,2&3 = 12mm DIMENSION TABLE (mm)
SIZE 4&5 = 16mm BELT WIDTH 400 450 500 600 750 900 1050 1200 1350 1500 1650 1800 2100 2400
SIZE 1,2&3 = 150mm No. BLADES 3 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 13 14 17 19
SIZE 4&5 = 200mm SIZE RANGE 1 2 3 4 5
BRELKO
NOTE: FOR INCLINED BELTS SPINDLE CAN BE MOUNTED IN

Z 1200 1500 2000 2500 3000
POSITION A or C, BUT MUST REMAIN AT 80 TO 100 BELT SURFACE.
SPINDLE POSITION "A" X 360 360 480 600 720 840 960 1080 1200 1440 1560 1680 2040 2280
(MAX BELT DECLINE ANGLE 15)
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
INSTALLATION DETAIL: STANDARD MOUNT. ALWAYS SPECIFY BELT WIDTH WHEN ORDERING E101-S-006 REV. D
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
PARTS LIST - REF. DRW. No.: E101-T-005

SHAFT
BELT WIDTH
(mm)
(mm)
A. Carrier Assembly Including shaft, “V” Size 1 1200 400-500 2/8.1.1

track and end stops. Size 2 1500 600-750 2/8.1.2
Size 3 2000 900-1200 2/8.1.3
Size 4 2500 1350-1500 2/8.1.4
Size 5 3000 1650-2400 2/8.1.41
C. Poly Blades 120mm N/A N/A 2/7.8
D. Optional 3-Piece Shaft Assembly Size 1 1200 400-500 2/8.1.1/3P

shafts and off-set plates.
Size 3 2000 900-1200 2/8.1.3/3P
Size 4 2500 1350-1500 2/8.1.4/3P
Size 5 3000 1650-2400 2/8.1.41/3P
F. Torsion Mount Assembly – Including Size 1&2 N/A 400-750 2/2.1

and washers.
Size 4 N/A 1350-2400 2/2.4

Size 2&3 N/A 600-1200 2/1.3
Size 4 N/A 1350-2400 2/1.4

E101 - Page 28 to 37 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E101-T TORSION MOUNT SINGLE ROW MULTI-BLADE PRIMARY SCRAPER © 07-2015
3 C
5
8 13 12
11
F D
10
6 LEGEND
COMPONENT
DESCRIPTION
I.D.

D
TORSION MOUNT ASSEMBLY (CLAMP PIECE, NYLON BUSHES, BOLTS, NUTS
F
BRELKO
AND WASHERS)
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
PARTS LIST: FOR TORSION MOUNT PLEASE SPECIFY BELT WIDTH WHEN ORDERING E101-T-005 REV. c
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
INSTALLATION GUIDE - REF. DRW. No.: E101-T-007

2. Remove the torsion mount clamp piece (11), and green nylon bushes (12) from torsion mounts (8).
4. Remove the torsion mount (8) from the spindles (6).
Drawing.
7. Fix the spindles (6) firmly in position. Locate torsion mount (8) on spindles as shown.
10. Position carrier shaft and attached clamp piece (11) and bushes (12) on torsion mount (8) as shown and fit bolts, washers
and nuts. Tighten finger tight. Adjust set screws (13) until they just touch the torsion arm. Pre-tension the torsion mount and
tighten set screws (13) four full turns.
• Note: - This step must be done carefully to ensure that the angle of the blades to the belt is correct.
14. Adjust the scraper one further full turn of the spindle nuts towards the belt.
15. The blades should now rest on the belt surface.
• Note: - Check that the set screws (13) are not touching the torsion arm. If they are still in contact with the arm continue
to adjust the scraper towards the belt in increments of half a turn of the lock nuts until the set screw (13) just clears the
torsion arm.
16. Slacken the set screws (13) four full turns and tighten the lock nuts.
17. Check that the complete scraper assembly can move freely up and down on the torsion mounts, and that all blades can
move freely.
E101 - Page 30 to 37 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E101-T TORSION MOUNT SINGLE ROW MULTI-BLADE PRIMARY SCRAPER © 07-2015
Z
X
OPTIONAL: 120mm (TYP.)

ROTATE TORSION UNITS
IF MOUNTING SPACE IS
LIMITED.
A
MOUNTING OPTIONS:
VIEW ON ARROW "A"

SIZE 1,2&3 = 30mm
NOTE: SIZE 4&5 = 40mm
BELT TO BE FLAT.
IF NECESSARY FIT NOTE: FOR INCLINED BELTS SPINDLE CAN BE MOUNTED IN
15° FLAT RETURN ROLLERS. POSITION A or C, BUT MUST REMAIN AT 80 TO 100 BELT SURFACE.
270 (MAX BELT DECLINE ANGLE 15)

NEAR SIDE
SIZE 1,2&3 = M30 160
SIZE 4&5 = M42 FAR SIDE
INSTALLATION
ZONE 50
SIZE 1&2 = 188mm
SIZE 3 = 199mm 100
B SIZE 4&5 = 207mm
SIZE 1,2&3 = 300mm A Ø20mm FOR
SIZE 4&5 = 350mm NEAR & FAR SIDE M16 MOUNTING HOLES
CHUTE CUT-OUT DETAILS
SIZE 1&2 = 89mm DETAIL A
SIZE 3 = 113mm SIZE 1&2 = 61mm
SIZE 4&5 = 109mm SIZE 3 = 85mm
SIZE 4&5 = 81mm
SIZE 1,2&3 = 203mm
SIZE 4&5 = 233mm CHUTE CUT-OUT
SEE DETAILS
DIMENSION TABLE (mm)
SIZE 1,2&3 = 100mm
SIZE 1,2&3 = 12mm BELT WIDTH 400 450 500 600 750 900 1050 1200 1350 1500 1650 1800 2100 2400
SIZE 4&5 = 130mm
SIZE 4&5 = 16mm No. BLADES 3 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 13 14 17 19
SIZE 1,2&3 = 150mm SIZE RANGE 1 2 3 4 5
SIZE 4&5 = 200mm
BRELKO
Z 1200 1500 2000 2500 3000
DETAIL B X 360 360 480 600 720 840 960 1080 1200 1440 1560 1680 2040 2280
SPINDLE POSITION "A"
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
INSTALLATION DETAIL: TORSION MOUNT. ALWAYS SPECIFY BELT WIDTH WHEN ORDERING E101-T-007 REV. D
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
7. Procedure for Replacing/Repairing Scrapers

Repair/replace Belt Scraper components when, general maintenance tasks are preformed
scraper damage due to accelerated blade wear, scraper damage due to blocked chutes, clip
joints/emergency belt repairs etc.
7.1. Request permit to work from an authorised person, who will isolate and lock out the
belt.
7.2. Open access door, if provided, and clear loose items about the spindle before
commencing with work.
7.3. Loosen the locknuts and then lower/raise the scrapers, as necessary.
7.4. If replacing scrapers, insert balance pipe – which must be longer than the carrier
shaft – into the one end of the shaft.
7.5. Loosen the shaft and turn it 180 degrees, that is, scraper tips pointing downward.
7.6. Remove one spindle on the intended exit end.
7.7. Slide out the scraper assembly from the intended exit end of the pipe.
7.8. Service the scraper on the platform.
7.9. Blade replacement:
Refer to Brelko installation instructions for belt scraper model in use.
Brelko polyurethane blades have been designed to break out of the torsion holder
support v-track to protect the scraper, scraper mounting components, conveyor belt
and conveyor belt equipment against damage due to emergency clip joints, loose/
damaged splicing, belt protrusions, chute blockages etc. If torsion holders damaged
occur follow the steps below to replace individual or all of the torsion holders:
a. Remove and clean the damaged scraper to assess the amount of damage to the
scraper, the scraper torsion holders and scraper components.
b. If the scraper has been working for more than 4 weeks and/or there has been
significant blade wear remove and replace all the torsion holders and blades and
replace with new kits, this will eliminate belt damage due to uneven scraper torsion
holder and blades.
c. If the scraper has been working for 1~2 weeks replace only damaged torsion holders
and blades, however assess the damage and ensure the remaining torsion holders
will not cause any damage to the conveyor belt.
7.10. Scraper Adjustment:
a. Reposition using the balance pipe.
b. Obtain sanction for test, or permission to adjust for performance evaluation.
c. Tighten all nuts and ensure that belt cleaning or scraper performance is acceptable.
d. Clear up any loose items which resulted from your work.
E101 - Page 32 to 37 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
CODE:
CUSTOMER:
No : 25853
CONTACT TEL:
ATTENTION:
DATE IN:
CONTRACT/ORDER No.:
INSPECTION FINDINGS WORK DONE or ACTION RECOMMENDED IMPORTANT NOTES / COMMENTS

JOB CARD CONVEYOR BELT and CHUTE
BELT SCRAPER / SPARES FITTED ______________________________________________
SERVICE WAYBILL PRODUCT Mine Spares = M / Brelko Spares = B
TOP COVER BUILD-UP
______________________________________________
EQUIPMENT PRODUCT ______________________________________________

BELT EQUIPMENT MOUNT LIFE CLEANING
BELT No. CONDITION (AVERAGE / GOOD /
SIZE TYPE TYPE (AVERAGE / GOOD / REMAINING EXCELLENT) ALWAYS REFER THE ABOVE COMMENTS TELEPHONICALLY TO THE RELEVANT PERSON
EXCELLENT) (LOW / MEDIUM / HIGH)
FOR SPELLING REFER TO THE GENERAL AND CONVEYING TERMS SHEET’ INCLUDED IN
NEW / EVEN
GROOVES / WORN
/ UNEVEN
PROTRUSIONS
(CLIPS / SPLICED / LOOSE PATCH)
EXCESSIVE
AVERAGE
LITTLE
BLADES / HOLDERS
MOUNTS
CARRIER
ASSEMBLY
SPINDLES
SKIRTING
OTHER SPARES
ADJUST SCRAPER SET
TIGHTEN LOOSE NUTS & BOLTS
FURTHER INVESTIGATION
CLEANED
THE INDEX SECTION OF THIS WAYBILL BOOK.
CUSTOMER REPRESENTATIVE : TIME IN:

(please print)
CUSTOMERS SIGNATURE : TIME OUT:

OVER
BRELKO REPRESENTATIVE :
©2003-05
DOC NO. ISSUE NO REVISION NOVEMBER PAGE
25
YEARS
FS 007 8 8 2011 1 of 2
SAFETY :
P.O. Box 62392 Marshalltown 2107 Tel: +27 11 013-4000 Fax: +27 11 013-4150 e-mail: info@brelko.com Web: www.brelko.com
CONVEYOR BELT & EQUIPMENT CHECK LIST
CUSTOMER DETAILS
Customer Name: Contact Number:
Attention: Date of Inspection
Inspected By Brelko Representative
CONVEYOR DIMENSIONS
Belt Number: Material Carried: Belt Speed:
Belt Length: Belt Width : Troughing Angle:
Top Cover Condition: Bottom Cover Condition:
Splice: Yes No Clip Joint: Yes No Cover Strip: Yes No
Conveyor Running Yes No Inspection Tags: Yes No
Edge Damage: Yes No

Comments:
HEAD END / HEAD CHUTE

Chute Condition: Head Pulley Lagging:
Snub Pulley Lagging: Build up:
Belt Movement:
Comments:
IDLER CHECK
Trough Idler Condition: Return Idler Condition:
Troughing Frame
Return Frame Condition:
Condition:
Comments:
PRIMARY SCRAPER
Position Correct: Yes No Type of Primary Scraper installed:
(Contact of Scraper Blade must be between 10 to 30 degrees, under
the pulley horizontal line.)
Mounts firmly mounted: Yes No All bolts, nuts tightened: Yes No
Adequate Tensioning: Yes No All Caps, Denso Tape in place: Yes No
Housekeeping:
Chute Material build up:
Blade Wear: Low Medium High Cleaning: Poor Fair Good
Comments:
SECONDARY SCRAPER #1
Type / Model of Secondary Scraper Installed:
Positioning Correct:
(Scraper blade must preferably be a minimum 100mm from pulley tangent.)
All Caps, Denso Tape in Place: Yes No Mounts firmly mounted: Yes No
All Bolts & Nuts Tightened: Yes No Adequate tension/adjustment: Yes No
Angle Correct Set: Yes No Carrier Frame cut to size Yes No
Angle of scraper must be 90 degrees to the conveyor belt, dependant on conditions.
Chute / Material build up: Yes No Housekeeping:
Blade wear: Low Medium High Cleaning: Poor Fair Good
Comments:
DOC No ISSUE No REVISION MARCH PAGE

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 1 of 3
Scraper blade must preferably be a minimum 100mm from pulley tangent.

Comments:
TAKE UP PULLEYS / COUNTERWEIGHT / PLOUGH

Type / Model of Plough Installed:
Are Flat Return Idlers Installed: (In front) Yes No (Behind) Yes No
Any excessive belt movement: Yes No Adequate space for material to fall off of conveyor belt Yes No
Is the Plough firmly mounted: Yes No Is the Safety Chain firmly mounted and correctly adjusted: Yes No
Is the Plough Free moving: Yes No Is the entire Blade / Nose Piece in contact with the conveyor belt: Yes No
Housekeeping:
Comments:
CONVEYOR BELT TRACKING / ALIGNMENT

Is the Belt Tracking centre: Yes No Are there any Tracking Systems installed: Troughing Return
Is there any visible damage to structure caused by poor belt tracking: Yes No
Conveyor belt length: Are the tracking systems correctly positioned: Yes No
Are the tracking systems firmly mounted: Yes No Are all bolts & nuts tightened: Yes No
Are all Idlers in contact with the Belt - Adequate Tension on the system: Yes No Housekeeping:
Comments:
LOADING / TRANSFER CHUTE

Chute Condition: Poor Fair Good Material loading in centre of conveyor belt:
Dead Boxes: Yes No Deflector Plates: Yes No Drop Heights:
Tail Pulley Condition Good Fair Poor
Comments:
KEYSKIRTING®
Size of Keyskirt®: 1 2 3 4 Length of Keyskirt® Installed :
® Other Product used
Positioning of Keyskirt : Yes No State
as Skirting
Mounting Arrangement Std. Offset Other
All bolts & nuts securely fastened: Yes No Housekeeping:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 2 of 3
FEEDBOOTS
Type of Feedboot installed: Universal Combination Is the system correctly positioned: Yes No
(System to be positioned centrally to the load area.)

Drop Height: Is the system securely mounted: Yes No
All Bolts & Nuts tightened: Yes No Condition of Idlers: Poor Fair Good
Lead in and lead out Idlers in place: Yes No Condition of UHMW Liners: Low Medium High
Housekeeping:
Comments:
HI - IMPACT SYSTEM
Type of Hi - Impact system installed :
Is the system correctly positioned: Yes No Drop heights:
System to be positioned centrally to the load area.
Is the system securely mounted: Yes No All bolts & nuts tightened: Yes No
Are all Idlers in contact with the belt: Yes No Idler condition: Poor Fair Good
BTA Condition: Poor Fair Good Are chains / D shackles in place & securely fastened: Yes No
All Hardware in Good Condition: Yes No Housekeeping:
Comments:
AIR CANNONS
5ltr Quantity 10ltr Quantity
Size of Air Cannon Installed: 25ltr Quantity 50ltr Quantity
Is the Air Cannon securely fastened onto the structure: Yes No Is an Air Lance installed: Yes No
Size of the Air Lance: Are the Air Cannons correctly positioned: Yes No
Power supply: Air supply:
Operating system: Single timer PLC Manual push button Sequential
All Bolts & Nuts securely tightened: Yes No All components in good order: Yes No
Distance between Air Cannon & Solenoid Valve: Any Air Leaks in the Pipe Work: No
Is a Water Trap Installed: Yes No Is a Lubricator installed: Yes No
Distance from Air Cannon: Distance from Air Cannon:
Are the safety / warning signs in place and visible: Yes No Housekeeping:
Comments:
TAIL PULLEY / PLOUGH

Are Flat Return Idlers installed: (In front) Yes No (Behind) Yes No
Any excessive belt movement: Yes No Adequate space for material to fall off of conveyor belt: Yes No
Is the Plough free moving: Yes No Is the entire Blade / Nose Piece in contact with the conveyor belt: Yes No
Housekeeping:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 3 of 3
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
10. Trouble Shooting
Problem Possible Cause Possible Solution

Scraper under-tensioned Adjust to correct pressure - refer installation instructions
Scraper over-tensioned Adjust to correct pressure - refer installation instruction

Poor cleaning
performance
Scraper installed in wrong location Verify dimension - refer installation drawing
Scraper blade worn or damaged Replace scraper blade
Tension on scraper too high/low Adjust to correct tension - refer installation instruction
Scraper not located correctly Check scraper location for correct dimensions
Blade attack angle incorrect Check scraper location for correct dimensions
Rapid Blade Wear
Option: switch to alternate scraper tip grade (contact Brelko for
Material too abrasive for blade
available options)
Mechanical splice damaging blade Repair, skive or replace splice
Blade smaller than material path Add additional blade to match material path
Centre wear on
blade (smile effect)
Tension on scraper too high/low Adjust to correct pressure - refer installation instruction
Belt damaged or ripped Repair or replace belt

Unusual wear or
damage to blade
Scraper not correctly located Verify dimension - refer installation drawing
Damage to pulley or pulley lagging Repair or replace pulley
Scraper not located correctly Verify dimension - refer installation drawing
Blade attack angle incorrect Verify dimension - refer installation drawing
Scraper running on empty belt Use a spray pole when the belt is empty
Vibration or noise
Scraper tension too high/low Adjust to correct pressure or slight adjust to diminish
Scraper locking bolts not secure Check and tighten all bolts and nuts
Scraper not square to head pulley Verify dimension - refer installation drawing
Material build-up in chute Clean up build-up on scraper and in chute
Scraper tension not set correctly Ensure correct pressure/increase tension slightly
Scraper being
pushed away from Sticky material is overburdening scraper Increase pressure; add primary (head pulley) scraper
pulley
Scraper not set up correctly Confirm location dimensions are equal on both sides
E101 - Page 37 to 37 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
E151 PRIMARY
BELT SCRAPER
PATENTED
Model Number :
Purchase Date :
Purchased From :
Installation Date :
E151 - Page 38 to 59 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
Table of Contents
1. Disclaimer 40
2. Safety Note 40
5. Handling 43
5.2. Work Safety 43
5.3. Handling 44
5.4. Storage 44
6. Maintenance 45
E151 - Page 39 to 59 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
1. Disclaimer
be defective.
2. Safety Note

DANGER death.

WARNING injury.


Important:
procedures.
E151 - Page 40 to 59 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
E151 PRIMARY
BELT SCRAPER
PATENTED
APPLICATIONS
As a primary scraper to ensure maximum removal of wet and fine carryback.
Specifically designed for use on belts using metal fastener systems.
Ideally suited for conveyors where belts of different thicknesses have been joined together.
Use in conjunction with torsion arm mountings to accommodate different belt thicknesses on the same
conveyor and excessive belt movement due to pulley eccentricity, thereby ensuring constant pressure with
the belt on both the front and back rows.
FEATURES
Patented blade design ensures optimum combination of flexibility and stiffness to adapt to belt profile.
Positioning of blades in an overlapping configuration ensures that any material passing between the
blades of the first row is removed by the second row.
E151 - Page 41 to 59 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E151 DOUBLE ROW MULTI-BLADE PRIMARY SCRAPER WITH POLYURETHANE BLADES © 07-2015
SAND BLASTED &

EPOXY POWDER COATED BLADE OPTIONS:
CARRIER SHAFT STANDARD POLYURATHANE
OPTIONAL: GALVANISED OR HIGH TEMPERATURE (90° / 194F)
SIZE 2 = 192mm
SIZE 3 = 207mm
SIZE 4 = 212mm
GALVANISED MOUNTING COMPONENTS SIZE 2&3 = M30x300mm

OPTIONAL: STAINLESS STEEL GRD. 304 OR 316 SIZE 4 = M42x350mm
V-TRACK OPTIONS:
STAINLESS STEEL 304 OR 316 (ON REQUEST.)
SIZE 2 = 38,1mm□
SIZE 3 = 60,3 mm□
SIZE 4 = 76,2mm□

STANDARD MOUNTING
400mm TO 1500mm
120mm (TYP.)
DIFFICULT INSTALLATIONS)
SIZE 2 = 192mm
SIZE 3 = 207mm
SIZE 4 = 212mm
SIZE 2&3 = M30x300mm

UP or DOWN
ADJUSTMENT
SIZE 4 = M42x350mm
MOUNTING OPTIONS:
SIZE 2 = 38,1mm□
SIZE 3 = 60,3mm□
SIZE 4 = 76,2mm□
BRELKO
E151-T
TORSION MOUNTING
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

E151-001 REV. D
PLEASE REFER TO DETAILED MANUAL FOR INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, MAINTENANCE & SPARE PARTS No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5. Handling
immediately.
5.2. Work Safety
WARNING

standards.

an explosion.

E151 - Page 43 to 59 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5.3. Handling
5.4. Storage
BELT SCRAPERS
QTY DESCRIPTION
1 PRICKER
1 90° SET SQUARE
1 5M TAPE MEASURE
1 STANLEY KNIFE
2 M46 SET SPANNERS
2 M65 SET SPANNERS
3M NYLON ROPE
2 "G" CLAMPS - 6" - 8"
1 JIMMY LEVER
E151 - Page 44 to 59 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
6. Maintenance
be observed. The E151 Primary Scraper operates at the discharge end of the conveyor and is
in direct contact with the moving belt. Only visual observations can be made while the belt
correct lockout/tag-out procedures.
E151 - Page 45 to 59 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

SHAFT
BELT WIDTH
(mm)
(mm)
A. Carrier Assembly Including 3-piece shaft Size 2 N/A 400-750 2/8.2.2/3P

with double carrier, “V” track and end Size 3 N/A 900-1050 2/8.2.3/3P
stops.
Size 4 N/A 1200-1500 2/8.2.4/3P
E. Standard Mount Assembly – Including Size 2 N/A 400-500 2/3.2

and washers.
Size 4 N/A 1200-1500 2/3.4
G. Spindle Assembly – including lock nuts. Size 2&3 N/A 400-1050 2/1.3
Size 4 N/A 1200-1500 2/1.4
10. Optional off-set plates. Size 2 N/A 400-750 2/8.1.20

Size 3 N/A 900-1200 2/8.1.22
Size 4 N/A 1350-1500 2/8.1.23

E151 - Page 46 to 59 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E151-S STANDARD MOUNT DOUBLE ROW MULTI-BLADE PRIMARY SCRAPER © 07-2015
C A
7 12
11
A
E
10
LEGEND
DESCRIPTION COMPONENTS I.D
CARRIER ASSEMBLY (SHAFT,V-TRACK, END STOPS & END CAPS) A

POLY BLADE C
BRELKO
3 PIECE SHAFT ASSEMBLY (INNER SHAFT,OUTER SHAFT, V-TRACK, END STOPS & END CAPS) D
STANDARD MOUNT ASSEMBLY (STD. MOUNT,CLAMP PIECE & BUSHES) E
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
PARTS LIST: FOR STANDARD MOUNT PLEASE SPECIFY BELT WIDTH WHEN ORDERING E151-S-002 REV. B
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

supplied and that the scraper is correctly assembled. Then one or both of the carrier shaft end pieces can be fitted once
the scraper is in position.
6. With reference to the Installation drawing, select the most convenient location for the mounting spindles. There are two
can be found to attach the spindle foot to the conveyer structure, the optional offset plates (10) may be used as shown in
the Parts List Drawing.
• Note: - Offset plates (10) are not supplied as standard, and must be ordered separately.
8. Check that carrier shaft end pieces and carrier shaft centrepiece are firmly bolted together.
E151 - Page 48 to 59 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E151-S STANDARD MOUNT DOUBLE ROW MULTI-BLADE PRIMARY SCRAPER © 07-2015
G Z G
120mm (TYP.)
Y
A
MOUNTING OPTIONS:
Ø20mm FOR
VIEW ON ARROW "A" M16 MOUNTING BOLTS
DETAIL A
100
FAR SIDE SIZE 2 = 33mm SPINDLE POSITION "C"
F NOTE: SIZE 3 = 33mm
BELT TO BE FLAT. 270 SIZE 4 = 34mm
IF NECESSARY FIT NEAR SIDE
15° FLAT RETURN ROLLERS 160
FAR SIDE
50
INSTALLATION 350
ZONE NEAR SIDE
SIZE 2 = 192mm NEAR & FAR SIDE
B SIZE 3 = 207mm CHUTE CUT-OUT DETAILS
SIZE 4 = 212mm DETAIL B
SPINDLE POSITION "D"
E
A
SIZE 2 = 70mm
C SIZE 3 = 95mm
(RECOMMENDED) SIZE 4 = 110mm
BELT WIDTH 400 450 500 600 750 900 1050 1200 1350 1500
B CHUTE CUT-OUT No. FRONT 3 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12
D BLADES BACK 2 3 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11
SEE DETAILS
INNER CARRIER
A 2 3 4
SIZE RANGE
OUTER CARRIER
2 3 4
BRELKO
SIZE RANGE NOTE: FOR INCLINED BELTS SPINDLE CAN BE MOUNTED IN

X 360 360 480 600 720 840 960 1080 1200 1440 POSITION A or C, BUT MUST REMAIN AT 80° TO 100° BELT SURFACE.
SPINDLE POSITION "A" Z 520 620 620 720 820 1020 1120 1220 1420 1620
(MAX BELT DECLINE ANGLE 15°)
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
INSTALLATION DETAIL: STANDARD MOUNT. ALWAYS SPECIFY BELT WIDTH WHEN ORDERING E151-S-003 REV. D
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

SHAFT
BELT WIDTH
(mm)
(mm)

stops.
Size 4 N/A 1350-1500 2/8.2.4/3P
F. Torsion Mount Assembly (Double Arm / Size 3 N/A 600-1050 2/2.13

Parallel Arm) – Including clamp piece, Size 4 N/A 1350-1500 2/2.14
nylon bushes, bolts, nuts and washers.

Size 4 N/A 1200-1500 2/1.4
10. Optional off-set plates. Size 3 N/A 600-1200 2/8.1.22

Size 4 N/A 1350-1500 2/8.1.23

E151 - Page 50 to 59 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E151-T TORSION MOUNT DOUBLE ROW MULTI-BLADE PRIMARY SCRAPER © 07-2015
1
C A
8 12
11
F
A
10
13
LEGEND
6
COMPONENT
DESCRIPTION
I.D.

F
AND WASHERS)
BRELKO
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
PARTS LIST: FOR TORSION MOUNT PLEASE SPECIFY BELT WIDTH WHEN ORDERING E151-T-004 REV. B
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

torsion arm.
move freely.
E151 - Page 52 to 59 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E151-T TORSION MOUNT DOUBLE ROW MULTI-BLADE PRIMARY SCRAPER © 07-2015
G Z G
X
LIMITED
A
MOUNTING OPTIONS:
Y
VIEW ON ARROW "A"

F NOTE:
100 POSITION A or C, BUT MUST REMAIN AT 80° TO 100° BELT SURFACE.
BELT TO BE FLAT.
FAR SIDE (MAX BELT DECLINE ANGLE 15°)
IF NECESSARY FIT
15° FLAT RETURN ROLLERS
270
NEAR SIDE Ø20mm FOR
160 M16 MOUNTING BOLTS
FAR SIDE
INSTALLATION
ZONE 50 DETAIL A
SIZE 2 = 192mm DIMENSION TABLE (mm)
SIZE 3 = 207mm 350 BELT WIDTH 750 900 1050 1200 1350 1500
B SIZE 4 = 212mm NEAR SIDE FRONT BACK FRONT BACK FRONT BACK FRONT BACK FRONT BACK FRONT BACK
No. BLADES
A NEAR & FAR SIDE 6 5 7 6 8 7 9 8 11 10 12 11
CHUTE CUT-OUT DETAILS INNER CARRIER 2 3 3 4 4 4
E Z 820 1020 1120 1220 1420 1620
SIZE 2 = 18mm
C SIZE 2 = 110mm SIZE 3 = 18mm OUTER CARRIER 3 3 3 4 4 4
(RECOMMENDED) SIZE 3 = 110mm SIZE 4 = 21mm G 510 510 510 510 510 510
SIZE 4 = 130mm
A 150 150 150 200 200 200
CHUTE CUT-OUT 100 100 100 130 130 130
B
D B SEE DETAILS C 100 150 150 175 175 175
D 60 x 10 60 x 12 60 x 12 80 x 16 80 x 16 80 x 16
E 300 300 300 350 350 350
A
BRELKO
F M30 x 3.5P M30 x 3.5P M30 x 3.5P M42 x 4.5P M42 x 4.5P M42 x 4.5P
X 720 840 960 1080 1200 1320
DETAIL B Y 30 30 30 40 40 40
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
INSTALLATION DETAIL: TORSION MOUNT. ALWAYS SPECIFY BELT WIDTH WHEN ORDERING E151-T-005 REV. D
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

belt.
Brelko polyurethane blades have been designed to break out of the support v-track to
protect the scraper, scraper mounting components, conveyor belt and conveyor belt
equipment against damage due to emergency clip joints, loose/damaged splicing,
belt protrusions, chute blockages etc. If polyurethane damage occurs follow the steps
below to replace individual or all of the blades:
holder and blades.
E151 - Page 54 to 59 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
CODE:
CUSTOMER:
No : 25853
CONTACT TEL:
ATTENTION:
DATE IN:
CONTRACT/ORDER No.:

TOP COVER BUILD-UP
______________________________________________

NEW / EVEN
GROOVES / WORN
/ UNEVEN
PROTRUSIONS
EXCESSIVE
AVERAGE
LITTLE
BLADES / HOLDERS
MOUNTS
CARRIER
ASSEMBLY
SPINDLES
SKIRTING
OTHER SPARES
ADJUST SCRAPER SET
CLEANED

(please print)

OVER
©2003-05
25
YEARS
FS 007 8 8 2011 1 of 2
SAFETY :
CUSTOMER DETAILS
CONVEYOR DIMENSIONS
Edge Damage: Yes No

Comments:

Belt Movement:
Comments:
IDLER CHECK
Troughing Frame
Condition:
Comments:
PRIMARY SCRAPER
Housekeeping:
Comments:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 1 of 3

Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

Comments:

Comments:
KEYSKIRTING®
as Skirting
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 2 of 3
FEEDBOOTS

Housekeeping:
Comments:
HI - IMPACT SYSTEM
Comments:
AIR CANNONS
Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 3 of 3
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS


Poor cleaning
performance
Rapid Blade Wear
available options)
Centre wear on

Unusual wear or
damage to blade
Vibration or noise
Scraper being
pulley
E151 - Page 59 to 59 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
E205 SECONDARY
BELT SCRAPER
PATENTED
Model Number :
Purchase Date :
Purchased From :
Installation Date :
E205 - Page 60 to 81 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
Table of Contents
1. Disclaimer 62
2. Safety Note 62
5. Handling 65
5.2. Work Safety 65
5.3. Handling 66
5.4. Storage 66
6. Maintenance 67
E205 - Page 61 to 81 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
1. Disclaimer
be defective.
2. Safety Note

DANGER death.

WARNING injury.


Important:
procedures.
E205 - Page 62 to 81 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
E205 SECONDARY
BELT SCRAPER
PATENTED
APPLICATIONS
Universal choice for all normal cleaning applications.
Not suitable for mounting directly onto the head pulley.
the belt.
Selection of correct blade material gives optimum blade life under all operating conditions and conveyed
materials.
FEATURES
Patented V-base torsion holder makes blade changing quick and simple.
Fully sealed construction of torsion holder prevents material build-up or ingress into the spring unit.
Twin arm design of the torsion holder prevents radial and lateral blade oscillations and only allows
longitudinal blade movement thus ensuring uniform and constant blade contact with the belt, irrespective
of variations in belt thicknesses and surface conditions.
Pre-tensioned blades restrict forward movement and reduces belt contact pressure for optimised cleaning,
and extends belt life.
Lightweight polymeric material used for the torsion holder ensures ease of handling, corrosion protection
and minimum impact on belt surface after deflection.
Patented blade torsion holder and blade design incorporating a deflector skirt ensures accurate assembly
and a clean running scraper.
Robust construction for longer life.
E205 - Page 63 to 81 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E205 SINGLE ROW MULTI-BLADE SECONDARY SCRAPER © 07-2015
SAND BLASTED & GLASS REINFORCED NYLON BLADE

EPOXY POWDER COATED BLADE OPTIONS: PRE-TENSIONED TORSION HOLDERS
CARRIER SHAFT TUNGSTEN CARBIDE - (2 GRADES) WITH INTERGRAL FRONT & REAR
OPTIONAL: GALVANISED OR 100mm (MIN.)
DEFLECTOR SKIRTS
SIZE 2 = 179mm
SIZE 3 = 190mm
GALVANISED MOUNTING COMPONENTS SIZE 2&3 = M30x300mm

OPTIONAL: STAINLESS STEEL GRD. 304 OR 316
V-TRACK OPTIONS:
SIZE 2 = 38,1mm
SIZE 3 = 60,3mm

STANDARD MOUNTING
750mm TO 1200mm
120mm (TYP.) OPTIONAL OFFSET PLATE USED 100mm (MIN.)

SIZE 2 = 179mm
SIZE 3 = 190mm
OPTIONAL: 3 PIECE CARRIER SHAFT FOR
PACKING & TRANSPORT. SIZE 3 = M30x300mm
UP or DOWN
ADJUSTMENT
MOUNTING OPTIONS:
SIZE 2 = 38,1mm
SIZE 3 = 60,3mm
BRELKO
E205-T
TORSION MOUNTING
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

PLEASE REFER TO DETAILED MANUAL FOR INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, MAINTENANCE & SPARE PARTS E205-004 REV. 2
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5. Handling
immediately.
5.2. Work Safety
WARNING

standards.

an explosion.

E205 - Page 65 to 81 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5.3. Handling
5.4. Storage
BELT SCRAPERS
QTY DESCRIPTION
1 PRICKER
1 90° SET SQUARE
1 5M TAPE MEASURE
1 STANLEY KNIFE
2 M46 SET SPANNERS
2 M65 SET SPANNERS
3M NYLON ROPE
2 "G" CLAMPS - 6" - 8"
1 JIMMY LEVER
E205 - Page 66 to 81 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
6. Maintenance
be observed. The E205 Secondary Scraper operates at the discharge end of the conveyor and
is in direct contact with the moving belt. Only visual observations can be made while the belt
E205 - Page 67 to 81 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

SHAFT
BELT WIDTH
(mm)
(mm)
A. Carrier Assembly Including shaft, “V” Size 2 1500 750 2/8.1.2

track, end stops and end caps. Size 3 2000 900-1200 2/8.1.3
D. Optional / 3-Piece Shaft Assembly Size 2 1500 750 2/8.1.2/3P

shafts end stops and off-set plates.
E. Standard Mount Assembly- Including Size 2 N/A 750 2/3.2

and washers.
H. Torsion Holder Assembly c/w :-

Chrome Tool Steel blade -C10 120mm N/A 750-1200 2/5.63
Tungsten Carbide blade -TC 120mm N/A 750-1200 2/5.61
Triplex Tungsten blade (2mm) -T3 120mm N/A 750-1200 2/5.62
J. Torsion Holder 120mm N/A 750-1200 2/5.45
K. Blade Holder c/w :-


3. Normally scrapers are supplied with blades (3), torsion holders (4) and end stops (5) assembled on the carrier shaft (1). If
not, assemble as shown using a lithium base grease as a lubricant to ease future removal of blades. If necessary, use a
rubber mallet to tap the blades into the “V” track. Do not over-tighten end stop (5) set screws.
4. Check that the blades (3) are free to deflect forwards and backwards. If any blades foul those adjacent, slightly slacken
end stop (5) set screws, and tap the torsion holders (4) sideways until the blades (3) clear each other. Tighten end stop (5)
set screws.
• Note: - There should be 0,5mm gap between blades (3).
E205 - Page 68 to 81 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E205 STANDARD MOUNT SINGLE ROW MULTI-BLADE SECONDARY SCRAPER © 07-2015
3 K H 5
J
4
7 12
11
E 10 D
LEGEND
COMPONENT
6 DESCRIPTION
I.D.

D
E
AND WASHERS)
H TORSION HOLDER ASSEMBLY C/W BLADE (SPECIFY GRADE) - 120MM

BRELKO
J TORSION HOLDER ASSEMBLY
K CAST BLADE HOLDER C/W BLADE (SPECIFY GRADE) - 120MM
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
PARTS LIST: FOR STANDARD MOUNTING. PLEASE SPECIFY BELT WIDTH WHEN ORDERING E205-S-005 REV. 0
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

Drawing.
14. Adjust the scraper half a turn of the spindle nuts towards the belt.
adjustment is required, stop the conveyor and adjust the scraper half a turn of the spindle nuts towards the belt until all
blades are scraping satisfactory.
E205 - Page 70 to 81 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E205-S STANDARD MOUNT SINGLE ROW MULTI-BLADE SECONDARY SCRAPER © 07-2015
120mm (TYP.)
A
MOUNTING OPTIONS:
CHUTE SIDE PLATE (SUPPORT CLEATS NOT SUPPLIED AS STANDARD) Ø20mm FOR
M16 MOUNTING BOLTS
VIEW ON ARROW "A"
100mm (MIN.) DETAIL A
NOTE:
BELT TO BE FLAT.
SIZE 2 = 68mm
SPINDLE POSITION "C"
IF NECESSARY FIT
FLAT RETURN ROLLERS. SIZE 3 = 93mm
270
NEAR SIDE
160
M30x3,5P
FAR SIDE
50
B SIZE 2 = 179mm
100
SIZE 3 = 190mm
DETAIL B
A NEAR & FAR SIDE
300 CHUTE CUT-OUT DETAILS SPINDLE POSITION "D"
150 SIZE 2 = 70mm

(RECOMENDED) SIZE 3 = 95mm
CHUTE CUT-OUT
SEE DETAILS
12 DIMENSION TABLE (mm)
=100=
BELT WIDTH 750 900 1050 1200
150 No. BLADES 6 7 8 9
SIZE RANGE 2 3
BRELKO
NOTE: FOR INCLINED BELTS SPINDLE CAN BE MOUNTED IN POSITION A or C,

Z 1500 2000
BUT MUST REMAIN AT 80 TO 100 BELT SURFACE.
SPINDLE POSITION "A" X 720 840 960 1080
(MAX BELT DECLINE ANGLE 15)
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
INSTALLATION DETAIL: STANDARD MOUNT. ALWAYS SPECIFY BELT WIDTH WHEN ORDERING E205-S-006 REV. 2
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

SHAFT
BELT WIDTH
(mm)
(mm)
A. Carrier Assembly Including shaft, “V” Size 2 1500 750 2/8.1.2

D. Optional / 3-Piece Shaft Assembly Size 2 1500 750 2/8.1.2/3P

F. Torsion Mount Assembly – Including Size 2 N/A 750 2/2.2

and washers.



set screws.
E205 - Page 72 to 81 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E205-T TORSION MOUNT SINGLE ROW MOULTI-BLADE SECONDARY SCRAPER © 07-2015
3 K H 5
J
4
7 11 12
13 D
10
LEGEND
COMPONENT
DESCRIPTION
I.D.

6
OPTIONAL / 3 PIECE SHAFT ASSEMBLY (INNER SHAFT, OUTER SHAFT,
D
F
AND WASHERS)

BRELKO
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
PARTS LIST: FOR TORSION MOUNT PLEASE SPECIFY BELT WIDTH WHEN ORDERING E205-T-007 REV. 1
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

Drawing.
tighten set screws (13) one full turn.
torsion arm.
move freely.
E205 - Page 74 to 81 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E205-T TORSION MOUNT SINGLE ROW MULTI-BLADE SECONDARY SCRAPER © 07-2015
X
OPTIONAL:
120mm (TYP.)
LIMITED.
A
MOUNTING OPTIONS:
VIEW ON ARROW "A"

POSITION A or B, BUT MUST REMAIN AT 80 TO 100 BELT SURFACE.
NOTE: 30 (MAX BELT DECLINE ANGLE 15)
100mm (MIN.) 270
BELT TO BE FLAT.
FLAT RETURN ROLLERS 160
FAR SIDE
50
M30
100
SIZE 2 = 178mm
B CHUTE CUT-OUT DETAILS Ø20mm FOR
A M16 MOUNTING BOLTS
83mm DETAIL A
300mm 112mm
SIZE 2 = 198mm
SIZE 3 = 203mm
(RECOMMENDED)
CHUTE CUT-OUT DIMENSION TABLE (mm)

SEE DETAILS
BELT WIDTH 750 900 1050 1200
12 =100= No. BLADES 6 7 8 9
SIZE RANGE 2 3
150
BRELKO
Z 1500 2000
DETAIL B X 720 840 960 1080
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
INSTALLATION DETAIL: TORSION MOUNT. ALWAYS SPECIFY BELT WIDTH WHEN ORDERING E205-T-008 REV. 2
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

belt.
Brelko nylon torsion holders have been designed to break out of the torsion holder
holder and blades.
E205 - Page 76 to 81 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
CODE:
CUSTOMER:
No : 25853
CONTACT TEL:
ATTENTION:
DATE IN:
CONTRACT/ORDER No.:

TOP COVER BUILD-UP
______________________________________________

NEW / EVEN
GROOVES / WORN
/ UNEVEN
PROTRUSIONS
EXCESSIVE
AVERAGE
LITTLE
BLADES / HOLDERS
MOUNTS
CARRIER
ASSEMBLY
SPINDLES
SKIRTING
OTHER SPARES
ADJUST SCRAPER SET
CLEANED

(please print)

OVER
©2003-05
25
YEARS
FS 007 8 8 2011 1 of 2
SAFETY :
CUSTOMER DETAILS
CONVEYOR DIMENSIONS
Edge Damage: Yes No

Comments:

Belt Movement:
Comments:
IDLER CHECK
Troughing Frame
Condition:
Comments:
PRIMARY SCRAPER
Housekeeping:
Comments:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 1 of 3

Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

Comments:

Comments:
KEYSKIRTING®
as Skirting
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 2 of 3
FEEDBOOTS

Housekeeping:
Comments:
HI - IMPACT SYSTEM
Comments:
AIR CANNONS
Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 3 of 3
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS


Poor cleaning
performance
Rapid Blade Wear
available options)
Centre wear on

Unusual wear or
damage to blade
Vibration or noise
Scraper being
pulley
E205 - Page 81 to 81 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
E251 COMPOSITE
SECONDARY HEAVY DUTY
BELT SCRAPER
PATENTED
Model Number :
Purchase Date :
Purchased From :
Installation Date :
E251 - Page 82 to 103 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
Table of Contents
1. Disclaimer 84
2. Safety Note 84
5. Handling 87
5.2. Work Safety 87
5.3. Handling 88
5.4. Storage 88
6. Maintenance 89
E251 - Page 83 to 103 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
1. Disclaimer
be defective.
2. Safety Note

DANGER death.

WARNING injury.


Important:
procedures.
E251 - Page 84 to 103 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
E251 COMPOSITE
BELT SCRAPER
PATENTED
APPLICATIONS
As a Heavy Duty Head Pulley Scraper, working directly on the head pulley.
the belt.
materials.
FEATURES
Brelko torsion mountings allow the scraper to maintain a constant pressure on the belt and greatly extend
adjustment intervals. Also available is the standard adjustable mounting.
Specially formulated composite blades give maximum life, and ensure accurate assembly and a clean
running scraper.
E251 - Page 85 to 103 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E251 SINGLE ROW MULTI-BLADE SECONDARY SCRAPER © 07-2015
SAND BLASTED &

COMPOSITE BLADE OPTIONS: 100mm (MIN.)
EPOXY POWDER COATED
POLYURETHANE BLADES TUNGSTEN CARBIDE - (1 GRADE)
CARRIER SHAFT
OPTIONAL: GALVANISED OR
SIZE 3 = 209mm
SIZE 4 = 217mm
SIZE 3 = M30x300mm
SIZE 4 = M42x350mm
GALVANISED MOUNTING COMPONENTS
V-TRACK OPTIONS:
SIZE 3 = 60,3mm□
SIZE 4 = 76,2mm□

STANDARD MOUNTING
1050mm TO 2400mm

AS ILLUSTRATED (UP or DOWN
FOR DIFFICULT INSTALLATIONS.) 100mm (MIN.)
SIZE 3 = 209mm
SIZE 4 = 217mm
OPTIONS: 3 PIECE CARRIER SHAFT FOR
PACKING & TRANSPORT.
UP or DOWN
ADJUSTMENT
MOUNTING OPTIONS: SIZE 3 = M30x 300mm

MOUNT DIRECTLY ONTO CONVEYOR STRINGER or SIZE 4 = M42x350mm
SIZE 3 = 60,3mm□
SIZE 4 = 76,2mm□
BRELKO
E251-T
TORSION MOUNTING
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

E251-014 REV. B
PLEASE REFER TO DETAILED MANUAL FOR INSTALLA TION INSTRUCTIONS, MAINTENANCE & SPARE PARTS No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5. Handling
immediately.
5.2. Work Safety
WARNING

standards.

an explosion.

E251 - Page 87 to 103 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5.3. Handling
5.4. Storage
BELT SCRAPERS
QTY DESCRIPTION
1 PRICKER
1 90° SET SQUARE
1 5M TAPE MEASURE
1 STANLEY KNIFE
2 M46 SET SPANNERS
2 M65 SET SPANNERS
3M NYLON ROPE
2 "G" CLAMPS - 6" - 8"
1 JIMMY LEVER
E251 - Page 88 to 103 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
6. Maintenance
E251 - Page 89 to 103 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

SHAFT
BELT WIDTH
(mm)
(mm)

Size 4 3000 1650-2400 2/8.1.41
C. Composite Poly Blade c/w

D. Optional / 3-Piece Shaft Assembly Size 3 2000 1050-1200 2/8.1.3/3P

Size 4 3000 1650-2400 2/8.1.41/3P
E. Standard Mount Assembly- Including Size 3 N/A 1050-1200 2/3.3

and washers.

Size 4 N/A 1350-2400 2/1.4

set screws.
E251 - Page 90 to 103 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E251 STANDARD MOUNT SINGLE ROW MULTI-BLADE SECONDARY SCRAPER © 07-2015
A
C
5
3
7 12
11
10 D
6
LEGEND
DESCRIPTION COMPONENT I.D

COMPOSITE POLY BLADE - 150mm (SPECIFY GRADE) C
BRELKO

SPINDLE ASSEMBLY (BASE PLATE, STUD & LOCK NUTS) G
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
PARTS LIST: FOR STANDARD MOUNTING PLEASE SPECIFY BELT WIDTH WHEN ORDERING E251-S-015 REV. A
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

Drawing.
E251 - Page 92 to 103 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E251-S STANDARD MOUNT SINGLE ROW MULTI-BLADE SECONDARY SCRAPER © 07-2015
150 (TYP.)
A
SIZE 3 = 93mm
MOUNTING OPTIONS: SIZE 4 = 110mm
MOUNT DIRECTLY ONTO CONVEYOR STRINGERS or
VIEW ON ARROW "A"
NOTE:
BELT TO BE FLAT.
IF NECESSARY FIT SPINDLE POSITION "C"
FLAT RETURN ROLLERS
100 (MIN.) 270 DETAIL B
NEAER SIDE
160 SIZE 3 = 30mm
FAR SIDE SIZE 4 = 40mm
SIZE 3 = M30
SIZE 4 = M42 50
100
B SIZE 3 = 209mm
SIZE 3 = 300mm CHUTE CUT-OUT DETAILS
SIZE 4 = 350mm A SPINDLE POSITION "D"
SIZE 3 = 93mm Ø20mm FOR

SIZE 3 = 150mm SIZE 4 = 110mm M16 MOUNTING BOLTS
SIZE 4 = 175mm
DETAIL A
CHUTE CUT-OUT
SEE DETAILS
SIZE 3 = 100mm
SIZE 4 = 130mm SIZE 3 = 12mm
SIZE 4 = 16mm
SIZE 3 = 150mm
BRELKO
SIZE 4 = 200mm NOTE: FOR INCLINED BELTS SPINDLE CAN BE MOUNTED IN

SPINDLE POSITION "A" (MAX BELT DECLINE ANGLE 15)
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
INSTALLATION DETAIL: STANDARD MOUNT. ALWAYS SPECIFY BELT WIDTH WHEN ORDERING E251-S-006 REV. B
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

SHAFT
BELT WIDTH
(mm)
(mm)

Size 4 3000 1650-2400 2/8.1.41


Size 4 3000 1650-2400 2/8.1.41/3P
F. Torsion Mount Assembly – Including Size 3 N/A 1050-1200 2/2.13

and washers.

Size 4 N/A 1350-2400 2/1.4

set screws.
E251 - Page 94 to 103 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
5
3 C
8 12
11
13 D
10
G
LEGEND
COMPONENT
DESCRIPTION
I.D.

D
F
BRELKO
AND WASHERS)
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
PARTS LIST: FOR TORSION MOUNT PLEASE SPECIFY BELT WIDTH WHEN ORDERING E251-T-016 REV. A
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

Drawing.
torsion arm.
move freely.
E251 - Page 96 to 103 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
X
OPTIONAL:
ROTATE TORSION UNITS 150mm (TYP.)
LIMITED.
A
MOUNTING OPTIONS:
CHUTE SIDE PLATE (SUPPORT CLEATS NOT SUPPLIED AS STANDARD) SIZE 3 = 30mm
SIZE 4 = 40mm
VIEW ON ARROW "A"

NOTE: POSITION A or C, BUT MUST REMAIN AT 80 TO 100 BELT SURFACE.
BELT TO BE FLAT. (MAX BELT DECLINE ANGLE 15)

100mm (MIN.) 270
IF NECESSARY FIT
NEAR SIDE
FLAT RETURN ROLLERS 160
FAR SIDE
50 Ø20mm FOR
SIZE 3 = M30
M16 MOUNTING BOLTS
SIZE 4 = M42
100
DETAIL A
B SIZE 4 = 217mm CHUTE CUT-OUT DETAILS
SIZE 3 = 300mm
SIZE 4 = 350mm
SIZE 3 = 116mm
SIZE 3 = 160mm SIZE 3 = 116mm SIZE 4 = 110 mm
SIZE 3 = 100mm
SIZE 4 = 16mm
SIZE 3 = 150mm
BRELKO
SIZE 4 = 200mm
SPINDLE POSITION "A" DETAIL B
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
INSTALLATION DETAIL: TORSION MOUNT. ALWAYS SPECIFY BELT WIDTH WHEN ORDERING E251-T-007 REV. B
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

belt.
holder and blades.
E251 - Page 98 to 103 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
CODE:
CUSTOMER:
No : 25853
CONTACT TEL:
ATTENTION:
DATE IN:
CONTRACT/ORDER No.:

TOP COVER BUILD-UP
______________________________________________

NEW / EVEN
GROOVES / WORN
/ UNEVEN
PROTRUSIONS
EXCESSIVE
AVERAGE
LITTLE
BLADES / HOLDERS
MOUNTS
CARRIER
ASSEMBLY
SPINDLES
SKIRTING
OTHER SPARES
ADJUST SCRAPER SET
CLEANED

(please print)

OVER
©2003-05
25
YEARS
FS 007 8 8 2011 1 of 2
SAFETY :
CUSTOMER DETAILS
CONVEYOR DIMENSIONS
Edge Damage: Yes No

Comments:

Belt Movement:
Comments:
IDLER CHECK
Troughing Frame
Condition:
Comments:
PRIMARY SCRAPER
Housekeeping:
Comments:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 1 of 3

Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

Comments:

Comments:
KEYSKIRTING®
as Skirting
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 2 of 3
FEEDBOOTS

Housekeeping:
Comments:
HI - IMPACT SYSTEM
Comments:
AIR CANNONS
Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 3 of 3
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS


Poor cleaning
performance
Rapid Blade Wear
available options)
Centre wear on

Unusual wear or
damage to blade
Vibration or noise
Scraper being
pulley
E251 - Page 103 to 103 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
E255 - PREMIUM
BELT SCRAPER
PATENTED
Model Number :
Purchase Date :
Purchased From :
Installation Date :
E255 - Page 104 to 125 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
Table of Contents
1. Disclaimer 106
2. Safety Note 106
5. Handling 109
5.2. Work Safety 109
5.3. Handling 110
5.4. Storage 110
6. Maintenance 111
E255 - Page 105 to 125 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
1. Disclaimer
Brelko conveyor products (pty) ltd hereby disclaims any liability for: damage due to contamination of
be defective.
2. Safety Note

DANGER death.

WARNING injury.


Important:
procedures.
E255 - Page 106 to 125 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
E255 - PREMIUM
BELT SCRAPER
PATENTED
APPLICATIONS
Universal choice for heavy duty cleaning applications. Specially suited for wider high speed belts.
the belt.
materials.
FEATURES
E255 - Page 107 to 125 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E255 PREMIUM SINGLE ROW MULTI-BLADE SECONDARY SCRAPER © 07-2015
GLASS REINFORCED NYLON BLADE BLADE OPTIONS:

SAND BLASTED &
PRE-TENSION TORSION HOLDERS TUNGSTEN CARBIDE - (T3 x 4mm)
EPOXY POWDER COATED
WITH INTERGRAL FRONT & REAR (T3 x 2mm) 100mm (MIN.)
CARRIER SHAFT
DEFLECTOR SKIRTS.
SIZE 3 = 195mm
SIZE 4 = 203mm
SIZE 3 = M30x300mm
V-TRACK OPTIONS:
SIZE 3 = 60,3mm□
SIZE 4 = 76,2mm□

STANDARD MOUNTING
1050mm TO 2400mm

150mm (TYP.) AS ILLUSTRATED (UP or DOWN 100mm (MIN.)
FOR DIFFICULT INSTALLATIONS.)
SIZE 3 =195mm
SIZE 4 = 203mm
PACKING & TRANSPORT SIZE 3 = M30x 300mm
UP or DOWN
ADJUSTMENT
SIZE 4 = M42x350mm
MOUNTING OPTIONS:
SIZE 3 = 60,3mm□
60,3
SIZE 4 = 76,2mm□
BRELKO
E255-T
TORSION MOUNTING
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

E255-004 REV. B
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5. Handling
immediately.
5.2. Work Safety
WARNING

standards.

an explosion.

E255 - Page 109 to 125 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5.3. Handling
5.4. Storage
BELT SCRAPERS
QTY DESCRIPTION
1 PRICKER
1 90° SET SQUARE
1 5M TAPE MEASURE
1 STANLEY KNIFE
2 M46 SET SPANNERS
2 M65 SET SPANNERS
3M NYLON ROPE
2 "G" CLAMPS - 6" - 8"
1 JIMMY LEVER
E255 - Page 110 to 125 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
6. Maintenance
E255 - Page 111 to 125 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

SHAFT
BELT WIDTH
(mm)
(mm)

Size 4 3000 1650-2400 2/8.1.41

Size 4 3000 1650-2400 2/8.1.41/3P
E. Standard Mount Assembly – Including Size 3 N/A 1050-1200 2/3.3

and washers.

Size 4 N/A 1350-2400 2/1.4



set screws.
E255 - Page 112 to 125 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E255-S STANDARD MOUNT PREMIUM SINGLE ROW MULTI-BLADE SECONDARY SCRAPER © 07-2015
3 K H
12
7 D
E
11 10
LEGEND
6 COMPONENT
DESCRIPTION
I.D.

D
E
AND WASHERS)

BRELKO
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
PARTS LIST: FOR STANDARD MOUNT PLEASE SPECIFY BELT WIDTH WHEN ORDERING E255-005 REV. A
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

Drawing.
E255 - Page 114 to 125 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E255-S STANDARD MOUNT PREMIUM SINGLE ROW MULTI-BLADE SECONDARY SCRAPER © 07-2015
X
SIZE 3 = 30mm
SIZE 4&5 = 40mm
150mm (TYP.)
A
MOUNTING OPTIONS:
Ø20mm FOR
M16 MOUNTING BOLTS
VIEW ON ARROW "A" DETAIL A
NOTE:
BELT TO BE FLAT.
IF NECESSARY FIT SIZE 3 = 87mm SPINDLE POSITION "C"
SIZE 4 = 102mm
FLAT RETURN ROLLERS.
270
100mm (MIN.) 160
NEAR SIDE
FAR SIDE
SIZE 3 = M30 50
SIZE 4&5 = M42
100
NEAR & FAR SIDE

B SIZE 3 = 195mm
CHUTE CUT-OUT DETAILS DETAIL B
SIZE 4 = 203mm
SIZE 3 = 300mm
SIZE 4&5 = 350mm A SPINDLE POSITION "D"

SIZE 4&5 = 175mm SIZE 4&5 = 110mm
CHUTE CUT-OUT
SEE DETAILS
SIZE 3 = 100mm DIMENSION TABLE (mm)
SIZE 4&5 = 130mm
SIZE 3 = 12mm BELT WIDTH 1050 1200 1350 1500 1650 1800 2100
SIZE 3 = 150mm SIZE 4&5 = 16mm No. BLADES 6 7 8 9 10 11 13
SIZE 4&5 = 200mm SIZE RANGE 3 4 5
BRELKO

Z 2000 2500 3000
X 900 1050 1200 1350 1500 1650 1950
SPINDLE POSITION "A" (MAX BELT DECLINE ANGLE 15)
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
INSTALLATION DETAIL: STANDARD MOUNT. ALWAYS SPECIFY BELT WIDTH WHEN ORDERING E255-S-007 REV. A
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

SHAFT
BELT WIDTH
(mm)
(mm)

Size 4 3000 1650-2400 2/8.1.41

Size 4 3000 1650-2400 2/8.1.41/3P
F. Torsion Mount Assembly – Including Size 3 N/A 1050-1200 2/2.13

and washers.

Size 4 N/A 1350-2400 2/1.4



set screws.
E255 - Page 116 to 125 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E255-T TORSION MOUNT PREMIUM SINGLE ROW MULTI-BLADE SECONDARY SCRAPER © 07-2015
5
3 K H
4
8 12
11
F D
13 10
LEGEND
COMPONENT
6 DESCRIPTION
I.D.

D
E
AND WASHERS)

BRELKO
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

Drawing.
torsion arm.
move freely.
E255 - Page 118 to 125 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E255-T TORSION MOUNT PREMIUM SINGLE ROW MULTI-BLADE SECONDARY SCRAPER © 07-2015
X
OPTIONAL:
LIMITED
A
MOUNTING OPTIONS:
SIZE 3 = 30mm
SIZE 4&5 = 40mm
VIEW ON ARROW "A"
NOTE: 270
BELT TO BE FLAT. NEAR SIDE NOTE: FOR INCLINED BELTS SPINDLE CAN BE MOUNTED IN
100mm (MIN.)
IF NECESSARY FIT 160 POSITION A or C, BUT MUST REMAIN AT 80 TO 100 BELT SURFACE.
FLAT RETURN ROLLERS FAR SIDE (MAX BELT DECLINE ANGLE 15)
50
Ø20mm FOR
100
M16 MOUNTING BOLTS
SIZE 3 = 196mm NEAR & FAR SIDE DETAIL A

B SIZE 4&5 = 203mm CHUTE CUT-OUT DETAILS
SIZE 3 = 300mm
SIZE 4&5 = 350mm A
SIZE 3 = 104mm
SIZE 4&5 = 125mm
SIZE 3 = 110mm
SIZE 3 = 160mm SIZE 4&5 = 131mm
SIZE 4 = 190mm
CHUTE CUT-OUT
SEE DETAILS DIMENSION TABLE (mm)
SIZE 3 = 100mm SIZE 3 = 12mm BELT WIDTH 1200 1350 1500 1650 1800 2100 2400
SIZE 4 = 130mm SIZE 4 = 16mm No. BLADES 7 8 9 10 11 13 15
SIZE RANGE 3 4 5
SIZE 3 = 150mm
SIZE 4 = 200mm Z 2000 2500 3000
BRELKO
DETAIL B X 1050 1200 1350 1500 1650 1950 2250

CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
INSTALLATION DETAIL: TORSION MOUNT. ALWAYS SPECIFY BELT WIDTH WHEN ORDERING E255-T-008 REV. A
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

belt.
holder and blades.
E255 - Page 120 to 125 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
CODE:
CUSTOMER:
No : 25853
CONTACT TEL:
ATTENTION:
DATE IN:
CONTRACT/ORDER No.:

TOP COVER BUILD-UP
______________________________________________

NEW / EVEN
GROOVES / WORN
/ UNEVEN
PROTRUSIONS
EXCESSIVE
AVERAGE
LITTLE
BLADES / HOLDERS
MOUNTS
CARRIER
ASSEMBLY
SPINDLES
SKIRTING
OTHER SPARES
ADJUST SCRAPER SET
CLEANED

(please print)

OVER
©2003-05
25
YEARS
FS 007 8 8 2011 1 of 2
SAFETY :
CUSTOMER DETAILS
CONVEYOR DIMENSIONS
Edge Damage: Yes No

Comments:

Belt Movement:
Comments:
IDLER CHECK
Troughing Frame
Condition:
Comments:
PRIMARY SCRAPER
Housekeeping:
Comments:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 1 of 3

Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

Comments:

Comments:
KEYSKIRTING®
as Skirting
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 2 of 3
FEEDBOOTS

Housekeeping:
Comments:
HI - IMPACT SYSTEM
Comments:
AIR CANNONS
Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 3 of 3
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS


Poor cleaning
performance
Rapid Blade Wear
available options)
Centre wear on

Unusual wear or
damage to blade
Vibration or noise
Scraper being
pulley
E255 - Page 125 to 125 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
E305 SECONDARY
BELT SCRAPER
PATENTED
Model Number :
Purchase Date :
Purchased From :
Installation Date :
E305 - Page 126 to 147 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
Table of Contents
1. Disclaimer 128
2. Safety Note 128
5. Handling 131
5.3. Handling 132
5.4. Storage 132
6. Maintenance 133
E305 - Page 127 to 147 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
1. Disclaimer
be defective.
2. Safety Note

DANGER death.

WARNING injury.


Important:
procedures.
E305 - Page 128 to 147 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
E305 SECONDARY
BELT SCRAPER
PATENTED
APPLICATIONS
As a heavy duty Secondary Scraper when wet and sticky materials are conveyed, providing optimum
coverage of belt surface and therefore maximum removal of carryback.
the belt.
materials.
FEATURES
E305 - Page 129 to 147 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E305 DOUBLE ROW MULTI-BLADE SECONDARY SCRAPER © 07-2015

EPOXY POWDER COATED BLADE OPTIONS: PRE-TENSIONED TORSION HOLDERS
CARRIER SHAFT TUNGSTEN CARBIDE - (2 GRADES) WITH INTERGRAL FRONT & REAR 100mm (MIN.)
DEFLECTOR SKIRTS.
SIZE 3 = 198mm
SIZE 4 = 203mm
SIZE 3 = M30x300mm
V-TRACK OPTIONS:
SIZE 3 = 60,3mm
SIZE 4 = 76,2mm

STANDARD MOUNTING
750mm TO 1500mm
120 (TYP.) OPTIONAL OFFSET PLATE USED

AS ILLUSTRATED (UP or DOWN FOR 100mm (MIN.)
DIFFICULT INSTALLATIONS)
SIZE 3 = 198mm
SIZE 4 = 203mm
SIZE 3 = M30x300mm
UP or DOWN
ADJUSTMENT
SIZE 4 = M42x350mm
MOUNTING OPTIONS:
SIZE 3 = 60,3mm
SIZE 4 = 76,2mm
BRELKO
E305-T
TORSION MOUNTING
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
E305-001 REV. 0
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5. Handling
immediately.
5.2. Work Safety
WARNING

standards.

an explosion.

E305 - Page 131 to 147 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5.3. Handling
5.4. Storage
BELT SCRAPERS
QTY DESCRIPTION
1 PRICKER
1 90° SET SQUARE
1 5M TAPE MEASURE
1 STANLEY KNIFE
2 M46 SET SPANNERS
2 M65 SET SPANNERS
3M NYLON ROPE
2 "G" CLAMPS - 6" - 8"
1 JIMMY LEVER
E305 - Page 132 to 147 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
6. Maintenance
When the conveyor is not in operation and properly locked and tagged out a physical
inspection of the scraper to perform the following tasks:
• Check the pressure of the scraper blade on the belt. Adjust the pressure if necessary, refer
to scraper model installation guide.
E305 - Page 133 to 147 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

SHAFT
BELT WIDTH
ITEM No. DESCRIPTION SIZE LENGTH CODE
(mm)
(mm)
A. Carrier Assembly Including 3-piece shaft Size 2 N/A 750 2/8.2.2/3P

with double carrier, “V” track and end
stops.
Size 3 N/A 900-1200 2/8.2.3/3P
Size 4 N/A 1350-1500 2/8.2.4/3P
E. Standard Mount Assembly– Including Size 3 N/A 750 2/3.3

clamp piece, nylon bushes, bolts, nuts
and washers.
Size 4 N/A 900-1500 2/3.4
G. Spindle Assembly – including lock nuts. Size 3 N/A 750 2/1.3

Size 4 N/A 900-1500 2/1.4


10. Optional off-set plates. Size 2 N/A 750 2/8.1.22

Size 4 N/A 900-1200 2/8.1.23
Size 4 N/A 1350-1500 2/8.1.23

set screws.
E305 - Page 134 to 147 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E305 STANDARD MOUNT DOUBLE ROW MULTI-BLADE SECONDARY SCRAPER © 07-2015
3 K H
12
7
E A
10
11
6
BRELKO
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
PARTS LIST: FOR STANDARD MOUNT PLEASE SPECIFY BELT WIDTH WHEN ORDERING E305-S-002 REV. 0
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

E305 - Page 136 to 147 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E305-S STANDARD MOUNT DOUBLE ROW MULTI-BLADE SECONDARY SCRAPER © 07-2015
510 Z 510
No. OF BLADES
120mm (TYP.)
SIZE 3 = 7mm
A SIZE 4 = 8mm
MOUNTING OPTIONS:
VIEW ON ARROW "A"
DETAIL B
100 SPINDLE POSITION "C"

NOTE: FAR SIDE
BELT TO BE FLAT.
IF NECESSARY FIT 270
100mm (TYP.) SIZE 3 = 30mm
FLAT RETURN ROLLERS. NEAR SIDE
SIZE 4 = 40mm
160
FAR SIDE
SIZE 3 = M30
50
SIZE 4 = M42
350
B SIZE 3 = 198mm NEAR SIDE
NEAR & FAR SIDE
SIZE 4 = 350mm CHUTE CUT-OUT DETAILS SPINDLE POSITION "D"
A
SIZE 3 = 150mm SIZE 3 = 95mm Ø20mm FOR
SIZE 4 = 175mm SIZE 4 = 110mm M16 MOUNTING BOLTS
CHUTE CUT-OUT
SEE DETAILS
DETAIL A
SIZE 3 = 100mm
SIZE 4 = 16mm
SIZE 3 = 150mm
SIZE 4 = 200mm
BRELKO

POSITION A or C, BUT MUST REMAIN AT 80˚ TO 100˚ BELT SURFACE.
SPINDLE POSITION "A" (MAX BELT DECLINE ANGLE 15˚)
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
®
No.
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

SHAFT
BELT WIDTH
(mm)
(mm)
A. Carrier Assembly Including 3-piece shaft Size 2 N/A 750 2/8.2.2/3P

stops.
Size 4 N/A 1350-1500 2/8.2.4/3P
F. Torsion Mount Assembly (Double Arm / Size 3 N/A 750 2/2.13

Parallel Arm) – Including clamp piece, Size 4 N/A 900-1500 2/2.14
G. Spindle Assembly – including lock nuts. Size 3 N/A 750 2/1.3

Size 4 N/A 900-1500 2/1.4



Size 4 N/A 900-1200 2/8.1.23
Size 4 N/A 1350-1500 2/8.1.23

set screws.
E305 - Page 138 to 147 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E305-T TORSION MOUNT DOUBLE ROW MULTI-BLADE SECONDARY SCRAPER © 07-2015
3 K H A
J
4
8 12
11
F A
10
13
6
BRELKO
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

torsion arm.
move freely.
E305 - Page 140 to 147 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E305-T TORSION MOUNT DOUBLE ROW MULTI-BLADE SECONDARY SCRAPER © 07-2015
510 Z 510
No. OF BLADES
OPTIONAL:
LIMITED.
A
MOUNTING OPTIONS:
VIEW ON ARROW "A"

SIZE 3 = 30mm
100 SIZE 4 = 40mm NOTE: FOR INCLINED BELTS SPINDLE CAN BE MOUNTED IN
NOTE: FAR SIDE POSITION A or C, BUT MUST REMAIN AT 80˚ TO 100˚ BELT SURFACE.
BELT TO BE FLAT.
IF NECESSARY FIT (MAX BELT DECLINE ANGLE 15˚)
270
FLAT RETURN ROLLERS
100mm (TYP.) NEAR SIDE
160
FAR SIDE
SIZE 3 = M30 50
SIZE 4 = M42
350
B SIZE 3 = 198mm NEAR SIDE Ø20mm FOR
SIZE 3 = 300mm SIZE 4 = 203mm NEAR & FAR SIDE M16 MOUNTING BOLTS
SIZE 4 = 350mm CHUTE CUT-OUT DETAILS
A DETAIL A
SIZE 3 = 9mm
SIZE 3 = 160mm
SIZE 4 = 130mm
SIZE 4 = 185mm
CHUTE CUT-OUT
SIZE 3 = 100mm SEE DETAILS
SIZE 4 = 130mm
SIZE 3 = 12mm
SIZE 4 = 200mm
BRELKO
DETAIL B
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

belt.
holder and blades.
E305 - Page 142 to 147 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
CODE:
CUSTOMER:
No : 25853
CONTACT TEL:
ATTENTION:
DATE IN:
CONTRACT/ORDER No.:

TOP COVER BUILD-UP
______________________________________________

NEW / EVEN
GROOVES / WORN
/ UNEVEN
PROTRUSIONS
EXCESSIVE
AVERAGE
LITTLE
BLADES / HOLDERS
MOUNTS
CARRIER
ASSEMBLY
SPINDLES
SKIRTING
OTHER SPARES
ADJUST SCRAPER SET
CLEANED

(please print)

OVER
©2003-05
25
YEARS
FS 007 8 8 2011 1 of 2
SAFETY :
CUSTOMER DETAILS
CONVEYOR DIMENSIONS
Edge Damage: Yes No

Comments:

Belt Movement:
Comments:
IDLER CHECK
Troughing Frame
Condition:
Comments:
PRIMARY SCRAPER
Housekeeping:
Comments:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 1 of 3

Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

Comments:

Comments:
KEYSKIRTING®
as Skirting
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 2 of 3
FEEDBOOTS

Housekeeping:
Comments:
HI - IMPACT SYSTEM
Comments:
AIR CANNONS
Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 3 of 3
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS


Poor cleaning
performance
Rapid Blade Wear
available options)
Centre wear on

Unusual wear or
damage to blade
Vibration or noise
Scraper being
pulley
E305 - Page 147 to 147 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
E351 COMPOSITE SECONDARY

HEAVY DUTY BELT SCRAPER
PATENTED
Model Number :
Purchase Date :
Purchased From :
Installation Date :
E351 - Page 148 to 169 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
Table of Contents
1. Disclaimer 150
2. Safety Note 150
5. Handling 153
5.3. Handling 154
5.4. Storage 154
6. Maintenance 155
E351 - Page 149 to 169 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
1. Disclaimer
be defective.
2. Safety Note

DANGER death.

WARNING injury.


Important:
procedures.
E351 - Page 150 to 169 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
E351 COMPOSITE SECONDARY

PATENTED
APPLICATIONS
the belt.
materials.
FEATURES
running scraper.
E351 - Page 151 to 169 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E351 HEAVY DUTY DOUBLE ROW MULTI-BLADE SECONDARY SCRAPER © 07-2015
BAND BLASTED & COMPOSITE

EPOXY POWER COATED BLADE OPTIONS: 100mm (MIN.)
POLYURATHANE
CARRIER SHAFT TUNGSTEN CARBIDE - (1 GRADE)
BLADES
SIZE 4 = 222mm
SIZE 4 = M42x350mm
V-TRACK OPTIONS:
STAINLESS STEEL 304 AND 316
SIZE 4 = 76,2mm�

STANDARD MOUNTING
1050mm TO 1500mm
150mm (TYP.) 100mm (MIN.)

SIZE 4 = 222mm
SIZE 4 = M42x350mm
UP or DOWN
ADJUSTMENT
MOUNTING OPTIONS:
SIZE 4 = 76,2mm�
BRELKO
E351-T
TORSION MOUNTING
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

PLEASE REFER TO DETAILED MANUAL FOR INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, MAINTENANCE & SPARE PARTS E351-001 REV. A
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5. Handling
immediately.
5.2. Work Safety
WARNING

standards.

an explosion.

E351 - Page 153 to 169 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5.3. Handling
5.4. Storage
BELT SCRAPERS
QTY DESCRIPTION
1 PRICKER
1 90° SET SQUARE
1 5M TAPE MEASURE
1 STANLEY KNIFE
2 M46 SET SPANNERS
2 M65 SET SPANNERS
3M NYLON ROPE
2 "G" CLAMPS - 6" - 8"
1 JIMMY LEVER
E351 - Page 154 to 169 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
6. Maintenance
E351 - Page 155 to 169 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

SHAFT
BELT WIDTH
(mm)
(mm)
A. Carrier Assembly Including 3-piece shaft Size 3 2000 1200 2/8.2.3/3P

with double carrier, “V” track and end Size 4 2500 1350-1500 2/8.2.4/3P
stops.

E. Standard Mount Assembly Size 4 N/A 1200-1500 2/3. 4
G. Spindle Assembly Size 4 N/A 1200-1500 2/1.4

Size 4 N/A 1350-1500 2/8.1.23

set screws.
E351 - Page 156 to 169 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E351-S STANDARD MOUNT HEAVY DUTY DOUBLE ROW MULTI-BLADE SECONDARY SCRAPER © 07-2015
3 C A
12 11
10
A
G
6
BRELKO
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
PARTS LIST: FOR STANDARD MOUNT PLEASE SPECIFY BELT WIDTH WHEN ORDERING E351-S-002 REV. A
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

E351 - Page 158 to 169 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E351-S STANDARD MOUNT HEAVY DUTY DOUBLE ROW MULTI-BLADE SECONDARY SCRAPER © 07-2015
510 Z 510
X
150mm (TYP.)

A
MOUNTING OPTIONS:
VIEW ON ARROW "A" Ø20mm FOR

M16 MOUNTING BOLTS
DETAIL A
100 SIZE 4 = 6mm

NOTE: SPINDLE POSITION "C"
FAR SIDE
BELT TO BE FLAT
IF NECESSARY FIT
270
100mm (MIN.) FLAT RETURN ROLLERS
NEAR SIDE
160
FAR SIDE
50
M42x4,5P
350
NEAR SIDE
B SIZE 4 = 222mm
NEAR & FAR SIDE
A CHUTE CUT-OUT DETAILS SPINDLE POSITION "D"
350 DETAIL B
175
(RECOMMENDED) SIZE 4 - 110mm
CHUTE CUT-OUT
SEE DETAILS
120 16
200
BRELKO

POSITION A or C, BUT MUST REMAIN AT 80° TO 100° BELT SURFACE.
SPINDLE POSITION "A" (MAX BELT DECLINE ANGLE 15°)
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
INSTALLATION DETAIL: STANDARD MOUNT. ALWAYS SPECIFY BELT WIDTH WHEN ORDERING E351-S-003 REV. B
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

SHAFT
BELT WIDTH
(mm)
(mm)

stops.

F. Torsion Mount Assembly Size 4 N/A 1200-1500 2/2.14

(Double Arm / Parallel Arm)

Size 4 N/A 1350-1500 2/8.1.23

set screws.
E351 - Page 160 to 169 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E351-T TORSION MOUNT HEAVY DUTY DOUBLE ROW MULTI-BLADE SECONDARY SCRAPER © 07-2015
C A
3
8 12
11
A
13 10
6
BRELKO
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

torsion arm.
move freely.
E351 - Page 162 to 169 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E351-T TORSION MOUNT HEAVY DUTY DOUBLE ROW MULTI-BLADE SECONDARY SCRAPER © 07-2015
510 Z 510
X
LIMITED

40
A
MOUNTING OPTIONS:
VIEW ON ARROW "A"
Ø20mm FOR
NOTE: M16 MOUNTING BOLTS
BELT TO BE FLAT. NOTE: FOR INCLINED BELTS SPINDLE CAN BE MOUNTED IN
IF NECESSARY FIT DETAIL A POSITION A or C, BUT MUST REMAIN AT 80° TO 100° BELT SURFACE.
FLAT RETURN ROLLERS. (MAX BELT DECLINE ANGLE 15°)
100mm (MIN.)
100
FAR SIDE
M42
270
NEAR SIDE
B SIZE 4 = 222mm 160
FAR SIDE
A 50
350 350
SIZE 4 = 14mm NEAR SIDE
190
NEAR & FAR SIDE
(RECOMMENDED) SIZE 4 = 130mm CHUTE CUT-OUT DETAILS
CHUTE CUT-OUT
SEE DETAILS
=130= 16
200
BRELKO
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
INSTALLATION DETAIL: TORSION MOUNT. ALWAYS SPECIFY BELT WIDTH WHEN ORDERING E351-T-005 REV. B
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

belt.
holder and blades.
E351 - Page 164 to 169 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
CODE:
CUSTOMER:
No : 25853
CONTACT TEL:
ATTENTION:
DATE IN:
CONTRACT/ORDER No.:

TOP COVER BUILD-UP
______________________________________________

NEW / EVEN
GROOVES / WORN
/ UNEVEN
PROTRUSIONS
EXCESSIVE
AVERAGE
LITTLE
BLADES / HOLDERS
MOUNTS
CARRIER
ASSEMBLY
SPINDLES
SKIRTING
OTHER SPARES
ADJUST SCRAPER SET
CLEANED

(please print)

OVER
©2003-05
25
YEARS
FS 007 8 8 2011 1 of 2
SAFETY :
CUSTOMER DETAILS
CONVEYOR DIMENSIONS
Edge Damage: Yes No

Comments:

Belt Movement:
Comments:
IDLER CHECK
Troughing Frame
Condition:
Comments:
PRIMARY SCRAPER
Housekeeping:
Comments:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 1 of 3

Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

Comments:

Comments:
KEYSKIRTING®
as Skirting
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 2 of 3
FEEDBOOTS

Housekeeping:
Comments:
HI - IMPACT SYSTEM
Comments:
AIR CANNONS
Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 3 of 3
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS


Poor cleaning
performance
Rapid Blade Wear
available options)
Centre wear on

Unusual wear or
damage to blade
Vibration or noise
Scraper being
pulley
E351 - Page 169 to 169 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
E355 PREMIUM SECONDARY

PATENTED
Model Number :
Purchase Date :
Purchased From :
Installation Date :
E355 - Page 170 to 191 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
Table of Contents
1. Disclaimer 172
2. Safety Note 172
5. Handling 175
5.3. Handling 176
5.4. Storage 176
6. Maintenance 177
E355 - Page 171 to 191 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
1. Disclaimer
be defective.
2. Safety Note

DANGER death.

WARNING injury.


Important:
procedures.
E355 - Page 172 to 191 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
E355 PREMIUM SECONDARY

PATENTED
APPLICATIONS
the belt.
materials.
FEATURES
E355 - Page 173 to 191 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E355 PREMIUM DOUBLE ROW MULTI-BLADES SECONDARY SCRAPER © 07-2015

BLADE OPTIONS:
EPOXY POWDER COATED PRE-TENSION TORSION HOLDERS
TUNGSTEN CARBIDE - (T3 x 4mm)
CARRIER SHAFT WITH INTERGRAL FRONT & REAR
(T3 x 2mm) 100mm (MIN.)
DEFLECTOR SKIRTS.
SIZE 4 = 208mm

V-TRACK OPTIONS:
SIZE 4 = 76,2mm�

STANDARD MOUNTING
1050mm TO 1500mm
150mm (TYP.) OPTIONAL OFFSET PLATE USED

AS ILLUSTRATED (UP or DOWN FOR 100mm (MIN.)
SIZE 4 = 208mm
SIZE 4 = M42x350mm
UP or DOWN
ADJUSTMENT
MOUNTING OPTIONS:
SIZE 4 = 76,2mm�
BRELKO
E355-T
TORSION MOUNTING
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

PLEASE REFER TO DETAILED MANUAL FOR INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, MAINTENANCE & SPARE PARTS E355-001 REV. A
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5. Handling
immediately.
5.2. Work Safety
WARNING

standards.

an explosion.

E355 - Page 175 to 191 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5.3. Handling
5.4. Storage
BELT SCRAPERS
QTY DESCRIPTION
1 PRICKER
1 90° SET SQUARE
1 5M TAPE MEASURE
1 STANLEY KNIFE
2 M46 SET SPANNERS
2 M65 SET SPANNERS
3M NYLON ROPE
2 "G" CLAMPS - 6" - 8"
1 JIMMY LEVER
E355 - Page 176 to 191 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
6. Maintenance
E355 - Page 177 to 191 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

SHAFT
BELT WIDTH
(mm)
(mm)

stops.
E. Standard Mount Assembly Size 4 N/A 1200-1500 2/3.4



Size 4 N/A 1350-1500 2/8.1.23

set screws.
E355 - Page 178 to 191 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E355-S STANDARD MOUNT PREMIUM DOUBLE ROW MULTI-BLADE SECONDARY SCRAPER © 07-2015
A
3 K H
12
7
A
E
11
10
6
BRELKO
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
PARTS LIST: FOR STANDARD MOUNT PLEASE SPECIFY BELT WIDTH WHEN ORDERING E355-002 REV. A
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

E355 - Page 180 to 191 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E355-S STANDARD MOUNT PREMIUM DOUBLE ROW MULTI-BLADE SECONDARY SCRAPER © 07-2015
510 Z 510
X
150mm (TYP.)
40

A
MOUNTING OPTIONS:
Ø20mm FOR
M16 MOUNTING BOLTS
VIEW ON ARROW "A" DETAIL A
100
FAR SIDE
SIZE 4 = 12mm
NOTE: 270
BELT TO BE FLAT. NEAR SIDE SPINDLE POSITION "C"
160
IF NECESSARY FIT
FAR SIDE
100mm (MIN.) FLAT RETURN
ROLLERS. 50
350
NEAR SIDE
NEAR & FAR SIDE

B SIZE 4 = 208mm CHUTE CUT-OUT DETAILS DETAIL B
A
350 SPINDLE POSITION "D"
175
SIZE 4 = 110mm
(RECOMMENDED)
CHUTE CUT-OUT
=130= 16
200
BRELKO
NOTE: FOR INCLINED BELTS SPINDLE CAN BE MOUNTED IN POSITION A or C, BUT MUST REMAIN AT 80°
TO 100° BELT SURFACE.
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
INSTALLATION DETAIL: STANDARD MOUNT. ALWAYS SPECIFY BELT WIDTH WHEN ORDERING E355-S-004 REV. A
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

SHAFT
BELT WIDTH
(mm)
(mm)

stops.
F. Torsion Mount Assembly Size 4 N/A 1200-1500 2/2.14

(Double Arm / Parallel Arm)



Size 4 N/A 1350-1500 2/8.1.23

set screws.
E355 - Page 182 to 191 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E355-T TORSION MOUNT PREMIUM DOUBLE ROW MULTI-BLADE SECONDARY SCRAPER © 07-2015
A
K H
3
8 12
11
A
F
13
10
6
BRELKO
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

torsion arm.
move freely.
E355 - Page 184 to 191 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E355-T TORSION MOUNT PREMIUM DOUBLE ROW MULTI-BLADE SECONDARY SCRAPER © 07-2015
510 Z 510
X
LIMITED
40
MOUNTING OPTIONS:
MOUNT DIRECTLY ONTO CONVEYOR STRINGER or A
VIEW ON ARROW "A"

NOTE:
100
BELT TO BE FLAT. Ø20mm FOR
FAR SIDE
IF NECESSARY FIT M16 MOUNTING BOLTS NOTE: FOR INCLINED BELTS SPINDLES CAN BE MOUNTED IN
FLAT RETURN ROLLERS. POSITION A or C, BUT MUST REMAIN AT 80° TO 100° BELT SURFACE
270 DETAIL A (MAX BELT DECLINE ANGLE 15°)
NEAR SIDE
100mm (MIN.) 160
FAR SIDE
50
350
NEAR SIDE

B CHUTE CUT-OUT DETAILS
A
350
SIZE 4 = 10mm
190
(RECOMMENDED) CHUTE CUT-OUT
SIZE 4 = 132mm
=130=
200
BRELKO
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
INSTALLATION DETAIL: TORSION MOUNT. ALWAYS SPECIFY BELT WIDTH WHEN ORDERING E355-T-005 REV. A
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

belt.
holder and blades.
E355 - Page 186 to 191 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
CODE:
CUSTOMER:
No : 25853
CONTACT TEL:
ATTENTION:
DATE IN:
CONTRACT/ORDER No.:

TOP COVER BUILD-UP
______________________________________________

NEW / EVEN
GROOVES / WORN
/ UNEVEN
PROTRUSIONS
EXCESSIVE
AVERAGE
LITTLE
BLADES / HOLDERS
MOUNTS
CARRIER
ASSEMBLY
SPINDLES
SKIRTING
OTHER SPARES
ADJUST SCRAPER SET
CLEANED

(please print)

OVER
©2003-05
25
YEARS
FS 007 8 8 2011 1 of 2
SAFETY :
CUSTOMER DETAILS
CONVEYOR DIMENSIONS
Edge Damage: Yes No

Comments:

Belt Movement:
Comments:
IDLER CHECK
Troughing Frame
Condition:
Comments:
PRIMARY SCRAPER
Housekeeping:
Comments:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 1 of 3

Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

Comments:

Comments:
KEYSKIRTING®
as Skirting
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 2 of 3
FEEDBOOTS

Housekeeping:
Comments:
HI - IMPACT SYSTEM
Comments:
AIR CANNONS
Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 3 of 3
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS


Poor cleaning
performance
Rapid Blade Wear
available options)
Centre wear on

Unusual wear or
damage to blade
Vibration or noise
Scraper being
pulley
E355 - Page 191 to 191 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
E405
V-PLOUGH
PATENTED
Model Number :
Purchase Date :
Purchased From :
Installation Date :
Model number and belt width information can be found on the Label found on the scraper.
E405 - Page 192 to 209 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
Table of Contents
1. Disclaimer 194
2. Safety Note 194
4.1. Application and Features 195
5. Handling 197
5.3. Handling 198
5.4. Storage 198
6. Maintenance 199
7. New Installation 199
7.3. Parts List and Assembly Instructions 200
7.5. Installation Instructions 202
8. Procedure for Replacing/Repairing Ploughs 204
E405 - Page 193 to 209 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
1. Disclaimer
Brelko conveyor products (PTY) Ltd. hereby disclaims any liability for: damage due to contamination
of the material; user’s failure to inspect, maintain and take reasonable care of the equipment; injuries
be defective.
2. Safety Note

DANGER death.

WARNING injury.


Important:
procedures.
E405 - Page 194 to 209 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
E405
V-PLOUGH
PATENTED
APPLICATIONS
The E405 V-Plough is designed to be easily installed in a trailing configuration on the inner surface of
a conveyor belt return strand just before any nip position, allowing it to remove and thus prevent any
material which has spilled onto the inner surface from being carried into the nip.
Where material can only be discharged on one side of the conveyor belt or the belt is reversible, use the
E505 Angle Plough.
FEATURES
Unique track mounted scraping blade facilitates very easy and quick blade change.
Parallel tri-link mounting allows the plough to move freely thus maintaining constant contact with the belt.
Specially formulated PU blades ensure maximum blade life and minimum belt wear.
Unique hinged assembly results in compact packaging for easy transport and installation.
Can be mounted on the top, bottom or inside of the stringers.
Interlocking blades ensure no blade distortion at leading edge
E405 - Page 195 to 209 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
E405 - V PLOUGH COMPLETE WITH POLYURETHANE BLADES © 07-2015
SAFETY CHAIN
0° (MIN)
45° (MAX)
BLADE HEIGHTS:
"WEAR-LIMIT" INDICATOR
* 400 - 750mm BELT WIDTH = 100mm
* 900 - 2400mm BELT WIDTH = 150mm
DETAIL A
RIGID SELF-LEVELING
& COLLAPSIBLE FRAME
75°
(TYP.)
CENTER CROSS BRACE:

* 1500mm - 2400mm BW's
FRONT CROSS BRACE:
* 400mm - 2400mm BW's
REAR CROSS BRACE:
* 400mm - 2400mm BW's
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION & FINISHES FOR BELT WIDTHS FROM

400mm - 2400mm
E405-002
PLEASE REFER TO DETAILED MANUAL FOR INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, MAINTENANCE & SPARE No.
PARTS REV. 0
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5. Handling
immediately.
5.2. Work Safety
WARNING

standards.
If equipment is to be installed in an enclosed area, test gas level

an explosion.

E405 - Page 197 to 209 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5.3. Handling
5.4. Storage
BELT SCRAPERS
QTY DESCRIPTION
1 PRICKER
1 90° SET SQUARE
1 5M TAPE MEASURE
1 STANLEY KNIFE
2 M46 SET SPANNERS
2 M65 SET SPANNERS
3M NYLON ROPE
2 "G" CLAMPS - 6" - 8"
1 JIMMY LEVER
E405 - Page 198 to 209 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
6. Maintenance
The E405 Return Plough operates at the discharge end of the conveyor and is in direct contact
procedures.
7. New Installation
After the new plough has run for a few days a visual inspection should be made to ensure the
plough is performing properly. Make adjustments as needed.
A visual inspection of the plough and belt can determine:
• If the arms are moving freely to maintain correct pressure for optimal cleaning.
• If the belt looks clean or if there are areas that are dirty.
• If the blade is worn out and needs to be replaced.
• If there is damage to the blade or other plough components.
• If there is cover damage to the belt.
• If there is vibration or bouncing of the plough on the belt.
• If a return pulley is necessary ahead and/or behind the plough to flatten the belt.
If any of the above conditions exist, a determination should be made on when the conveyor
can be stopped for plough maintenance.
of the plough to perform the following tasks:
• Clean material build-up off the plough blade and pole.
• Check both blade pins for proper installation and condition. Replace if needed.
• Inspect the plough frame for damage.
• Replace any worn or damaged components
• Check the pressure of the plough blade to the belt.
E405 - Page 199 to 209 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
PARTS LIST – REF. DRW. No.: E405-003

BELT WIDTH
ITEM No. DESCRIPTION SIZE CODE
(mm)
A. “V” Arm Assembly including Size 1 400-0750 051-140-(Please Specify Belt Width)
Polyurethane blades Size 2 900-1350 051-140-(Please Specify Belt Width)
Size 3 1500-2100 051-140-(Please Specify Belt Width)
B. Front Cross Brace Size 1 400-0750 (Please Specify Belt Width)

Size 2 900-1350 (Please Specify Belt Width)
C. Rear Cross Brace Size 1 400-0750 (Please Specify Belt Width)

D. Centre Cross Brace Size 3 1500-2400 (Please Specify Belt Width)
E. Stringer Mount Bracket Size 1, 2 & 3 400-2400 004-140-0020
F. Link Arm Size 1,2 & 3 400-2400 2/4/6
G. SAFETY CHAIN ASSEMBLY - 1MTR Size 1,2 & 3 400-2400 051-135-0001
H. Side Blades (L & R) 100mm 400-0750 2/4/ (Specify Belt Width)

150mm 900-2100 2/4/ (Specify Belt Width)

1. All ploughs will be boxed and clearly marked with the model number and belt width.
• Note: Ploughs will be supplied with all nuts and bolts to complete the assembly and installation.
2. Referring to the parts list, check that the correct parts and quantities have been supplied for the model and belt width of
plough ordered.
3. Normally ploughs are supplied with blades (2) assembled on the v-arm assembly (1). If not, assemble as illustrated. If
necessary, use a rubber mallet to tap the blades into the slotted v-arms.
• Note: Ploughs for belt widths larger than 750mm; can be supplied with 100mm high blades for confined space
installations.
4. Fit the cross brace (3a) and (3b), (two cross braces required for belt widths 1500mm and above).
5. Lock the blades (2) in position using the screws (4).
• Note: Do not over-tighten screws (4).
6. Attach the safety chain (7) to the nose of the plough.
7. Fit the three link arms (5), to the support front cross brace (3c) and the stringer mount brackets (6).
8. The complete assembled frame can be rotated to fit on top of the conveyor stringers or underneath the top and bottom
flanges of the stringers.
9. These options depend on the position of the return side of the conveyor belt, the use of decking plates and cross braces in
the conveyor structure.
• Note: Ensure that all bolts and nuts are firmly fastened.
• Note: ensure that the link arms (5) are moving freely, do not over tighten screws.
E405 - Page 200 to 209 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E405 - V PLOUGH COMPLETE WITH POLYURETHANE BLADES © 07-2015
3c
2
H
B
POLYURETHANE BLADES
- LEFT & RIGHT HAND -
5
D
4 6
C
G
F 5
1
A
3b
4 2
E
3a
5
LEGEND
COMPONENT ID. DESCRIPTION
A V-ARM ASSEMBLY INCLUDING POLYURETHANE BLADES
B FRONT CROSS BRACE
2 C REAR CROSS BRACE
D CENTER CROSS BRACE
E STRINGER MOUNT BRACKET ASSY
* Collapsed View F LINK ARM
BRELKO
- As packed - G SAFETY CHAIN ASSEMBLY

H POLYURETHANE BLADES (LEFT & RIGHT HAND)
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
PARTS LIST: FOR STANDARD MOUNTING PLEASE SPECIFY BELT WIDTH WHEN ORDERING E405-003 REV. 0
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
INSTALLATION GUIDE - REF. DRW. No.: E405-004

1. The plough is intended for removing loose material on the inside of the return side of the conveyor belt ahead of take-ups,
drives and tail pulleys.
2. Refer to the assembly instructions, parts list and DRW. No.: E405-003 to confirm that all the necessary parts have been
supplied and that the plough is correctly assembled.
• Note: The plough mountings can be reversed giving three possible mounting positions on the conveyor stringers, to
suit different return belt positions relative to the stringers.
3. If the return belt is not parallel to the stringers the nose or tail of the plough can be lowered by adjusting the front cross
brace (3c) and stringer mounting brackets (6). (Up to 10° from parallel can be accommodated).
• Note: It may be necessary to install flat return idlers.
4. With reference to DRW. No.: E405-004, select the most suitable positions for the plough which should be with the connecting
links near horizontal. Mark out and make the mounting holes - (to suit M12 bolts).
5. If mounting on the inside of the stringer is required the use of tapered washers may be required.
6. Fix the front cross brace (3c) and stringer mounting brackets (6) firmly in position.
7. Ensure that the plough is securely linked to its frame and that it is free to move up and down to follow the belt movement.
8. Make an attachment point on the conveyor frame above and ahead of the plough. Attach the chain (7) to the conveyor
frame and allow only sufficient slack in the chain to accommodate wear of the plough blades, and to prevent the plough
frame from touching the belt.
9. Check that the plough is central on the belt and free to move up and down and that all bolts, nuts, links and shackles are
securely fastened.
10. Start the conveyor and check for even contact of the blades with the belt and that the plough is moving freely with the belt.
11. The conveyor belt should be flat at the plough position.
• Note: If necessary, install flat return rollers ahead and behind the plough.
E405 - Page 202 to 209 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E405 - V PLOUGH COMPLETE POLYURETHANE BLADES © 07-2015
A
CONVEYOR STRINGER
A°
25
BELT DIRECTION
D
B
BELT WIDTH
±50 ±50
RECOMMENDED POSITION 75°

(TYP.)
25
RECOMMENDED POSITION
ALTERNATE A
T.O.S
25
100
ALTERNATE B
ALTERNATE C C
ALTERNATE "TOP OF STRINGER" POSITIONS
ALTERNATE A
T.O.S
ALTERNATE B ALTERNATE C
NOTE:
BRELKO
FOR BELTS NOT PARALLEL TO THE STRINGER PLEASE CONTACT BRELKO HEAD OFFICE FOR
FURTHER ADVICE AND INFORMATION!
ALTERNATE "BOTTOM OF STRINGER" POSITIONS
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
INSTALLATION DETAIL: STANDARD MOUNT. ALWAYS SPECIFY BELT WIDTH WHEN ORDERING E405-004 REV. 0
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
8. Procedure for Replacing/Repairing Ploughs

Repair/replace Belt Plough components when, general maintenance tasks are preformed,
plough damage due to accelerated blade wear, clip joints/emergency belt repairs etc.
belt.
8.2. Loosen nuts on the link arms.
8.3. Slide out the plough assembly from the intended exit end.
8.4. Service the plough on the platform.
8.5. Blade replacement - Refer to Brelko installation instructions for belt plough model in
use.
a. Reposition the plough.
b. Tighten all nuts and ensure that belt cleaning or plough performance is acceptable.
c. Clear up any loose items which resulted from your work.
E405 - Page 204 to 209 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
CODE:
CUSTOMER:
No : 25853
CONTACT TEL:
ATTENTION:
DATE IN:
CONTRACT/ORDER No.:

TOP COVER BUILD-UP
______________________________________________

NEW / EVEN
GROOVES / WORN
/ UNEVEN
PROTRUSIONS
EXCESSIVE
AVERAGE
LITTLE
BLADES / HOLDERS
MOUNTS
CARRIER
ASSEMBLY
SPINDLES
SKIRTING
OTHER SPARES
ADJUST SCRAPER SET
CLEANED

(please print)

OVER
©2003-05
25
YEARS
FS 007 8 8 2011 1 of 2
SAFETY :
CUSTOMER DETAILS
CONVEYOR DIMENSIONS
Edge Damage: Yes No

Comments:

Belt Movement:
Comments:
IDLER CHECK
Troughing Frame
Condition:
Comments:
PRIMARY SCRAPER
Housekeeping:
Comments:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 1 of 3

Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

Comments:

Comments:
KEYSKIRTING®
as Skirting
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 2 of 3
FEEDBOOTS

Housekeeping:
Comments:
HI - IMPACT SYSTEM
Comments:
AIR CANNONS
Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 3 of 3
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

Plough link arms not moving freely Check link arms, remove obstructions
Poor cleaning
performance
Plough blade worn or damaged Replace Plough blade
Plough not located correctly Check Plough location for correct dimensions
Rapid Blade Wear Cupped Conveyor belt Fit flat return Idlers ahead and behind Plough
Centre wear on
blade (smile Belt not flat Fit flat return Idlers ahead and behind Plough
effect)
Unusual wear or Belt damaged or ripped Repair or replace belt

damage to blade
Plough not correctly located Verify dimension - refer installation drawing
Damage to pulley or tail pulley lagging Repair or replace pulley
Vibration or noise Plough not located correctly Fit flat return Idlers ahead and behind Plough
Replace with Brelko heavy duty Plough, contact Brelko for

Sticky material is overburdening Plough
available options.
Plough being
pushed away from
Belt Plough not set up correctly Confirm location dimensions are equal on both sides
E405 - Page 209 to 209 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
E505
ANGLE PLOUGH
PATENTED
Model Number :
Purchase Date :
Purchased From :
Installation Date :
Model number and belt width information can be found on the Label found on the scraper.
E505 - Page 210 to 229 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
Table of Contents
1. Disclaimer 212
2. Safety Note 212
5. Handling 215
5.3. Handling 216
5.4. Storage 216
6. Maintenance 217
7. New Installation 217
7.4. Reference Drawing - E505-011-A 219
7.5. Reference Drawing - E505-011-B 220
7.7. Reference Drawing - E505-012-A 222
7.8. Reference Drawing - E505-012-B 223
8. Procedure for Replacing/Repairing Ploughs 224
8.1. Standard Mount 224
8.2. Heavy Duty Mount 224
E505 - Page 211 to 229 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
1. Disclaimer
be defective.
2. Safety Note

DANGER death.

WARNING injury.


Important:
procedures.
E505 - Page 212 to 229 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
E505
ANGLE PLOUGH
PATENTED
APPLICATIONS
The E505 Angle Plough is used as an alternative to the E405 V-Plough when the material scraped off the
inner belt surface can only be discharged to one side of the belt.
For use on reversible belts.
FEATURES
Unique track mounted scraping blade facilitates very easy and quick blade change.
Parallel dual-link mounting allows the plough to move freely thus maintaining constant contact with the
belt.
Specially formulated PU blades ensure maximum blade life and minimum belt wear.
Unique bolted assembly results in compact packaging for easy transport and installation.
Can be mounted on the top, bottom or inside of the stringers.
Universal swivel mounting allows the plough to be set to scrape to either side of the belt.
E505 - Page 213 to 229 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
E505 ANGLE PLOUGH COMPLETE WITH POLYURETHANE BLADE © 07-2015
0° (MIN)
45° (MAX)
BLADE HEIGHTS:
* 400 - 750mm BELT WIDTH = 100mm
* 900 - 2400mm BELT WIDTH = 150mm "WEAR-LIMIT" INDICATOR
DETAIL A
(45°)
SWIVEL MOUNT SEATED

ON HDPE WASHER
LEFT OR RIGHT HAND DISCHARGE
SINGLE OR DOUBLE "INTERLOCKED"

POLYURETHANE BLADE
BLADE/s:
* SINGLE: 400 - 1200mm BELT WIDTH
* DOUBLE: 1350 - 2400mm BELT WIDTH

400mm - 2400mm
NOTE: FEATURES & OPTIONS SHOWN: DRW. No. E505-010
PLEASE REFER TO DETAILED MANUAL FOR INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, MAINTENANCE & SPARE
REV. 00
PARTS
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5. Handling
immediately.
5.2. Work Safety
WARNING

standards.
If equipment is to be installed in an enclosed area, test gas level

an explosion.

E505 - Page 215 to 229 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5.3. Handling
5.4. Storage
BELT SCRAPERS
QTY DESCRIPTION
1 PRICKER
1 90° SET SQUARE
1 5M TAPE MEASURE
1 STANLEY KNIFE
2 M46 SET SPANNERS
2 M65 SET SPANNERS
3M NYLON ROPE
2 "G" CLAMPS - 6" - 8"
1 JIMMY LEVER
E505 - Page 216 to 229 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
6. Maintenance
The E505 Return Plough operates at the discharge end of the conveyor and is in direct contact
procedures.
7. New Installation
After the new plough has run for a few days a visual inspection should be made to ensure the
plough is performing properly. Make adjustments as needed.
A visual inspection of the plough and belt can determine:
• If the arms are moving freely to maintain correct pressure for optimal cleaning.
• If the belt looks clean or if there are areas that are dirty.
• If the blade is worn out and needs to be replaced.
• If there is damage to the blade or other plough components.
• If there is vibration or bouncing of the plough on the belt.
• If a return pulley is necessary ahead and/or behind the plough to flatten the belt.
can be stopped for plough maintenance.
of the plough to perform the following tasks:
• Clean material build-up off the plough blade and pole.
• Check both blade pins for proper installation and condition. Replace if needed.
• Inspect the plough frame for damage.
• Replace any worn or damaged components
• Check the pressure of the plough blade to the belt.
E505 - Page 217 to 229 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
PARTS LIST - REF. DRW. No.: E505-011-A & E505-011-B

BELT WIDTH
(mm)
A. Standard Carrier Assembly Size 1 400-750 Please Specify Belt Width

Size 2 900-1350 Please Specify Belt Width
Size 3 1500-2400 Please Specify Belt Width
B. Standard Stringer Mount Assembly, 400-2400 051-145-0100

including Link Arms, Mounting Plates
and Swivel Brackets.
C. Link Arm Size 1,2 & 3 400-2400 2/4/6
D. Optional Heavy Duty Mount Assembly, Size 2&3 400-1050 051-145-0101

including Spindles assembly, Spindle Size 4 1200-2400 051-145-0102
Bracket & Mounting Plates.
E. Poly Blades 100mm 400-750 2/5/ (Specify Belt Width)

150mm 900-2400 2/5/ (Specify Belt Width)
F. Optional Heavy Duty Deflector Plate Please Specify Belt Width
G. Optional Spindle Assembly including Size 2&3 400-1050 2/1.3

Lock Nuts. Size 4 1200-2400 2/1.4

ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS - STANDARD ASSEMBLY
1. Referring to the parts list check that the correct parts and quantities have been supplied for the model and belt width
plough ordered.
2. Normally ploughs are supplied with blades (6) assembled in the channel track (1). If not, slide the blade (6) into the slotted
carrier (1) and lock in a central position with set screws supplied.
3. Fit the HDPE washer (2), along with the swivel mounts (3) to the the carrier shaft (1).
4. Assemble the links (5) to the two side mounting frames (4).
5. Decide on the side (L or R) the plough must scrape to and swivel the blade/carrier assembly accordingly.
6. Fit the mountings (4) and links (5) to the swivel mounts (3).
ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS - HEAVY DUTY ASSEMBLY

1. Referring to the parts list check that the correct parts and quantities have been supplied for the model and belt width
plough ordered.
2. Normally ploughs are supplied with blade/s (6) assembled in the channel track (1). If not, slide the blade (6) into the slotted
carrier (1) and lock in a central position.
3. Normally ploughs are supplied with the spindle brackets (8) and the heavy duty deflector plate (10) assembled on the
carrier assembly (1). If not, fit the spindle brackets (8) and heavy duty deflector plate (10) onto the carrier assembly (1),
and firmly tighten all nuts and bolts.
• Note: If welding the deflector plate (10) to the carrier assembly (1), remove the blade/s to avoid the polyurethane from
melting.
• Note: Shield the conveyor belt during welding and cutting activities.
4. Decide on the side (L or R) the plough must scrape to and swivel the blade/carrier assembly accordingly.
• Note: Care should be taken to ensure that spindle brackets (8) point in the correct direction. With reference to drawing
number E505-011-B
5. Fit the mounting plates (9) to the stringers and locate the spindles (11) into the spindle brackets (8).
E505 - Page 218 to 229 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E505 ANGLE PLOUGH COMPLETE WITH POLYURETHANE BLADE © 07-2015
4 5
C 3
B
5
1
1a
A
5
3
2
6
LEGEND
A STD CARRIER ASSEMBLY
B STD STRINGER MOUNT ASSEMBLY C/W LINK ARMs, MOUNT & SWIVEL BRACKETs
C LINK ARM/s
BRELKO
TYPICAL STD ASSEMBLY E POLYURETHANE BLADE/s
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
PARTS LIST: FOR STANDARD MOUNTING PLEASE SPECIFY BELT WIDTH WHEN ORDERING E505-011-A REV. 00
No.
®
E505HD ANGLE PLOUGH COMPLETE WITH POLYURETHANE BLADE © 07-2015
11
F 10
7 9
8*
8*
12
G
A E
NOTE:
"LEAD-OUT" * TAKE NOTE OF DIRECTION OF THE SPINDLE BRACKETS!
* UNIT SHOWN HERE ASSEMBLED TO DISCHARGE TO THE RIGHT.
"LEAD-IN" LEGEND
A STD CARRIER ASSEMBLY
D HD STRINGER MOUNT ASSEMBLY c/w SPINDLE ASSY, SPINDLE BRKT & MNT PLT
E POLYURETHANE BLADE/s
BRELKO
F HD DEFLECTOR PLATE
TYPICAL HD ASSEMBLY G SPINDLE ASSEMBLY c/w LOCKING NUTs
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
PARTS LIST: FOR HEAVY-DUTY MOUNTING PLEASE SPECIFY BELT WIDTH WHEN ORDERING E505-011-B REV. 00
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
INSTALLATION GUIDE - REF. DRW. No.: E505-012-A

STANDARD ASSEMBLY
1. The plough is intended for removing loose material on the inside of the return side of the conveyor belt ahead of take-
ups, drives and tail pulleys. Use instead of an E401 V-Plough when discharge can only be accepted to one side of the belt.
2. Refer to the assembly instructions, parts list and DRW. No.: E505-011-A to confirm that all the necessary parts have been
• Note: - The plough can be altered to discharge to the left or right hand side of the belt.
3. The return belt at the plough position must be flat and supported ahead and behind the plough.
• Note: - It may be necessary to install flat return idlers.
4. With reference to DRW. No.: E505-012-A, select the most suitable position for the plough. The link arms (5) should be near
horizontal.
5. Mark out the mounting holes for the two mountings (4).
• Note: - The mountings may be fitted on top, inside or below the conveyor stringers to accommodate the position of the
return belt and the conveyor decking, bracing etc.
6. Fix the mounting frame (4) firmly in position. If mounting on the inside of the stringer web is required the use of tapered
washers may be required.
7. Ensure that the plough is securely linked to its mounting brackets (4) and that the carrier & blade assembly (1) is central.
8. Ensure that a minimum overlap of 15mm on both sides of the belt is maintained and to clear the stringers during vertical
movement. It may be necessary to trim the ends of the carrier & blade assembly (1).
9. Securely lock the swivel mounts (3) to the carrier assembly (1).
10. Check for free up and down movement with the belt of the plough and for good contact with the belt.
11. Ensure safety chains (7) are firmly fixed to the mounting brackets (9) and carrier assembly (1), there should be enough
slack to accommodate blade wear and to prevent the carrier touching the belt.
INSTALLATION GUIDE - REF. DRW. No.: E505-012-B

HEAVY DUTY ASSEMBLY
1. The plough is intended for removing loose material on the inside of the return side of the conveyor belt ahead of take-
ups, drives and tail pulleys. Use instead of an E401 V-Plough when discharge can only be accepted to one side of the belt.
2. Refer to the assembly instructions, parts list and DRW. No.: E505-011-B to confirm that all the necessary parts have been
• Note: - The plough can be altered to discharge to the left or right hand side of the belt.
3. The return belt at the plough position must be flat and supported ahead and behind the plough.
• Note: - It may be necessary to install flat return idlers.
4. With reference to DRW. No.: E505-012-B, select the most suitable position for the plough. By means of the spindle nuts adjust
the plough towards the belt until the blade contacts the belt. Adjust the plough a further four full turns of the spindle nuts
towards the belt.
• Note: - Ensure the blade/s remains in contact with the full belt width.
5. Mark out the mounting holes for the two mounting plates (9).
• Note: - The mounting plates can only be fitted on top of the conveyor stringers.
6. Fix the mounting brackets (9) firmly in position.
7. Ensure that the plough is securely fixed to its mounting brakets (9) and that the carrier & blade assembly (1) is central.
8. Ensure that a minimum overlap of 15mm on both sides of the belt is maintained and to clear the stringers during vertical
movement. It may be necessary to trim the ends of the carrier & blade assembly (1).
9. Ensure all nuts and bolts are firmly tightened.
10. Ensure safety chains (7) are firmly fixed to the mounting brackets (9) and carrier assembly (1), there should be enough
slack to accommodate blade wear and to prevent the carrier touching the belt.
11. Start the conveyor and check the blade/s are in full contact with the belt surface. If further adjustment is required, stop
the conveyor and adjust the plough a further full turn of the spindle nuts towards the belt until all blade/s are scraping
satisfactory.
• Note: - Do not over adjust the plough.
E505 - Page 221 to 229 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
© 07-2015
E505 ANGLE PLOUGH COMPLETE WITH POLYURETHANE BLADE
B
CONVEYOR STRINGERs
370
D
BELT WIDTH BELT DIRECTION
± 25 ± 25
A
TYPICAL POSITION WITH FLAT-RETURN ROLL SUPPORTING BELT. BELT DIRECTION
T.O.S
ALTERNATE A ALTERNATE B ALTERNATE C
C 320 20
28
DIMENSION TABLE (mm) - STD
BELT WIDTH SIZE RANGE A B C D
400 634 1084 418 100
ALTERNATE "TOP OF STRINGER" POSITIONS 450 686 1159 492. 5 100
500 1 736 1248 582 100

600 838 1291 624 100
750 990 1421 755 100
T.O.S 900 1144 1595 926. 5 150
1050 1296 1823 1154.5 150
ALTERNATE A ALTERNATE B ALTERNATE C 2
1200 1448 1899 1230.5 150
1350 1600 2086 1417.5 150
1500 1752 2217 1548.5 150

1650 1904 2348 1679.5 150
1800 3 2058 2477 1808.5 150
RECOMMENDED POSITION 2100 2362 2880 2211 150
NOTE: 2400 2668 2997 2328.5 150

BRELKO
FOR BELTS NOT PARALLEL TO THE STRINGER PLEASE CONTACT BRELKO HEAD OFFICE FOR
FURTHER ADVICE AND INFORMATION!
ALTERNATE "BOTTOM OF STRINGER" POSITIONS
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
INSTALLATION DETAIL: FOR STANDARD MOUNTING ALWAYS SPECIFY BELT WIDTH WHEN ORDERING E505-012-A REV. 00
No.
®
E505HD ANGLE PLOUGH COMPLETE WITH POLYURETHANE BLADE © 07-2015
TYPICAL POSITION WITH FLAT-RETURN ROLL SUPPORTING BELT. B

200
CONVEYOR STRINGERs
±(41°)
A
BELT DIRECTION
BELT WIDTH
"LEAD-IN" "LEAD-OUT"
C 100
30
DIMENSION TABLE (mm) - HD
BELT WIDTH SIZE RANGE A B C
400 634 930 700
450 686 1003 773
500 1 736 1090 859.5
600 838 1140 910

BELT DIRECTION
750 990 1275 1045
900 1144 1446 1216
1050 1296 1670 1439. 5

2
1200 1448 1752 1522
1350 1600 1937 1707. 5
1500 1752 2071 1840. 5
NOTE: 1650 1904 2203 1973
1800 3 2058 2334 2104
* UNIT SHOWN HERE ASSEMBLED TO DISCHARGE TO THE RIGHT. 2100 2362 2732 2502. 5
* WHEN ASSEMBLING; THE "LEAD-IN" SPINDLE BRACKET TO BE POINTING INTO THE NOTE: 2400 2668 2859 2628. 5
BRELKO
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL AND THE "LEAD-OUT" BRACKET TO BE POINTING IN THE FOR BELTS NOT PARALLEL TO THE STRINGER PLEASE CONTACT BRELKO HEAD OFFICE FOR
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL - SEE NOTE ON "PARTS LIST" PAGE. FURTHER ADVICE AND INFORMATION!
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
INSTALLATION DETAIL: FOR HEAVY-DUTY MOUNTING ALWAYS SPECIFY BELT WIDTH WHEN ORDERING E505-012-B REV. 00
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
8. Procedure for Replacing/Repairing Ploughs

Repair/replace Belt Plough components when, general maintenance tasks are preformed,
plough damage due to accelerated blade wear, clip joints/emergency belt repairs etc.
8.1. Standard Mount
8.1.1. Request permit to work from an authorised person, who will isolate and lock out the
belt.
8.1.2. Loosen nuts on the link arms.
8.1.3. Slide out the plough assembly from the intended exit end.
8.1.4. Service the plough on the platform.
8.1.5. Blade replacement - Refer to Brelko installation instructions for belt plough model in
use.
b. Tighten all nuts and ensure that belt cleaning or plough performance is acceptable.
c. Clear up any loose items which resulted from your work.
8.2. Heavy Duty Mount
8.2.1. Request permit to work from an authorised person, who will isolate and lock out the
belt.
8.2.2. Clear loose items about the spindle before commencing with work.
8.2.3. Loosen the locknuts and then lower/raise the plough, as necessary.
8.2.4. Remove spindle’s from the mounting brackets.
8.2.5. Slide out the plough assembly from the intended exit end.
8.2.6. Service the plough on the platform.
8.2.7. Blade replacement - Refer to Brelko installation instructions for belt plough model in
use.
8.2.8. Plough Adjustment - Refer to Brelko installation instructions for belt plough model in
use.
c. Tighten all nuts and ensure that belt cleaning or plough performance is acceptable.
E505 - Page 224 to 229 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
CODE:
CUSTOMER:
No : 25853
CONTACT TEL:
ATTENTION:
DATE IN:
CONTRACT/ORDER No.:

TOP COVER BUILD-UP
______________________________________________

NEW / EVEN
GROOVES / WORN
/ UNEVEN
PROTRUSIONS
EXCESSIVE
AVERAGE
LITTLE
BLADES / HOLDERS
MOUNTS
CARRIER
ASSEMBLY
SPINDLES
SKIRTING
OTHER SPARES
ADJUST SCRAPER SET
CLEANED

(please print)

OVER
©2003-05
25
YEARS
FS 007 8 8 2011 1 of 2
SAFETY :
CUSTOMER DETAILS
CONVEYOR DIMENSIONS
Edge Damage: Yes No

Comments:

Belt Movement:
Comments:
IDLER CHECK
Troughing Frame
Condition:
Comments:
PRIMARY SCRAPER
Housekeeping:
Comments:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 1 of 3

Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

Comments:

Comments:
KEYSKIRTING®
as Skirting
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 2 of 3
FEEDBOOTS

Housekeeping:
Comments:
HI - IMPACT SYSTEM
Comments:
AIR CANNONS
Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 3 of 3
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

Poor cleaning
performance
Plough blade worn or damaged Replace Plough blade
Plough not located correctly Check Plough location for correct dimensions
Rapid Blade Wear Cupped Conveyor belt Fit flat return Idlers ahead and behind Plough
Centre wear on
blade (smile Belt not flat Fit flat return Idlers ahead and behind Plough
effect)
Unusual wear or Belt damaged or ripped Repair or replace belt

damage to blade
Plough not correctly located Verify dimension - refer installation drawing
Damage to pulley or tail pulley lagging Repair or replace pulley
Vibration or noise Plough not located correctly Fit flat return Idlers ahead and behind Plough
Replace with Brelko heavy duty Plough, contact Brelko for

Sticky material is overburdening Plough
available options.
Plough being
pushed away from
Belt Plough not set up correctly Confirm location dimensions are equal on both sides
E505 - Page 229 to 229 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
E601 PRE-PRIMARY
BELT SCRAPER
PATENTED
Model Number :
Purchase Date :
Purchased From :
Installation Date :
E601 - Page 230 to 247 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
Table of Contents
1. Disclaimer 232
2. Safety Note 232
5. Handling 235
5.3. Handling 236
5.4. Storage 236
6. Maintenance 237
E601 - Page 231 to 247 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
1. Disclaimer
be defective.
2. Safety Note

DANGER death.

WARNING injury.


Important:
procedures.
E601 - Page 232 to 247 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
E601 PRE-PRIMARY
BELT SCRAPER
PATENTED
APPLICATIONS
As a Pre-Primary Scraper, working in the head pulley zone, not in contact with the belt.
Used in conjunction with Brelko Primary and Secondary scrapers.
Particularly suited for mud-rush and severe carry back situations.
FEATURES
Adjustable Brelko torsion twist tensioners allow the scraper to maintain a constant pressure against
the material flow, are self adjusting and allow the scraper to deflect away from any obstruction, as a
significant safety feature.
Multi-blade construction in wear resistant steel for impact situations or ceramic blades for non-impact high
abrasion situations or conditions.
Scraper adjustment is such that the blades do not contact the belt, but only operate when the carryover
material is excessive.
Compact torsion twist tensioners for easy adjustment.
Chute side mountings for easy adjustment and installation.
Robust and streamlined scraper construction prevents material build-up on the scraper.
Ceramic or VRN 400 blades for long life.
E601 - Page 233 to 247 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E601 SINGLE ROW MULTI-BLADE PRE-PRIMARY SCRAPER © 07-2015
TWIST UNIT TO MAINTAIN CONSTANT

PRESSURE AGAINST THE MATERIAL FLOW & DEFLECT
AWAY FROM ANY OBSTRUCTION
SAND BLASTED &
HARD WEARING CERAMIC
EPOXY POWDER COATED 5 - 7mm
OR STEEL BLADES
CARRIER SHAFT (CRITICAL)
150mm (TYP.)
20°
151
15°
230mm WORK
ZONE
MOUNT DIRECTLY ONTO CHUTE OR POWDER COATED

BOLTED TO STRUCTURE MOUNTING COMPONENTS
180 180
(RECOMMENDED POSITION) (RECOMMENDED POSITION)
BRELKO

E601-TT
900mm TO 2400mm TWIST TENSIONER MOUNTING
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

E601-001 REV. B
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5. Handling
immediately.
5.2. Work Safety
WARNING

standards.

an explosion.

E601 - Page 235 to 247 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5.3. Handling
5.4. Storage
BELT SCRAPERS
QTY DESCRIPTION
1 PRICKER
1 90° SET SQUARE
1 5M TAPE MEASURE
1 STANLEY KNIFE
2 M46 SET SPANNERS
2 M65 SET SPANNERS
3M NYLON ROPE
2 "G" CLAMPS - 6" - 8"
1 JIMMY LEVER
E601 - Page 236 to 247 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
6. Maintenance
The E601 Pre-Primary Head Pulley Scraper operates at the discharge end of the conveyor and
E601 - Page 237 to 247 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
PARTS LIST - REF. DRW. No.: E601-012

BELT WIDTH
(mm)
A. Carrier Assembly Size 4 900-1200 2/8.6.1

Size 5 1350-1800 2/8.6.2
Size 5 2100-2400 2/8.61/3P
B. Torsion Twist Tensioner and Mount Assembly Size 4 900-2400 2/2.37

including bearing, bushes, mounting brackets
and Tensioner units.
(All Belt Widths require 2 Twist Tensioner Units)
C. Blades
Ceramic Blade 150mm N/A 2/7.9
Steel Blade – VRN400 150mm N/A 2/7.9.0

2. Note: - Scrapers will be supplied with all nuts and bolts to complete the assembly and installation.
3. Referring to the parts list, and installation data sheet check that the correct parts and quantities have been supplied for
4. Normally scrapers are supplied with blades (3) assembled and fixed to the carrier shaft. If this is not the case, assemble
these components as shown.
5. Note: - Caution should be taken not to over tighten ceramic blade (3) screws, as the ceramic parts are brittle.
6. Check that the edges of the blades are in line and level. This is done by means of a straight edge or by resting the
assembly with the blade edges on a level work bench. If any blades are not level, slightly slacken blade nuts and using
a rubber or wooden mallet gently tap the blades (3) into line. Tighten the blade nuts firmly.
• Note:- Caution should be taken not to over tighten ceramic blade (3) screws, as the ceramic parts are brittle.
E601 - Page 238 to 247 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E601-TT TWIST TENSIONER MOUNT SINGLE ROW MULTI-BLADE PRE-PRIMARY SCRAPER © 07-2015
7
C
B
3 8
13
12
11 7
8
13 B
13
12
11
LEGEND
CARRIER ASSEMBLY (SHAFT,BACKING PLATE, NUTS, WASHERS & BOLTS) A

BRELKO
TORSION TWIST TENSIONER & MOUNT ASSEMBLY B

BLADES (SPECIFY TYPE) C
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
PARTS LIST: FOR TWIST TENSIONER MOUNT PLEASE SPECIFY BELT WIDTH WHEN ORDERING E601-012 REV. B
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

1. Refer to the Assembly Instructions, Parts List and DRW. No.: E601-TT-012 to confirm that all the necessary parts have been
supplied and that the scraper is correctly assembled.
2. Remove mounting brackets (7) , carrier support arms (13) , clamp pieces (11) and green nylon bushes (12) from the near
and farside (8) bearing assemblies.
3. Referring to the installation data sheet and dimensions given in the dimension table determine the scraper work zone
and select the optimum position for the scraper.
4. After establishing the optimum position for the scraper on the head pulley, mark and cut out the near and farside chute
openings.
• Note: - Shield the conveyor belt and head pulley to prevent burning during cutting and welding activities.
5. With reference to the installation data sheet select the most convenient location for the mounting brackets (7).
• Note: - Mounting brackets (7) can be welded or bolted to the chute sides.
6. Tack weld the near and farside mounting brackets (7) to the chute sides or bolt to structure.
7. Position the near and farside bearing assemblies (8) on the mounting brackets (7) as shown, tighten finger tight only, as
further adjustment will be required.
8. Remove one or both carrier shaft (1) end caps and install the carrier shaft through the near or farside access opening.
9. Position carrier shaft (1) centrally with reference to belt edges and head pulley and attach the carrier support arms (13) to
the near and farside bearing assemblies (8) and attach the clamp pieces (11) and nylon bushes (12) on the carrier shaft
(1) as shown and fit bolts, washers and nuts. Finger tighten only as it may be necessary to adjust the location of the near
and farside bearing assemblies on the mounting brackets so that the blades are clear of the belt surface.
10. Complete welding of near and farside mounting brackets or ensure all mounting bracket nuts and bolts are firmly
fastened.
11. Remove holding bolts from the near and farside bearing assemblies (8) and using large tool, turn the tension unit to
rotate the scraper away from the head pulley. The scraper only needs to be rotated until the first set of holding bolt holes
between the near and farside bearing assemblies align.
12. Insert holding bolts into matching holes on the near and farside bearing assemblies(8), ensure that the near and farside
holding bolts are firmly fastened.
13. By means of an angle finder and using large tool rotate the carrier shaft (1) so that the blades (3) are inclined at 35
degrees into the direction of belt travel, firmly tighten nuts and bolts.
14. Adjust the near and farside set screws (14) until they touch the carrier support arms. Pre-tension the near and farside
tension units (8) by tightening the near and farside set screws four full turns. Firmly tighten near and farside set screw lock
nuts.
15. By means of the near and farside bearing assemblies (8) adjust the scraper towards the belt surface.
• Note: - This step must be done carefully to ensure that the gap between the belt and blades remains the same.
16. The blades should not contact the belt. There should be approximately a 5 to 7 mm gap between the blades (3) and belt
surface.
17. Tighten all bolts and nuts, do not over tighten.
18. Start the conveyor and check that the blades are not touching the belt surface, if the blades are in contact with belt
surface stop the conveyor and slacken the near and farside bearing assembly bolts and adjust the scraper until all
• Note: - This step must be done carefully to ensure that the gap between the belt and blades remains the same (5 to
7mm).
19. Tighten near and farside bearing assembly (8) bolts and nuts.
E601 - Page 240 to 247 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E601 SINGLE ROW MULTI-BLADE PRE-PRIMARY SCRAPER © 07-2015
Ø14mm MOUNTING
BRACKETS TO BE WELDED TO CHUTE SIDES or BOLTED TO STRUCTURE HOLES DIRECT ON CHUTE
NOTE: THESE MOUNTING BRACKETS CAN BE OMITTED, BUT ARE REQUIRED SIDES OR TO MOUNTING BRACKETS
WHEN THERE ARE NO CHUTE SIDES AVAILABLE THEY ARE ALSO USED FOR M12 MOUNTING BOLTS
AS AN ACCESS OPENING FOR INSTALLING AND REMOVING THE SCRAPER AND
TO PROVIDE ADJUSTMENT FOR FINAL POSITIONING. H
P 5 - 7mm
A POWDER COATED (RECOMENDED) (CRITICAL)
MOUNTING COMPONENTS
=J=
X
150mm (TYP.)
SAND BLASTED & EPOXY

POWDER COATED CARRIER SHAFT G D
Z
CARRIER PIPE CUT TO LENGTH UPON
INSTALLATION OTHERWISE ADVICE
20°
DISTANCE ACROSS OUTSIDE OF CHUTE

15°
WORK
A
VIEW "A" ZONE

BELT WIDTH 900 1050 1200 1350 1500 1650 1800 2100 K
No. BLADES 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 =E=
4 5
L M
SIZE RANGE 5 (CHUTE CUT-OUT)
A 230 N
B 180
C 122
D 200
E 130
F 230 (R70)
G 250 =F=
H 360 (CHUTE CUT-OUT)
J 150
K 310 B C
L 250
M 60
E601-TT
N 35
BRELKO
P 180
DETAIL A TWIST TENSIONER MOUNTING
X 2500 3000 4001 (3 PIECE)
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
INSTALLATION DETAIL: FOR TWIST TENSIONER MO UNT. ALWAYS SPECIFY BELT WIDTH WHEN ORDERING E601-013 REV. B
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

belt.
holder and blades.
E601 - Page 242 to 247 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
CODE:
CUSTOMER:
No : 25853
CONTACT TEL:
ATTENTION:
DATE IN:
CONTRACT/ORDER No.:

TOP COVER BUILD-UP
______________________________________________

NEW / EVEN
GROOVES / WORN
/ UNEVEN
PROTRUSIONS
EXCESSIVE
AVERAGE
LITTLE
BLADES / HOLDERS
MOUNTS
CARRIER
ASSEMBLY
SPINDLES
SKIRTING
OTHER SPARES
ADJUST SCRAPER SET
CLEANED

(please print)

OVER
©2003-05
25
YEARS
FS 007 8 8 2011 1 of 2
SAFETY :
CUSTOMER DETAILS
CONVEYOR DIMENSIONS
Edge Damage: Yes No

Comments:

Belt Movement:
Comments:
IDLER CHECK
Troughing Frame
Condition:
Comments:
PRIMARY SCRAPER
Housekeeping:
Comments:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 1 of 3

Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

Comments:

Comments:
KEYSKIRTING®
as Skirting
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 2 of 3
FEEDBOOTS

Housekeeping:
Comments:
HI - IMPACT SYSTEM
Comments:
AIR CANNONS
Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 3 of 3
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS


Poor cleaning
performance
Rapid Blade Wear
available options)
Centre wear on

Unusual wear or
damage to blade
Vibration or noise
Scraper tension too high/low Adjust to correct tension or slight adjust to diminish
Scraper tension not set correctly Ensure correct tension/increase tension slightly
Scraper being
pushed away from Sticky material is overburdening scraper Increase tension; add primary (head pulley) scraper
pulley
E601 - Page 247 to 247 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
E705 COMPACT SECONDARY

BELT SCRAPER
PATENTED
Model Number :
Purchase Date :
Purchased From :
Installation Date :
E705 - Page 248 to 269 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
Table of Contents
1. Disclaimer 250
2. Safety Note 250
5. Handling 253
5.3. Handling 254
5.4. Storage 254
6. Maintenance 255
E705 - Page 249 to 269 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
1. Disclaimer
be defective.
2. Safety Note

DANGER death.

WARNING injury.


Important:
procedures.
E705 - Page 250 to 269 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

BELT SCRAPER
PATENTED
APPLICATIONS
Specially designed for easy installation on all belts up to 750mm wide.
Can be installed where there is not enough space for other scrapers.
the belt.
materials.
FEATURES
E705 - Page 251 to 269 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E705 SINGLE ROW MULTI-BLADE COMPACT SECONDARY SCRAPER © 07-2015
GLASS REINFORCED NYLON BLADE 50mm (MIN.)

SANDBLASTED & PRE-TENSION TORSION HOLDERS BLADE OPTIONS:
EPOXY POWDER COATED WITH INTERGRAL FRONT & REAR TUNGSTEN CARBIDE - (2 GRADES)
CARRIER SHAFT DEFLECTOR SKIRTS.
SIZE 1&2 = 146mm
SIZE 1 = M30x300mm
SIZE 1&2 = 38,1mm�

"V" TRACK OPTIONS:
ALUMINIUM (STANDARD) OR DROP OVER
STAINLESS STEEL 304 OR 316 (ON REQUEST)

STANDARD MOUNTING
400mm TO 750mm
50mm (MIN.)
100mm (TYP.) OPTIONAL OFFSET PLATE USED

AS ILLUSTRATED (UP or DOWN
FOR DIFFICULT INSTALLATIONS.)
SIZE 1&2 = 146mm
SIZE 1 = M30x300mm
PACKING & TRANSPORT.
SIZE 1&2 = 38,1mm�
MOUNTING OPTIONS:
UP or DOWN
ADJUSTMENT

BRELKO
E705-T
TORSION MOUNTING
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

PLEASE REFER TO DETAILED MANUAL FOR INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, MAINTENANCE & SPARE PARTS E705-011 REV. 2
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5. Handling
immediately.
5.2. Work Safety
WARNING

standards.

an explosion.

E705 - Page 253 to 269 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5.3. Handling
5.4. Storage
BELT SCRAPERS
QTY DESCRIPTION
1 PRICKER
1 90° SET SQUARE
1 5M TAPE MEASURE
1 STANLEY KNIFE
2 M46 SET SPANNERS
2 M65 SET SPANNERS
3M NYLON ROPE
2 "G" CLAMPS - 6" - 8"
1 JIMMY LEVER
E705 - Page 254 to 269 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
6. Maintenance
E705 - Page 255 to 269 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

SHAFT
BELT WIDTH
(mm)
(mm)



and washers.

Size 2&3 N/A 600-750 2/1.3



set screws.
E705 - Page 256 to 269 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E705-S STANDARD MOUNT SINGLE ROW MULTI-BLADE COMPACT SECONDARY SCRAPER © 07-2015
1
3 K H
A
7 12
11
D
10
G
LEGEND
6
TORSION HOLDER ASSEMBLY J
TORSION HOLDER ASSEMBLY C/W BLADE (SPECIFY GRADE) - 100mm H
BRELKO
CAST BLADE HOLDER C/W BLADE (SPECIFY GRADE) K
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
PARTS LIST: FOR STANDARD MOUNT PLEASE SPECIFY BELT WIDTH WHEN ORDERING E705-007 REV. 0
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

Drawing.
E705 - Page 258 to 269 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E705-S STANDARD MOUNT SINGLE ROW MULTI-BLADE COMPACT SECONDARY SCRAPER © 07-2015
1500
X
100mm (TYP.)

A
30
MOUNTING OPTIONS:
MOUNT DIRECTLY ONTO THE CONVEYOR STRINGER or

M16 MOUNTING BOLTS
DETAIL A
NOTE:
BELT TO BE FLAT.
IF NECESSARY FIT
FLAT RETURN ROLLERS. 180
50mm (TYP.)
NEAR SIDE
100
FAR SIDE
M30 50
69
100
146,5 NEAR & FAR SIDE

A SPINDLE POSITION "D"
300
150 DETAIL B
(RECOMMENDED) 68 CHUTE CUT-OUT
SEE DETAILS
=100=
150
BRELKO

POSITION A or C, BUT MUST REMAIN AT 80° TO 100° BELT SURFACE
SPINDLE POSITION "A" (MAX BELT DECLINE ANGLE 15°)
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
INSTALLATION DETAIL: STANDARD MOUNT. ALWAYS SPECIFY BELT WIDTH WHEN ORDERING E705-008 REV. 0
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

SHAFT
BELT WIDTH
(mm)
(mm)

track and end stops.
Size 2 1500 600-750 2/8.1.2

F. Torsion Mount Assembly- Including Size 1 N/A 400-500 2/2.1

and washers.

Size 2&3 N/A 600-750 2/1.3



set screws.
E705 - Page 260 to 269 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E705-T TORSION MOUNT SINGLE ROW MULTI-BLADE COMPACT SECONDARY SCRAPER © 07-2015
3 K H 1
5
J
4
11 12
13 D
10
6
BRELKO
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
PARTS LIST: FOR TORSION MOUNT PLEASE SPECIFY BELT WIDTH WHEN ORDERING E705-009 REV. 1
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

Drawing.
torsion arm.
move freely.
E705 - Page 262 to 269 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E705-T TORSION MOUNT SINGLE ROW MULTI-BLADE COMPACT SECONDARY SCRAPER © 07-2015
1500
X
LIMITED
A
MOUNTING OPTIONS:
30
VIEW ON ARROW "A" NOTE: FOR INCLINED BELTS SPINDLE CAN BE MOUNTED IN
POSITION A or C, BUT MUST REMAIN AT 80°TO 100°BELT SURFACE.
NOTE:
50mm (MIN.) BELT TO BE FLAT. 180
IF NECESSARY FIT NEAR SIDE Ø20mm FOR
FLAT RETURN ROLLERS. 100 M16 MOUNTING BOLTS
FAR SIDE
50
DETAIL A
110
146mm
NEAR & FAR SIDE
A
300mm 89mm
198 89mm
(RECOMMENDED)
CHUTE CUT-OUT
SEE DETAILS
=100=
12
BRELKO
150
DETAIL B
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
INSTALLATION DETAIL: TORSION MOUNT. ALWAYS SPECIFY BELT WIDTH WHEN ORDERING E705-010 REV. 2
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

belt.
holder and blades.
E705 - Page 264 to 269 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
CODE:
CUSTOMER:
No : 25853
CONTACT TEL:
ATTENTION:
DATE IN:
CONTRACT/ORDER No.:

TOP COVER BUILD-UP
______________________________________________

NEW / EVEN
GROOVES / WORN
/ UNEVEN
PROTRUSIONS
EXCESSIVE
AVERAGE
LITTLE
BLADES / HOLDERS
MOUNTS
CARRIER
ASSEMBLY
SPINDLES
SKIRTING
OTHER SPARES
ADJUST SCRAPER SET
CLEANED

(please print)

OVER
©2003-05
25
YEARS
FS 007 8 8 2011 1 of 2
SAFETY :
CUSTOMER DETAILS
CONVEYOR DIMENSIONS
Edge Damage: Yes No

Comments:

Belt Movement:
Comments:
IDLER CHECK
Troughing Frame
Condition:
Comments:
PRIMARY SCRAPER
Housekeeping:
Comments:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 1 of 3

Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

Comments:

Comments:
KEYSKIRTING®
as Skirting
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 2 of 3
FEEDBOOTS

Housekeeping:
Comments:
HI - IMPACT SYSTEM
Comments:
AIR CANNONS
Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 3 of 3
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS


Poor cleaning
performance
Rapid Blade Wear
available options)
Centre wear on

Unusual wear or
damage to blade
Vibration or noise
Scraper being
pulley
E705 - Page 269 to 269 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

BELT SCRAPER
PATENTED
Model Number :
Purchase Date :
Purchased From :
Installation Date :
E805 - Page 270 to 291 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
Table of Contents
1. Disclaimer 272
2. Safety Note 272
5. Handling 275
5.3. Handling 276
5.4. Storage 276
6. Maintenance 277
E805 - Page 271 to 291 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
1. Disclaimer
be defective.
2. Safety Note

DANGER death.

WARNING injury.


Important:
procedures.
E805 - Page 272 to 291 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

BELT SCRAPER
PATENTED
APPLICATIONS
Specially designed for easy installation on all belts up to 750mm wide.
the belt.
materials.
FEATURES
E805 - Page 273 to 291 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E805 DOUBLE ROW MULTI-BLADE COMPACT SECONDARY SCRAPER © 07-2015
GLASS REINFORCED NYLON

SAND BLASTED & BLADE OPTIONS:
BLADE PRE-TENSIONED TORSION 50mm (MIN.)
EPOXY POWDER COATED TUNGSTEN CARBIDE - (2 GRADES)
HOLDERS WITH INTERGRAL FRONT
CARRIER SHAFT
& REAR DEFLECTOR SKIRTS
SIZE 2 = 150mm
SIZE 3 = 165mm
SIZE 2 & 3 =
M30x300mm
GALVANISED MOUNTING COMPONENTS
"V" TRACK OPTIONS: SIZE 2 = 38,1mm□

ALUMINIUM (STANDARD) SIZE 3 = 60,3mm□
STAINLESS STEEL 304 OR 316 (ON REQUEST)

STANDARD MOUNTING
400mm TO 750mm
OPTIONAL OFFSET PLATE USED 50mm (MIN.)

AS ILLUSTRATED UP or DOWN FOR
100mm (TYP.) DIFFICULT INSTALLATIONS.
SIZE 3 = 165mm
SIZE 3 = M30x300mm
UP or DOWN
ADJUSTMENT
MOUNTING OPTIONS: SIZE 3 = 60,3mm□

BRELKO
E805-T
TORSION MOUNTING
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

E805-001 REV. 0
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5. Handling
immediately.
5.2. Work Safety
WARNING

standards.

an explosion.

E805 - Page 275 to 291 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5.3. Handling
5.4. Storage
BELT SCRAPERS
QTY DESCRIPTION
1 PRICKER
1 90° SET SQUARE
1 5M TAPE MEASURE
1 STANLEY KNIFE
2 M46 SET SPANNERS
2 M65 SET SPANNERS
3M NYLON ROPE
2 "G" CLAMPS - 6" - 8"
1 JIMMY LEVER
E805 - Page 276 to 291 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
6. Maintenance
E805 - Page 277 to 291 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

SHAFT
BELT WIDTH
(mm)
(mm)

stops.

and washers.


10. Optional off-set plates. Size 2 1200 400-500 2/8.1.20

Size 3 1200 600-750 2/8.1.22

set screws.
E805 - Page 278 to 291 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E805-S STANDARD MOUNT DOUBLE ROW MULTI-BLADE COMPACT SECONDARY SCRAPER © 07-2015
1
3 K H
5
J
7 12
11
E A
10
6
LEGEND

TORSION HOLDER ASSEMBLY C/W BLADE (SPECIFY GRADE) H
TORSION HOLDER ASSEMBLY - 100mm J
BRELKO
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
PARTS LIST: FOR STANDARD MOUNT PLEASE SPECIFY BELT WIDTH WHEN ORDERING E805-S-002 REV. 0
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

E805 - Page 280 to 291 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E805-S STANDARD MOUNT DOUBLE ROW MULTI-BLADE COMPACT SECONDARY SCRAPER © 07-2015
510 Z 510
100mm (TYP.)
30

A
MOUNTING OPTIONS:
CHUTE PLATE (SUPPORT CLEATS NOT SUPPLIED AS STANDARD)
Ø20mm FOR
VIEW ON ARROW "A" M16 MOUNTING BOLTS
DETAIL A
NOTE:
BELT TO BE FLAT.
IF NECESSARY FIT
50mm (TYP.) FLAT RETURN
ROLLERS 100 SIZE 2 = 5mm
FAR SIDE SIZE 3 = 5mm
220
NEAR SIDE
M30
50
SIZE 2 = 156mm
B SIZE 3 = 165mm 300 100
NEAR SIDE FAR SIDE
300
A SPINDLE POSITION "D"
NEAR & FAR SIDE
150 SIZE 2 = 70mm CHUTE CUT-OUT DETAILS
RECOMMENDED SIZE 3 = 95mm DETAIL B
=100=
12
CHUTE CUT-OUT
150
SEE DETAILS
BRELKO

POSITION A or C, BUT MUST REMAIN AT 80° TO 100° BELT SURFACE.
SPINDL
E POSITION "A" (MAX BELT DECLINE ANGLE 15°)
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

SHAFT
BELT WIDTH
(mm)
(mm)

stops.
F. Torsion Mount Assembly (Double Arm / Size 3 N/A 400-750 2/2.13

Parallel Arm) - Including clamp piece,


10. Optional off-set plates. Size 2 1200 400-500 2/8.1.20

Size 3 1200 600-750 2/8.1.22

set screws.
E805 - Page 282 to 291 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E805-T TORSION MOUNT DOUBLE ROW MULTI-BLADE COMPACT SECONDARY SCRAPER © 07-2015
3 K H
A
5
J
8 12
11
A
F
13
10
LEGEND

TORSION MOUNT ASSEMBLY (TORSION MOUNT,CLAMP PIECE & BUSHES) F
TORSION HOLDER ASSEMBLY C/W BLADE (SPECIFY GRADE) - 100mm H
BRELKO
TORSION HOLDER ASSEMBLY J

CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

torsion arm.
move freely.
E805 - Page 284 to 291 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E805-T TORSION MOUNT DOUBLE ROW MULTI-BLADE COMPACT SECONDARY SCRAPER © 07-2015
510 Z 510
X
OPTIONAL:
LIMITED
30

A
MOUNTING OPTIONS:
CHUTE PLATE (SUPPORT CLEATS NOT SUPPLIED AS STANDARD)

M16 MOUNTING BOLTS
D TAIL A NOTE: FOR INCLINED BELTS SPINDLE CAN BE MOUNTED IN

POSITION A or C, BUT MUST REMAIN AT 80 TO 100 BELT SURFACE.
E (MAX BELT DECLINE ANGLE 15 )
NOTE: 100 10mm

BELT TO BE FLAT. 100
220 FAR SIDE
FAR SIDE
50mm (MIN.) FLAT RETURN ROLLERS
M30 50
300
NEAR SIDE
B 165mm
NEAR & FAR SIDE
A CHUTE CUT-OUT DETAILS DETAIL B
300
160
110
RECOMMENDED
12 =100= CHUTE CUT-OUT

SEE DETAILS
150
BRELKO
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

belt.
holder and blades.
E805 - Page 286 to 291 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
CODE:
CUSTOMER:
No : 25853
CONTACT TEL:
ATTENTION:
DATE IN:
CONTRACT/ORDER No.:

TOP COVER BUILD-UP
______________________________________________

NEW / EVEN
GROOVES / WORN
/ UNEVEN
PROTRUSIONS
EXCESSIVE
AVERAGE
LITTLE
BLADES / HOLDERS
MOUNTS
CARRIER
ASSEMBLY
SPINDLES
SKIRTING
OTHER SPARES
ADJUST SCRAPER SET
CLEANED

(please print)

OVER
©2003-05
25
YEARS
FS 007 8 8 2011 1 of 2
SAFETY :
CUSTOMER DETAILS
CONVEYOR DIMENSIONS
Edge Damage: Yes No

Comments:

Belt Movement:
Comments:
IDLER CHECK
Troughing Frame
Condition:
Comments:
PRIMARY SCRAPER
Housekeeping:
Comments:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 1 of 3

Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

Comments:

Comments:
KEYSKIRTING®
as Skirting
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 2 of 3
FEEDBOOTS

Housekeeping:
Comments:
HI - IMPACT SYSTEM
Comments:
AIR CANNONS
Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 3 of 3
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS


Poor cleaning
performance
Rapid Blade Wear
available options)
Centre wear on

Unusual wear or
damage to blade
Vibration or noise
Scraper being
pulley
E805 - Page 291 to 291 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
E901 HEAD PULLEY

BELT SCRAPER
PATENTED
Model Number :
Purchase Date :
Purchased From :
Installation Date :
E901 - Page 292 to 309 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
Table of Contents
1. Disclaimer 294
2. Safety Note 294
5. Handling 297
5.3. Handling 298
5.4. Storage 298
6. Maintenance 299
E901 - Page 293 to 309 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
1. Disclaimer
be defective.
2. Safety Note

DANGER death.

WARNING injury.


Important:
procedures.
E901 - Page 294 to 309 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
E901 HEAD PULLEY

BELT SCRAPER
PATENTED
APPLICATIONS
As a Head Pulley Scraper, working directly on the head pulley.
As a Head Pulley Scraper, when wet and sticky materials are conveyed.
FEATURES
Adjustable Brelko torsion twist tensioners allow the scraper to maintain a constant pressure on the belt, are
self adjusting and allow the scraper to deflect away from any obstruction, as a significant safety feature.
Multi-blade construction allows individual blades to deflect for minor obstructions and adapt to belt
profile.
Streamlined scraper construction prevents material build-up on the scraper.
E901 - Page 295 to 309 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E901-TT TWIST TENSIONER MOUNT SINGLE ROW MULTI-BLADE HEAD PULLEY SCRAPER © 07-2015

PRESSURE & COMPENSATE FOR UNEVEN POLYURETHANE BLADES.
BELT THICKNESS & PULLEY RUN OUT
SAND BLASTED &
10°
EPOXY POWDER COATED WORK
CARRIER SHAFT ZONE
120mm OPTIONAL: GALVANISED
150mm
OR STAINLESS STEEL
304 OR 316
20°
POWDER COATED
MOUNTING COMPONENTS
MOUNTED DIRECTLY
ONTO CHUTE OR
BOLTED TO STRUCTURE
STANDARD CONTRUCTION & FINISHES FOR BELT WIDTHS FROM

BRELKO
600mm TO 2100mm E901-TT

TWIST TENSIONER MOUNTING
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

E901-031 REV. D
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5. Handling
immediately.
5.2. Work Safety
WARNING

standards.

an explosion.

E901 - Page 297 to 309 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5.3. Handling
5.4. Storage
BELT SCRAPERS
QTY DESCRIPTION
1 PRICKER
1 90° SET SQUARE
1 5M TAPE MEASURE
1 STANLEY KNIFE
2 M46 SET SPANNERS
2 M65 SET SPANNERS
3M NYLON ROPE
2 "G" CLAMPS - 6" - 8"
1 JIMMY LEVER
E901 - Page 298 to 309 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
6. Maintenance
be observed. The E901 Head Pulley Scraper operates at the discharge end of the conveyor and
E901 - Page 299 to 309 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

SHAFT
BELT WIDTH
(mm)
(mm)

Size 3 2000 900-1200 2/8.1.3
Size 4 2500 1350-1500 2/8.1.4
Size 4 3000 1650-1800 2/8.1.41
B. Torsion twist Tensioner and mount Size 1 & 2 N/A 400-750 2/2.33
assembly including bearing, bushes, Size 3 N/A 900-1200 2/2.34
mounting brackets and tensioner units
(Belt Widths 1500 to 2400 require 2 Twist Size 4 N/A 1350-2400 2/2.36
Tensioner Units)

150mm N/A N/A 2/7.81

shafts.
Size 3 2000 900-1200 2/8.1.3/3P
Size 4 2500 1350-1500 2/8.1.4/3P
Size 4 3000 1650-1800 2/8.1.41/3P
Size 5 4000 2100-2400 2/8.1.5/3P

2. Referring to the parts list check that the correct parts and quantities have been supplied for the model and belt width of
scraper ordered.
3. Normally scrapers are supplied with blades (3) and end stops (5) assembled and fixed to the carrier shaft. If this is not
the case, assemble as shown using lithium base grease as a lubricant to ease future removal of blades. If necessary, use
rubber mallet to tap the blades into the “V” track.
4. Proceed with installation as per installation guide.
E901 - Page 300 to 309 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
C 5 1
A
B
B
6 9a 9 7
LEGEND
CARRIER ASSEMBLY (SHAFT,V-TRACK & END CAPS) A

TWIST MOUNT ASSEMBLY (BEARING, BUSHES, MOUNTING BRACKETS & TWIST UNIT) B
BRELKO
POLY BLADE (120 & 150mm BLADES) C
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
PARTS LIST: FOR TWIST TENSIONER MOUNT PLEASE SPECIFY BELT WIDTH WHEN ORDERING E901-032 REV. D
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

1. Refer to the Assembly Instructions, Parts List and Parts list drawing to confirm that all the necessary parts have been
2. Remove mounting brackets (7) from nearside bearing assembly (9) and farside bearing assembly (8).
openings. The farside opening need only accommodate scraper adjustment.
• Note 1: - Shield the conveyor belt and head pulley to prevent burning during cutting and welding activities.
• Note 2: - The mounting brackets (7) may be omitted and the bearing plates bolted directly to the chute sides. Separate
chute access doors may then be required for inspection and maintenance access. Please consult a Brelko representative
for this installation option.
• Note : - Mounting brackets (7) can be welded or bolted to the chute sides.
7. Remove one or both carrier shaft (1) end caps and install scraper through nearside chute opening.
8. Position carrier (1) centrally with reference to belt edges and head pulley and attach the nearside bearing assembly (9)
and farside bearing assembly (8) to the mounting brackets (7).
9. Using nearside bearing assembly (9) and farside bearing assembly (8) as reference determine exact carrier (1) length,
mark off; remove carrier (1) and nearside bearing assembly (9) and farside bearing assembly (8).
10. Carefully cut carrier shaft (1) to required length and de-burr shaft ends, reposition carrier shaft (1) centrally with reference
to belt edges and head pulley.
11. Fit farside bearing bush (8a) over carrier shaft (1) end, and insert carrier shaft (1) end into farside bearing assembly (8).
Tighten bolts and nuts, finger tight only as further adjustment of the scraper will be required.
12. Fit nearside bearing bush (9a) over carrier shaft (1) end, and locate nearside bearing assembly (9) as shown. Tighten bolts
and nuts, finger tight only as further adjustment of the scraper will be required.
13. Complete welding of near and farside mounting brackets (7) or ensure all mounting brackets (7) nuts and bolts are firmly
fastened.
14. Locate tension unit (6) and insert holding bolt into matching holes between the nearside bearing assembly (9). Tighten
holding bolt and nut, finger tight only as further adjustment of the scraper will be required.
15. With reference to the dimension data sheet move scraper into the correct scraping position. Tighten bolts and nuts; do not
over tighten nuts and bolts as further adjustment of the scraper might be required.
16. Using large tool, turn tension unit to bias scraper against head pulley and insert holding bolt. The tensioner only needs to
be rotated until the first set of holding bolt holes between nearside bearing assemblies (9) align.
17. Firmly tighten all nuts and bolts.
18. Start the conveyor and check if all blades are in full contact with the belt surface. If further adjustment is required stop the
conveyor and adjust the scraper until the next set of holding bolt holes between nearside bearing assemblies (9) align or
until optimum cleaning is achieved.
E901 - Page 302 to 309 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
E901-TT TWIST TORSION MOUNT SINGLE ROW MULTI-BLADE HEAD PULLEY SCRAPER © 07-2015
BRACKETS TO BE WELDED TO CHUTE SIDES OR BOLTED TO STRUCTURE Ø14mm MOUNTING

NOTE: THESE MOUNTING BRACKETS CAN BE OMITTED, BUT ARE REQUIRED HOLES DIRECT ON CHUTE SIDES
WHEN THERE ARE NO CHUTE SIDES AVAILABLE. THEY ARE ALSO USED OR TO MOUNTING BRACKETS
AS AN ACCESS OPENING FOR INSTALLING AND REMOVING THE SCRAPER, AND FOR M12 MOUNTING BOLTS
TO PROVIDE ADJUSTMENT FOR FINAL POSITIONING.
10°
X WORK
ZONE
120mm (400 - 700mm) 80mm
150mm (900 - 2400mm) (TYP.)
20°
A
A
A
H
NOTE:
(C)
USE TWO SIZE 4 TWIST
P N
MOUNTS FOR BELT WIDTH
1500mm AND ABOVE L M
K
Z
CARRIER PIPE TO LENGTH UPON
DETAIL A
J
INSTALLATION OTHERWISE ADVICE E

(CHUTE CUT-OUT)
25°
VIEW ON ARROW "A"

B
BELT WIDTH 400 450 500 600 750 900 1050 1200 1350 1500 1650 1800 2100 2400
No. BLADES 3 3 4 4 6 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 13 14
SIZE RANGE 1 3 3 4 5
(RECOMMENDED)
A 53 61 61 61 61
B 112 140 140 145 145
C 168 210 210 215 215
D 150 150 150 200 200
E 215 280 280 295 295
Ø20mm MOUNTING F
F 110 115 115 155 155
HOLES DIRECT ONTO STRUCTURE
8
G 190 190 190 250 250 (CHUTE CUT-OUT)

(TYP.)
OR TO MOUNTING BRACKETS
H 280 350 350 360 360
J 100 100 100 150 150
FOR M16 MOUNTING BOLTS
K 300 310 310 310 310
L 240 250 250 250 250 D
M 60 60 60 60 60
G
N 35 35 35 35 35
BRELKO
P 5 10 10 10 10
Z 1200 1500 2000 2500 3000 4000 (3 PIECE)
E901-TT
X 360 360 480 480 720 750 900 1050 1200 1350 1500 1650 1950 2100 TWIST TENSIONER MOUNTING
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
INSTALLATION DETAIL: FOR TWIST TENSIONER MOUNT E901-033 REV. D
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

belt.
holder and blades.
E901 - Page 304 to 309 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
CODE:
CUSTOMER:
No : 25853
CONTACT TEL:
ATTENTION:
DATE IN:
CONTRACT/ORDER No.:

TOP COVER BUILD-UP
______________________________________________

NEW / EVEN
GROOVES / WORN
/ UNEVEN
PROTRUSIONS
EXCESSIVE
AVERAGE
LITTLE
BLADES / HOLDERS
MOUNTS
CARRIER
ASSEMBLY
SPINDLES
SKIRTING
OTHER SPARES
ADJUST SCRAPER SET
CLEANED

(please print)

OVER
©2003-05
25
YEARS
FS 007 8 8 2011 1 of 2
SAFETY :
CUSTOMER DETAILS
CONVEYOR DIMENSIONS
Edge Damage: Yes No

Comments:

Belt Movement:
Comments:
IDLER CHECK
Troughing Frame
Condition:
Comments:
PRIMARY SCRAPER
Housekeeping:
Comments:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 1 of 3

Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

Comments:

Comments:
KEYSKIRTING®
as Skirting
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 2 of 3
FEEDBOOTS

Housekeeping:
Comments:
HI - IMPACT SYSTEM
Comments:
AIR CANNONS
Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 3 of 3
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS


Poor cleaning
performance
Rapid Blade Wear
available options)
Centre wear on

Unusual wear or
damage to blade
Vibration or noise
Scraper being
pulley
E901 - Page 309 to 309 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
E911 HEAVY DUTY HEAD

PULLEY BELT SCRAPER
PATENTED
Model Number :
Purchase Date :
Purchased From :
Installation Date :
E911 - Page 310 to 327 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
Table of Contents
1. Disclaimer 312
2. Safety Note 312
5. Handling 315
5.3. Handling 316
5.4. Storage 316
6. Maintenance 317
E911 - Page 311 to 327 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
1. Disclaimer
be defective.
2. Safety Note

DANGER death.

WARNING injury.


Important:
procedures.
E911 - Page 312 to 327 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
E911 HEAVY DUTY HEAD

PULLEY BELT SCRAPER
PATENTED
APPLICATIONS
Suitable for larger pulley diameters and all types of conveyor belts and metal fasteners systems.
FEATURES
Slide over blade mounting makes blade changing simple.
profile.
E911 - Page 313 to 327 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
SAND BLASTED &

EPOXY POWDER COATED
POLYURETHANE CARRIER SHAFT
PRESSURE & COMPENSATE FOR UNEVEN
BLADES OPTIONAL: GALVANISED
BELT THICKNESS & PULLEY RUN OUT
OR STAINLESS STEEL 304
OR 316
10°
WORK
ZONE
250mm (TYP.)
20°
SLIDE OVER BLADE

MOUNTING
MOUNTING DIRECTLY POWDER COATED

ONTO CHUTE OR MOUNTING COMPONENTS
BOLTED TO STRUCTURE
BRELKO
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION & FINISHES FOR BELT WIDTHS FROM E911-TT

CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

PLEASE REFER TO DETAILED MANUAL FOR INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, MAINTENANCE & SPARE PARTS E911-001 REV. C
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5. Handling
immediately.
5.2. Work Safety
WARNING

standards.

an explosion.

E911 - Page 315 to 327 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5.3. Handling
5.4. Storage
BELT SCRAPERS
QTY DESCRIPTION
1 PRICKER
1 90° SET SQUARE
1 5M TAPE MEASURE
1 STANLEY KNIFE
2 M46 SET SPANNERS
2 M65 SET SPANNERS
3M NYLON ROPE
2 "G" CLAMPS - 6" - 8"
1 JIMMY LEVER
E911 - Page 316 to 327 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
6. Maintenance
E911 - Page 317 to 327 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

SHAFT
BELT WIDTH
(mm)
(mm)
A. Carrier Assembly Size 3 2000 900-1200 2/8.1.3

Size 4 2500 1350-1500 2/8.1.4
Size 4 3000 1650-1800 2/8.1.41
B. Torsion twist Tensioner and mount Size 3 N/A 900-1200 2/2.38

(Belt Widths 1500 to 2400 require 2 Twist
Tensioner Units)

shafts.
Size 4 3000 1650-1800 2/8.1.41/3P
Size 5 4000 2100-2400 2/8.1.5/3P

1. All scrapers will be supplied with carrier shaft wrapped and clearly marked with the model number, scraper blade grade
and belt width. Torsion twist tensioner mountings will be separately boxed. Scrapers will be supplied with all nuts and
bolts to complete the assembly and installation.
3. Normally scrapers are supplied with blades(3) assembled on the carrier shaft(1). If not, locate blades on carrier shaft as
shown; if necessary use a rubber mallet to tap the blades into position. Firmly tighten all bolts and nuts.
E911 - Page 318 to 327 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
C 1
B 9
7 8a 8
6 9a 7
LEGEND
CARRIER SHAFT A
BRELKO
POLY BLADE (250mm BLADES) C
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
PARTS LIST: FOR TWIST TENSIONER MOUNT PLEASE SPECIFY BELT WIDTH WHEN ORDERING E911-002 REV. C
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

fastened.
E911 - Page 320 to 327 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRACKETS TO BE WELDED TO CHUTE SIDES OR BOLTED TO STRUCTURE

NOTE: THESE MOUNTING BRACKETS CAN BE OMITTED, BUT ARE REQUIRED
WHEN THERE ARE NO CHUTE SIDES AVAILABLE, THEY ARE ALSO USED
AS AN ACCESS OPENING FOR INSTALLING AND REMOVING THE SCRAPER, AND
Ø14mm MOUNTING
HOLES DIRECT ON CHUTE SIDES
X OR TO MOUNTING BRACKETS
10°
FOR M12 MOUNTING BOLTS
WORK
250mm (TYP.)
ZONE
20°
80mm
(TYP.)
A A A
(C)
NOTE:
1500mm AND ABOVE Z
CARRIER PIPE CUT TO LENGTH UPON P
J
INSTALLATIONS OTHERWISE ADVICE

25°
(CHUTE CUT-OUT)
VIEW ON ARROW "A"

K
B
L M
BELT WIDTH 900 1050 1200 1350 1500 1650 1800 2100 2400
No. BLADES 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 8 N
(RECOMMENDED)
SIZE RANGE 4 4 5
A 66 66 66
B 183 183 183
C 237 237 237
D 200 200 200
E 355 355 355 20mm MOUNTING 155F
F 155 155 155 HOLES DIRECT ONTO STRUCTURE (CHUTE CUT-OUT)
8
G 250 250 250 OR TO MOUNTING BRACKETS

(TYP.)
H 420 420 420 FOR M16 MOUNTING BOLTS

H
J 150 150 150

K 310 310 310
D
L 250 250 250
G
M 60 60 60
N 35 35 35
BRELKO
P 10 10 10
Z 2000 2500 3000 4000 (3 PIECE) DETAIL A E911-TT
X 750 1000 1000 1250 1250 1500 1500 1750 2000 TWIST TENSIONER MOUNTING
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
INSTALLATION DETAIL: FOR TWIST TENSIONER MOUNT. ALWAYS SPECIFY BELT WIDTH WHEN ORDERING E911-003 REV. C
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

belt.
holder and blades.
E911 - Page 322 to 327 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
CODE:
CUSTOMER:
No : 25853
CONTACT TEL:
ATTENTION:
DATE IN:
CONTRACT/ORDER No.:

TOP COVER BUILD-UP
______________________________________________

NEW / EVEN
GROOVES / WORN
/ UNEVEN
PROTRUSIONS
EXCESSIVE
AVERAGE
LITTLE
BLADES / HOLDERS
MOUNTS
CARRIER
ASSEMBLY
SPINDLES
SKIRTING
OTHER SPARES
ADJUST SCRAPER SET
CLEANED

(please print)

OVER
©2003-05
25
YEARS
FS 007 8 8 2011 1 of 2
SAFETY :
CUSTOMER DETAILS
CONVEYOR DIMENSIONS
Edge Damage: Yes No

Comments:

Belt Movement:
Comments:
IDLER CHECK
Troughing Frame
Condition:
Comments:
PRIMARY SCRAPER
Housekeeping:
Comments:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 1 of 3

Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

Comments:

Comments:
KEYSKIRTING®
as Skirting
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 2 of 3
FEEDBOOTS

Housekeeping:
Comments:
HI - IMPACT SYSTEM
Comments:
AIR CANNONS
Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 3 of 3
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS


Poor cleaning
performance
Rapid Blade Wear
available options)
Centre wear on

Unusual wear or
damage to blade
Vibration or noise
Scraper being
pulley
E911 - Page 327 to 327 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
E951 COMPOSITE HEAVY DUTY

HEAD PULLEY BELT SCRAPER
PATENTED
Model Number :
Purchase Date :
Purchased From :
Installation Date :
E951 - Page 328 to 345 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
Table of Contents
1. Disclaimer 330
2. Safety Note 330
5. Handling 333
5.3. Handling 334
5.4. Storage 334
6. Maintenance 335
E951 - Page 329 to 345 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
1. Disclaimer
be defective.
2. Safety Note

DANGER death.

WARNING injury.


Important:
procedures.
E951 - Page 330 to 345 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
E951 COMPOSITE HEAVY DUTY

HEAD PULLEY BELT SCRAPER
PATENTED
APPLICATIONS
Can be used on high speed and steel cord belts.
Low impact small particle size materials only.
Suitable for all types of conveyor belts with vulcanized joints.
Suitable for use in corrosive conditions.
Used in conjunction with Brelko Secondary Scrapers.
FEATURES
Ceramic or Tungsten blade holders with Boron Carbide (BC) and Tungsten Carbide (T3) inserts for long life.
Compact torsion twist tensioners for easy adjustment.
Chute side mountings for easy adjustment and installation.
Low friction and heat generation.
running scraper.
E951 - Page 331 to 345 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
SAND BLASTED &

EPOXY POWDER COATED
CARRIER SHAFT
PRESSURE & COMPENSATE FOR UNEVEN
BELT THICKNESS & PULLEY RUN OUT.
COMPOSITE POLYURETHANE BLADE OPTIONS:
HARD WEARING CERAMIC WITH BORON CARBIDE TIP
OR HIGH IMPACT METAL HOLDER WITH TUNGSTEN
CARBIDE TIP.
10°
WORK
ZONE
20°
150mm (TYP.)
POWDER COATED
MOUNTING DIRECTLY
MOUNTING COMPONENTS
ONTO CHUTE OR
BOLTED TO STRUCTURE
BRELKO
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION & FINISHES FOR BELT WIDTHS FROM E951-TT

CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

E951-041 REV. D
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5. Handling
immediately.
5.2. Work Safety
WARNING

standards.

an explosion.

E951 - Page 333 to 345 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5.3. Handling
5.4. Storage
BELT SCRAPERS
QTY DESCRIPTION
1 PRICKER
1 90° SET SQUARE
1 5M TAPE MEASURE
1 STANLEY KNIFE
2 M46 SET SPANNERS
2 M65 SET SPANNERS
3M NYLON ROPE
2 "G" CLAMPS - 6" - 8"
1 JIMMY LEVER
E951 - Page 334 to 345 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
6. Maintenance
E951 - Page 335 to 345 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

SHAFT
BELT WIDTH
(mm)
(mm)

Size 4 2500 1350-1500 2/8.1.4
Size 4 3000 1650-1800 2/8.1.41
B. Torsion twist Tensioner and mount Size 2 N/A 400-750 2/2.33

Tensioner Units)
C. Composite Poly Blades

Steel Holder and T3 Tip 150mm N/A N/A 2/6.52
Ceramic Holder and BC Tip 150mm N/A N/A 2/6.53

shafts.
Size 4 2500 1350-1500 2/8.1.4/3P
Size 4 3000 1650-1800 2/8.1.41/3P
Size 5 4000 2100-2400 2/8.1.5/3P

2. Referring to the parts list check that the correct parts and quantities have been supplied for the model and belt width of
scraper ordered.
3. Normally scrapers are supplied with blades (3) and end stops (5) assembled and fixed to the carrier shaft. If this is not
the case, assemble as shown using lithium base grease as a lubricant to ease future removal of blades. If necessary, use
rubber mallet to tap the blades into the “V” track.
• Note : - Care should be taken when handling the ceramic components.
E951 - Page 336 to 345 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
3 C 5 1
7 8a 8
6 9a 9 7
LEGEND
CARRIER SHAFT A
BRELKO
COMPOSITE POLY BLADE (150mm BLADES) C
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
PARTS LIST: FOR TWIST TENSIONER MOUNT PLEASE SPECIFY BELT WIDTH WHEN ORDERING E951-043 REV. D
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

fastened.
E951 - Page 338 to 345 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
Ø14mm MOUNTING
BRACKETS TO BE WELDED TO CHUTE SIDES OR BOLTED TO STRUCTURE HOLES DIRECT ON CHUTE SIDES
NOTE: THESE MOUNTING BRACKETS CAN BE OMITTED, BUT ARE REQUIRED OR TO MOUNTING BRACKETS
WHEN THERE ARE NO CHUTE SIDES AVAILABLE. THEY ARE ALSO USED FOR M12 MOUNTING BOLTS
AS AN ACCESS OPENING FOR INSTALLING AND REMOVING THE SCRAPER, AND
X WORK
10°
80mm A ZONE
150mm (TYP.)
(TYP.)
A A
20°
K
L M
N
NOTE:
(C)
1500mm AND ABOVE
P
Z
H
J
310
INSTALLITION OTHERWISE ADVICE

25°
VIEW ON ARROW "A"
DETAIL A
B

BELT WIDTH 600 750 900 1050 1200 1350 1500 1650 1800 2100 2400
No. BLADES 3 4 5 5 6 7 7 8 9 11 13
(RECOMMENDED)
SIZE RANGE 2 3 4 5
A 53 61 61 61
B 145 145 155 155
C 205 205 205 205
D 150 150 200 200
F
Ø20mm MOUNTING (CHUTE CUT-OUT)
E 280 280 295 295 HOLES DIRECT ONTO STRUCTURE
F 115 115 155 155 OR TO MOUNTING BRACKETS
G 190 190 250 250 FOR M16 MOUTING BOLTS
H 350 350 360 360
J 100 100 150 150 D
K 300 300 310 310
L 240 240 250 250
M 60 60 60 60 G
N 20 20 25 25
BRELKO
P 5 10 10 10 E951-TT
Z 1500 2000 2500 3000 4000 (3 PIECE) TWIST TENSIONER MOUNTING
X 450 600 750 750 900 1050 1050 1200 1350 1650 1950
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

belt.
holder and blades.
E951 - Page 340 to 345 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
CODE:
CUSTOMER:
No : 25853
CONTACT TEL:
ATTENTION:
DATE IN:
CONTRACT/ORDER No.:

TOP COVER BUILD-UP
______________________________________________

NEW / EVEN
GROOVES / WORN
/ UNEVEN
PROTRUSIONS
EXCESSIVE
AVERAGE
LITTLE
BLADES / HOLDERS
MOUNTS
CARRIER
ASSEMBLY
SPINDLES
SKIRTING
OTHER SPARES
ADJUST SCRAPER SET
CLEANED

(please print)

OVER
©2003-05
25
YEARS
FS 007 8 8 2011 1 of 2
SAFETY :
CUSTOMER DETAILS
CONVEYOR DIMENSIONS
Edge Damage: Yes No

Comments:

Belt Movement:
Comments:
IDLER CHECK
Troughing Frame
Condition:
Comments:
PRIMARY SCRAPER
Housekeeping:
Comments:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 1 of 3

Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

Comments:

Comments:
KEYSKIRTING®
as Skirting
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 2 of 3
FEEDBOOTS

Housekeeping:
Comments:
HI - IMPACT SYSTEM
Comments:
AIR CANNONS
Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 3 of 3
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS


Poor cleaning
performance
Rapid Blade Wear
available options)
Centre wear on

Unusual wear or
damage to blade
Vibration or noise
Scraper being
pulley
E951 - Page 345 to 345 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
E955 PREMIUM HEAD

PULLEY BELT SCRAPER
PATENTED
Model Number :
Purchase Date :
Purchased From :
Installation Date :
E955 - Page 346 to 363 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
Table of Contents
1. Disclaimer 348
2. Safety Note 348
5. Handling 351
5.3. Handling 352
5.4. Storage 352
6. Maintenance 353
E955 - Page 347 to 363 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
1. Disclaimer
be defective.
2. Safety Note

DANGER death.

WARNING injury.


Important:
procedures.
E955 - Page 348 to 363 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
E955 PREMIUM HEAD

PULLEY BELT SCRAPER
PATENTED
APPLICATIONS
Suitable for all types of conveyor belts with vulcanized joints.
FEATURES
Slide over blade mounting makes blade changing simple.
profile.
E955 - Page 349 to 363 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
TWIST UNIT TO MAINTAIN CONTANT GLASS REINFORCED NYLON BLADE

PRESSURE & COMPONSATE FOR UNEVEN PRE-TENSION TORSION HOLDERS
BELT THICKNESS & PULLEY RUN OUT. WITH INTERGRAL FRONT & REAR
DEFLECTOR SKIRTS.
SAND BLASTED &

EPOXY POWDER COATED
CARRIER SHAFT BLADE OPTIONS:
10°
OPTIONAL: GALVANISED OR TUNGSTEN CARBIDE - (2 GRADES) WORK
STAINLESS STEEL 304 OR 316 ZONE
20°
150mm (TYP.)
V-TRACK OPTIONS:
POWDER COATED
MOUNTING COMPONENTS
MOUNTED DIRECTLY
ONTO CHUTE OR
BOLTED TO STRUCTURE

BRELKO
400mm TO 2400mm E955-TT

TWIST TENSIONER MOUNTING
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

E955-002 REV. B
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5. Handling
immediately.
5.2. Work Safety
WARNING

standards.

an explosion.

E955 - Page 351 to 363 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5.3. Handling
5.4. Storage
BELT SCRAPERS
QTY DESCRIPTION
1 PRICKER
1 90° SET SQUARE
1 5M TAPE MEASURE
1 STANLEY KNIFE
2 M46 SET SPANNERS
2 M65 SET SPANNERS
3M NYLON ROPE
2 "G" CLAMPS - 6" - 8"
1 JIMMY LEVER
E955 - Page 352 to 363 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
6. Maintenance
E955 - Page 353 to 363 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

SHAFT
BELT WIDTH
(mm)
(mm)
A. Carrier Assembly Including shaft, “V” track Size 1 1200 400-500 2/8.1.1
and end stops. Size 2 1500 600-750 2/8.1.2
Size 3 2000 900-1200 2/8.1.3
Size 4 2500 1350-1500 2/8.1.4
Size 4 3000 1650-1800 2/8.1.41
B. Torsion twist Tensioner and mount assembly Size 2 N/A 400-750 2/2.33
including bearing, bushes, mounting Size 3 N/A 900-1200 2/2.34
brackets and tensioner units
Tensioner Units)
D. Optional / 3-Piece Shaft Assembly including Size 1 1200 400-500 2/8.1.1/3P

inner carrier shaft, outer carrier shafts. Size 2 1500 600-750 2/8.1.2/3P
Size 3 2000 900-1200 2/8.1.3/3P
Size 4 2500 1350-1500 2/8.1.4/3P
Size 4 3000 1650-1800 2/8.1.41/3P
Size 5 4000 2100-2400 2/8.1.5/3P

Triplex Tungsten blade (4mm) -T3 150mm N/A N/A 2/6.33
J. Torsion Holder 150mm N/A N/A 2/5.50

Triplex Tungsten blade (4mm) -T3 150mm N/A N/A 2/6.31

set screws.
E955 - Page 354 to 363 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
3 K J 5 1
7 8a 8
H
A
6 9a 9 7
LEGEND
CARRIER ASSEMBLY (V-TRACK,END STOPS) A

TORSION HOLDER ASSEMBLY - 150mm H
TORSION HOLDER ASSEMBLY C/W BLADE (SPECIFY GRADE) J
BRELKO
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
PARTS LIST: FOR TWIST TENSIONER MOUNT PLEASE SPECIFY BELT WIDTH WHEN ORDERING E955-003 REV. B
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

fastened.
E955 - Page 356 to 363 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRACKETS TO BE WELDED TO CHUTE SIDES OR BOLTED TO STRUCTURE

NOTE: THESE MOUNTING BRACKETS CAN BE OMITTED, BUT ARE REQUIRED
WHEN THERE ARE NO CHUTE SIDES AVAILABLE. THEY ARE ALSO USED
AS AN ACCESS OPENING FOR INSTALLING AND REMOVING THE SCRAPER, Ø14mm MOUNTING
AND TO PROVIDE ADJUSTMENT FOR FINAL POSITIONING. HOLES DIRECT ON CHUTE SIDES
OR TO MOUNTING BRACKETS
X FOR M12 MOUNTING BOLTS
10°
80mm WORK
150mm (TYP.) (TYP.) A ZONE
A A
2 0°
M
L M
NOTE:
(C)
1500mm AND ABOVE
J
P
E
Z
INSTALLATION OTHERWISE ADVICE
(CHUTE CUT-OUT)
VIEW ON ARROW "A" B
DIMENSION TABLE (mm) DETAIL A

(RECOMMENDED)
BELT WIDTH 400 450 500 600 750 900 1050 1200 1350 1500 1650 1800 2100 2400
No. BLADES 2 2 3 3 4 5 5 6 7 7 8 10 11 13
SIZE RANGE 1 2 3 4 5
A 3 3 3 3 3
B 112 112 140 145 145
F
8
C 168 168 210 215 215 Ø20mm MOUNTING

CHUTE CUT-OUT
(TYP.)
D 150 150 150 200 200 HOLES DIRECT ONTO STRUCTURE

E 215 215 280 295 295 OR TO MOUNTING BRACKETS
F 110 115 115 155 155 FOR M16 MOUNTING BOLTS
G 190 190 190 250 250
H 280 350 350 360 360 D
J 100 100 100 150 150
K 300 300 300 310 310
G
L 240 240 240 250 250
M 60 60 60 60 60
N 35 35 35 35 35 E955-TT
BRELKO
P 5 5 10 10 10 TWIST TENSIONER MOUNTING

Z 1200 1500 2000 2500 3000 4000 (3 PIECE)
X 300 300 450 450 600 750 750 900 1050 1050 1200 1350 1650 1950
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

belt.
holder and blades.
E955 - Page 358 to 363 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
CODE:
CUSTOMER:
No : 25853
CONTACT TEL:
ATTENTION:
DATE IN:
CONTRACT/ORDER No.:

TOP COVER BUILD-UP
______________________________________________

NEW / EVEN
GROOVES / WORN
/ UNEVEN
PROTRUSIONS
EXCESSIVE
AVERAGE
LITTLE
BLADES / HOLDERS
MOUNTS
CARRIER
ASSEMBLY
SPINDLES
SKIRTING
OTHER SPARES
ADJUST SCRAPER SET
CLEANED

(please print)

OVER
©2003-05
25
YEARS
FS 007 8 8 2011 1 of 2
SAFETY :
CUSTOMER DETAILS
CONVEYOR DIMENSIONS
Edge Damage: Yes No

Comments:

Belt Movement:
Comments:
IDLER CHECK
Troughing Frame
Condition:
Comments:
PRIMARY SCRAPER
Housekeeping:
Comments:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 1 of 3

Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

Comments:

Comments:
KEYSKIRTING®
as Skirting
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 2 of 3
FEEDBOOTS

Housekeeping:
Comments:
HI - IMPACT SYSTEM
Comments:
AIR CANNONS
Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 3 of 3
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS


Poor cleaning
performance
Rapid Blade Wear
available options)
Centre wear on

Unusual wear or
damage to blade
Vibration or noise
Scraper being
pulley
E955 - Page 363 to 363 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
AIR CANNON
BULK MATERIAL FLOW ACTIVATOR
Patented
Model Number :
Purchase Date :
Purchased From :
Installation Date :
Model number information can be found on the Label found on the Air Cannon carton or on the
side of the Air Cannon itself. This information will be helpful for any future inquiries or questions
about Air Cannon replacement parts, specifications or troubleshooting.
AIR CANNON - Page 364 to 388 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
Table of Contents
1. Disclaimer 366
2. Safety Note 366
4. General Information - Air Cannons 366
4.2. Reference Drawing - AIR-052 368
4.3. Which industries are potential users? 369
4.4. Theory of Operation 370
4.5. The Efficiency of an Air Cannon is determined by the following factors: 370
4.6. Advantages of Brelko Air Cannons with respect to all other manufacturers 370
4.7. Application 371
4.8. General Recommendations (See sketches 1, 2, 3, & 4) 372
5. Handling 375
5.3. Handling 376
5.4. Storage 376
5.5. Preparations for installing equipment 376
6. Maintenance 377
6.1. Periodic Visual Inspection (Every 2-4 Weeks) 377
6.2. Quarterly Maintenance 378
6.3. Annual Maintenance 378
6.4. Annual Inspections and Pressure Testing 378
7. Replacement Instructions 383
7.1. To replace or repair the quick exhaust valve 383
7.2. To replace main diaphragm 383
7.3. Spare Parts List - 1 Year of operation 383
7.4. Spare Parts List - 2 Years of operation 383
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
1. Disclaimer
Brelko Conveyor Products (Pty) Ltd hereby disclaims any liability for: damage due to contamination
be defective.
2. Safety Note

DANGER death.

WARNING injury.


Important:
4. General Information - Air Cannons

Brelko Air Cannons are designed to operate with minimum maintenance. However, to
maintain superior performance some service is required. When the Air Cannon is installed
a regular maintenance program should be set up. This program will ensure that the Air
Cannon operates at optimal efficiency and problems can be identified and fixed before the
Air Cannon stops working. All safety procedures for inspection of equipment (stationary or
operating) must be observed. Service tasks can be done only with the conveyor stopped and
by observing the correct lockout/tag-out procedures.
Note: Ensure the vessel is empty
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
AIR CANNON
BULK MATERIAL FLOW ACTIVATOR
Patented
GENERAL
Brelko Air Cannons are pneumatic, bulk material flow activating systems that quickly release compressed
air into a storage vessel to restore flow to material that is clinging, bridging, rat holing or arching. This
manual provides instructions for installing Air Cannons.
APPLICATIONS
Used to remove and prevent blockages and build-up of bulk material in silos, bins, hoppers, chutes etc.
Resolve bulk flow problems where other methods are expensive, use more energy, damage the storage
vessel, are excessively noisy and unreliable.
FEATURES
Unique diaphragm main valve results in extremely rapid operation and therefore more effective size for
size.
Only one moving part.
Easy maintenance, no need to remove air cannon.
Safe to operate and maintain.
BRELKO AIR CANNON - BULK MATERIAL FLOW ACTIVATOR SYSTEM © 07-2015
VARIABLE CONTROL OPTIONS

2
AIR SUPPLY
4 TO BAR
EASY INTERNAL INSPECTION &
REPLACEMENT OF DIAPHRAGM
3
3 WAY VALVE
4
-REMOTE DIAPHRAGM
AIR AIR
-DIAPHAGM IS THE ONLY MOVING PART
-NON STICK SELF CLEANING SEAT
-INSTRINSICALLY SAFE OPERATION
-MORE EFFECTIVE, EXTREMELY RAPID
ACTION
CHARGING DISCHARGING
SIZE RANGE STANDARD EQUIPMENT OPTIONAL EXTRAS
BB005 - 5 LITRES 1. QUICK EXHAUST VALVE - MANUAL PUSH BUTTON

- SINGLE TIMER C/W SOLENOID VALVE
BB010 - 10 LITRES 2. NON RETURN VALVE - SEQUENTIAL TIMER INCLUDING ENCLOSURE &
SOLENOID VALVE.
BB025 - 25 LITRES 3. PRESSURE GAUGE - ( OVER 10 LTRS ONLY ) - ADAPTER PIPES 90° FLANGE ADAPTER PIPE
BB050 - 50 LITRES 4. SAFETY VALVE - ( OVER 10 LTRS ONLY )
BB100 - 100 LITRES 5. TEST CERTIFICATE - ( OVER 10 LTRS ONLY )

BRELKO
BB200 - 200 LITRES

AIR LANCE STAIGHT FLANGED ADAPTER PIPE
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

AIR-052 REV. B
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
4.3. Which industries are potential users?

In principle every industry where material is stored or used.
Below are some examples:
• Agriculture Soybean and other meals

• Cable Industry Talc, Plastic granules
• Cement Factories Cement, Gypsum, Limestone, etc.
• Ceramic Industry Clay, Sand
• Chemical Factories Wash powders, etc
• Coke Works Coke, Coal
• Concrete Industry Cement, Sand
• Fertilizer Works Fertilizer and raw materials
• Fish Meal Fish meal
• Food Industry Flour, Milk powder, Salt, Sugar, etc.
• Foundries Used sand, New sand, Bentonite, Carbon, etc.
• Glass Factories Batch materials
• Paper Industry Coal, Wood chips
• Power Stations Coal, Bottom ash, Fly ash, Gypsum
• Rubber or Re-threading Rubber dust, Batch Materials
• Steel Works Coal, Ore, Additives, Dust, etc.
• Timber Industry Sawdust and Chips
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
4.4. Theory of Operation

The triggering mechanism is located in the upper cylindrical portion of the vessel and is an integral
part of the removable lid. When compressed air is introduced to the chamber above the diaphragm
via the 3-way and quick exhaust valves, the discharge is closed by the diaphragm. Simultaneously
the vessel is filled with compressed air through a non-return valve. This non-return valve closes off
when the quick release valve is triggered, thus preventing any reverse flow.
Why is a (preferably large) quick exhaust valve necessary? When the Air Cannon is triggered by
activating the 3-way valve, it is desirable that the diaphragm be displaced upwards as rapidly as
possible thus exposing the full discharge opening in the shortest possible time. To achieve this, the
air contained above the diaphragm must be vented as quickly as possible. The greatly superior
operating characteristics of the Brelko Air Cannons are a direct result of this combination of high
capacity and quality quick-exhaust valve with a light weight, positive seal diaphragm.
When the connecting hose (or tube) between the 3-way valve and quick-exhaust valve is vented to
the atmosphere the quick-exhaust valve reacts instantaneously and immediately opens the large
port to vent the chamber above the diaphragm. Release of pressure in the connection (max. 10m
long) is effected by moving (either manually or electrically) the 3-way valve from the “Fill” to the
“Vent” position. Why then is it not possible to mount an extra large 3-way valve directly on the lid so
that the quick-exhaust valve cost may be saved? There are two reasons:
• Firstly, a 3-way valve of comparable capacity to the quick-exhaust valve is relatively
expensive and does not have the efficiency of operation of such a quick-exhaust valve.
• Secondly, an electric cable as well as air supply would have to be laid to the Air Cannon
since manual operation would in most cases not be possible due to the fact that the units
usually have to be mounted in relatively inaccessible positions.
4.5. The Efficiency of an Air Cannon is determined by the following factors:
1. The cross sectional area of the quick-exhaust valve outlet and resulting from that:
2. The speed with which the diaphragm (or main valve) opens the vessels discharge tube.
3. The cross-section of the discharge tube.
4. The size of the air vessel.
5. The correct position of the air cannon.
6. The correct discharge angle.
The complete vessel, lid and discharge tube is coated with high grade polyamide plastic. This
provides protection against virtually all environmental conditions. The diaphragm is moulded from
heat resistant rubber (-30ºC to +100ºC) with a fabric core. No sparking can occur during operation.
All bolts, nuts and washers are zinc plated. The quick-exhaust valve and non-return valve are nickel
plated brass. “Klingerite” gaskets for the discharge tube mounting flanges, as well as suspension
chain with turn-buckle and hook (for cannon sizes BB025 upwards) are supplied with the units.
4.6. Advantages of Brelko Air Cannons with respect to all other manufacturers
For equal pressure vessel capacity the Brelko Air Cannons are more efficient because:
1. The diaphragm is very light.
2. The response time to move the diaphragm and open the vessel discharge tube is measured
in milliseconds.
3. The complete operating mechanism is contained on or under the lid and therefore very
easy to service and maintain.
4. The diaphragm requires no maintenance and has a very long life.
5. Not to be ignored, the Brelko Air Cannon is completely plastic coated, corrosion free and
may be used in the food industry without reserve.
6. Intrinsically safe, cannot fail and trap air under pressure.
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
4.7. Application
• Why blockages are always found or why do they occur, in certain bunkers or silos?
• How and where must Air Cannons be mounted?
• How must Cannons be used?
• How often must they be discharged?
1. Many circumstances and factors together provide the answer to the above questions. Good
practical experience and accumulated information can all contribute positively to the solution
of this problem. The following are general hints and recommendations.
2. When the free gravitational fall or flow of bulk material does not take place on a continuous
basis, a blockage will occur. This interruption of flow is due to too high a frictional force existing
between the bunker wall and material or when too high an internal friction in the bulk material
occurs when it consolidates.
3. The function of an Air Cannon is to reduce or eliminate these friction forces by introducing into
the bulk material a greater amount of air than the material can absorb in a very short space of
time (20-120 m/s dependent on the vessel size).
4. Build-up and compacting of bulk material in a chute, transfer tube, dust extraction duct, filter
outlets and other similar places can be combated or entirely prevented simply through blasting
the caked material from the wall.
5. In the case of blocked bunkers/silos the Air Cannons are normally mounted at an angle of
approximately 60º to the bunker wall, both in the vertical and conical part of the bunker/silo. In
this way, the friction between bulk material and bunker/silo wall, as well as the internal friction
of the bulk material are reduced so that flow is restored or maintained.
6. When a bulk material container (bunker/silo) has a flat bottom, a chimney can be formed above
the outlet opening. In such cases the Air Cannon discharge can be introduced vertically (from
the bottom) and the end of the discharge tube fitted with a bend in the direction of the outlet.
In addition, Air Cannons can be positioned to discharge from the sides of the container in the
direction of the outlet. Both positions result in a reduction of the internal friction and restore or
maintain normal flow.
7. In the case of a tall silo or bunker, blockages can occur when high pressures are exerted on the
material in the conical or outlet area of the silo. These high pressures are as a result of the height
of the material column or a sudden drop of large amounts of material. In these cases a number of
Air Cannons must be mounted in a spiral pattern on the conical or lower portion of the container.
These Air Cannons are then triggered sequentially from the lowest to the highest.
8. It may also be necessary to mount 2 or 3 units in the vicinity of the outlet with their discharges
directed at the outlet.
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
4.8. General Recommendations (See sketches 1, 2, 3, & 4)

1. With chimney formation and bridging (sketches 1 & 2) Air Cannons are mounted in the
vicinity of the outlet as well as in the parallel part of the silo.
2. When arching in the bunker/silo body or building-up on the conical part occurs (sketch 3 &
4) usually blasting on one plane is sufficient, i.e. when arching in the bunker/silo just after
the parallel position commences and with build-up at the top of the cone downwards along
the cone wall.
Sketch - 1 Sketch - 2
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
The sketches 5, 6 , 7 & 8 show further examples of blockages which can be relieved through application
of Air Cannons.
The approximate effective radius of an Air Cannon on the container wall as well as into bulk material
is:
BB003 Discharge Tube = dia 40mm Range R = ca 500mm at 6-8 bar
BULK MATERIAL - A BULK MATERIAL - B

• Bulk density less than T/m3 • Bulk density less than T/m3.
• Material with low internal coefficient of • Material the agglomerates.
friction
• Coarse Material.
• Dry, fine material
• Outlet cone wall angle more than 50º.
• Outlet cone wall angle more than 50º
• Large outlet opening.
• Small outlet opening
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
The effective range of the Air Cannon, the size of the bunker/silo and the number and size of the
outlets, together with material characteristics determine the number and sizes of the Air Cannons
required.
The following two tables give a rough indication of the number of canons in relation to the container
size and material characteristics for round silos and square or rectangular bunkers. To compare
round silos with square or rectangular bunkers the diameter of the silo must be multiplied by PI (3,
14) since square or rectangular bunkers are sized by perimeter length.
Table -1
DIAMETER OF SILO IN METRES
Cannon Type Material 1.5 3 4.5 6 7.5 10

BB010 Coarse 2 * * * * *
Fine 2 2 * * * *
BB025 Coarse 2 3 * * * *
Fine 2 2 3 * * *
BB050 Coarse * * 3 4 6 *
Fine * * 2 3 5 *
BB100 Coarse * * 3 4 5 6
Fine * * 2 2 4 5
BB200 Coarse * * * 3 4 5
Fine * * * 2 3 4
Table -2
PERIMETER OF SQUARE OR RECTANGULAR BUNKERS IN METRES
Cannon Type Material 5 9 14 19 23 31

BB010 Coarse 5 * * * * *
Fine 3 3 * * * *
BB025 Coarse 2 4 * * * *
Fine * 3 4 * * *
BB050 Coarse * * 3 4 * *
Fine * * 2 3 * *
BB100 Coarse * * * 3 5 *
Fine * * * 2 4 *
BB200 Coarse * * * * 4 5
Fine * * * * 3 4
A further development is the use of internal air lances to dissipate the Air Cannon blast down and
sideways along the internal surface of the container. This is particular useful when there may be a
tendency for the blocked material to consolidate, cling to the container walls and in corners and the
Air Cannon blast a hole through it without moving much of the stagnant material.
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5. Handling
immediately.
5.2. Work Safety
work will be carried out on raised platforms. Before you move any equipment, check that it is
securely attached to the lifting equipment. Always observe local safety regulations.
WARNING

standards.

an explosion.

BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5.3. Handling
When equipment is unloaded from the transportation vehicle onto customer’s platform, place
it on boards spaced max 1m apart at a minimum of 5cm from the ground.
5.4. Storage
Equipment can be stored unpacked or in transportation packaging. Equipment must not be
stored on top of one another, protect the equipment by storing it in a cool dry area on a flat
surface.
5.5. Preparations for installing equipment
AIR CANNON
QTY DESCRIPTION
1 PRICKER
1 90° SET SQUARE
1 5M TAPE MEASURE
1 STANLEY KNIFE
3M NYLON ROPE
2 "G" CLAMPS - 6" - 8"
1 JIMMY LEVER
2 1 TON LEVER HOIST
4 1M NYLON SLING
1 SCREW DRIVER SET
1 DRILLING MACHINE
1 SET DRILL BITS
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
6. Maintenance
Brelko Air Cannons are designed to operate with minimum maintenance. With all of the parts
that could possibly require attention being fitted to or under the lid of the Air Cannon, therefore
it is unnecessary to remove the Air Cannon for maintenance or repair. When the Air Cannon is
installed a regular maintenance program should be set up. This program will ensure that the
Air Cannon operates at optimal efficiency and problems can be identified and fixed before
the Air Cannon stops working. All safety procedures for inspection of equipment (stationary or
operating) must be observed. The Air Cannon operates in silos, bins, hoppers, chutes etc. Only
visual observations can be made while the belt is running. Service tasks can be done only with
the conveyor stopped and by observing the correct lockout/Tag-out procedures.
The only moving parts are:
• The seal in the quick-exhaust valve.
• The main outlet diaphragm.
These parts require no lubrication but it is recommended that the air supply is fitted with an
air-filter, lubricator and self draining water trap. The following steps will ensure maximum
operation of the installed Air Cannon(s); and will greatly reduce wear and fatigue of the moving
components as well as increasing the life of the Air Cannon(s). Frequency of these checks will
depend on the plants maintenance policy but it is recommended that it be done at least once
every two weeks.
Before any physical maintenance the following must be completed, failing to do so can lead to
severe personal injury or even loss of life.
• Isolate air supply to Air Cannon’s and disconnect air supply pipe from quick exhaust
valve.
• Discharge / fire Air Cannon’s.
6.1. Periodic Visual Inspection (Every 2-4 Weeks)
6.1.1. Air Supply
a. Check air supply, it should be at least 4 bar (gauge) and all supply line valves to be
open.
b. Check self draining water taps and ensure that they are free from any blockages
and that no water build-up is present in the receiver, if so; replace water trap or
remove blockage and drain water.
c. Check air filters, if air filters are dirty replace or clean them.
d. Listen for air filling the Air Cannon, if not; see trouble shooting below.
6.1.2. 3-Way Valve
a. The vent port should exhaust a small quantity of air, if not; repair or replace (see
instructions below).
b. Electric 3-Way solenoid valve should be heard to “click”, if not; repair or replace (see
6.1.3. Quick-exhaust Valve
a. Check if quick-exhaust valve on the lid vents, if not; repair or replace (see instructions
below).
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
6.2. Quarterly Maintenance

6.2.1. Main Diaphragm
a. Remove Air Cannon lid and check main diaphragm, if damaged replace (see
6.2.2. Discharge pipes
a. Check connecting pipes, nozzles, lances etc. for excessive material build-up and
blockages, if this is the case; remove and clean.
6.3. Annual Maintenance
6.3.1. Main Diaphragm
a. Replace main diaphragm (see instructions below).
6.3.2. Valves, and fittings
a. Replace any components that show excessive wear and tear.
6.3.3. Air Cannon Body
a. Re-certification required: qualified engineer specialising in pressure vessels to
inspect the Air Cannon shell for signs of fatigue or corrosion.
6.4. Annual Inspections and Pressure Testing
Important:
6.4.1. First year of operation
a. Re-certification required - A qualified engineer specialising in pressure vessels to
inspect Air Cannon shell for signs of fatigue or corrosion
6.4.2. Second year of operation
a. Re-certification required - A qualified engineer specialising in pressure vessels to
inspect Air Cannon shell for signs of fatigue or corrosion
Note: All testing to be done on site
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
PARTS LIST - REF. DRW. No.: AIR-034

ITEM No. ITEM PART No.
1 Pressure Vessel Specify Capacity
2 Pressure Gauge Specify Capacity
3 Safety Valve Specify Capacity
4 Non Return Valve Specify Capacity
5 Quick Exhaust Valve Specify Capacity
6 Safety Chain N/A
7 Diaphragm seat Specify Capacity
8 Diaphragm Specify Capacity
9 Air Cannon Lid Specify Capacity
10 Lid Hold Down Bolts N/A
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
1. Once installed (see instructions) the Air Cannon should remain pressurised even when not operating. This is to prevent the
ingress of material up the discharge pipe and fouling the main diaphragm.
2. Where the Air Cannons are electrically operated, the power supply should be isolated when they are out of use or during
maintenance. The air supply need only be interrupted during maintenance.
3. Frequency of firing is determined from actual conditions and should be reduced to the effective minimum to conserve air.
4. The Air Cannon should not be fired when there is no discharge from the container or if it is empty. Not only is this wasteful
but it could be detrimental to the overall effectiveness of the system.
5. At least once a year the Air Cannon should be inspected and opened to check the main diaphragm condition and for
internal corrosion. See maintenance instructions for correct procedure.
AIR CANNON - BULK MATERIAL FLOW ACTIVATOR SYSTEM © 07-2015
10 9 8 7 1 6
LEGEND
COMPONENT
DESCRIPTION
I.D.
1 PRESSURE VESSEL
2 PRESSURE GAUGE
3 SAFETY VALVE
3
4 NON RETURN VALVE
5 QUICK EXHAUST VALVE

4
6 SAFETY CHAIN
7 DIAPHRAM SEAT
8 DIAPHRAM
BRELKO
9 AIR CANNON LID

5
10 LID HOLD DOWN BOLTS & NUTS
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
PARTS LIST: BRELKO AIR CANNON AIR-034 REV. C
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
STANDARD SUPPLY INSTALLATION GUIDE- REF. DRW. No.: AIR-035

Every installation differs according to the circumstances but the following points must always be considered: -
1. The discharge pipe (1, 2 & 3) must be attached to the container wall with its outlet flush with the inside surface. This is to
prevent the introduction of a new obstacle, which can lead to further blockages.
2. On the lid of the Air Cannon there is a quick exhaust valve. Its outlet must be kept free and preferably point downwards
to prevent the accumulation of foreign material. An optional extra is the fitting of an exhaust silencer, which also acts as
a filter.
3. Due to the mass of the Air Cannon, use should be made of a suspension chain supplied with models 25 litre (BB025) and
larger.
4. The 3-way operating valve (manual or electric) should be no more than 10 metres from the Air Cannon. The vent port of
the 3-way operating valve must have an orifice of at least 6mm diameter.
5. The discharge air pipe should be kept as short as possible with a minimum of bends. Difficult installations requiring long
discharge pipes need to be investigated thoroughly, and could require a larger Air Cannon to be fitted to overcome
discharge losses.
6. Supply air pressure should be at least 4- bar with a maximum of 8-bar. If there is a possibility of the air pressure exceeding
8-bar, then a safety relief valve must be fitted in the supply line. Also if the air supply drops below 4-bar then a booster is
recommended to ensure efficient operation.
Installation Examples
CHUTE /
AIR CANNON
HOPPER SIDE
CHUTE /
HOPPER SIDE
AIR LANCE SAFETY CHAIN

SAFETY CHAIN
AIR CANNON
AIR CANNON
ADAPTER PIPE ADAPTER PIPE
CHUTE /
HOPPER SIDE
AIR CANNON - BULK MATERIAL FLOW ACTIVATOR SYSTEM © 07-2015
D D
* MANUAL PUSH BUTTON
OR
* SINGLE TIMER WITH SOLENOID
C OR
* CONTROLLER / SOLENOID ENCLOSURE
(UP TO 10 AIR CANNONS)
D
B
A A = AIR SUPPLY
B = CHECK VALVE H
C = LOCKOUT BALL VALVE

G
D = SOLENNOID CONNECTION
E = QUICK EXHAUST VALVE
F = NON RETURN VALVE
G = SAFETY VALVE
H = PRESSURE GAUGE
DIMENSION TABLE
MODEL BB005 BB010 BB025 BB050 BB100 BB200

CAPACITY (LTRs) 5 10 25 50 100 200
d2 A 413 421 631 688 1128 1323
D 285 285 285 395 395 395
d1 d1 150 165 165 220 220 220
d2 110 125 125 180 180 180
BRELKO
d3 18 18 18 18 18 18
No:HOLES ON FLANGE 4 4 8 8 8 8
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
INSTALLATION DETAIL: AIR - 035 REV. C
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
7. Replacement Instructions
7.1. To replace or repair the quick exhaust valve
7.1.1. Isolate Air Cannon.
7.1.2. Fire Air Cannon.
7.1.3. Disconnect air supply pipe to quick exhaust valve.
7.1.4. Unscrew quick-exhaust valve from lid.
7.1.5. Replace with a new or reconditioned unit.
7.1.6. Reverse above procedure.
7.1.7. To repair quick-exhaust valve, open valve, clean thoroughly and replace seal,
lubricate with silicone grease.
7.2. To replace main diaphragm
7.2.1. Isolate Air Cannon.
7.2.2. Fire Air Cannon.
7.2.3. Disconnect air supply pipe to quick exhaust valve.
7.2.4. Undo lid bolts and remove lid.
7.2.5. Check diaphragm seat (end of discharge pipe) and clean if necessary.
7.2.6. Check diaphragm condition.
7.2.7. Fir new diaphragm.
7.2.8. Replace lid on the Air Cannon.
7.2.9. Ensure that the lid is centred on Air Cannon body before tightening bolts.
7.2.10. Tighten bolts evenly (cross-over sequence).
7.2.11. Reconnect air supply.
7.3. Spare Parts List - 1 Year of operation
Item No. Part Type Number of parts
1 Diaphragm 1 off required per Air Cannon
1 off extra (buffer stock) per Air Cannon
2 Quick Exhaust Valve 1 off required per Air Cannon (optional)
3 3-Way Valve 1 off required per Air Cannon (optional)
4 Non-return Valve 1 off required per Air Cannon (optional)
5 Pressure Gauge 1 off required per Air Cannon (optional)
6 Safety Valve 1 off required per Air Cannon (optional)
7 Air Supply Tube 8mm Nylon tube x 5m (optional) per Air Cannon
7.4. Spare Parts List - 2 Years of operation

Item No. Part Type Number of parts
1 Diaphragm 2 off required per Air Cannon
1 off extra (buffer stock) per Air Cannon
2 Quick Exhaust Valve 1 off required per Air Cannon (optional)
3 3-Way Valve 1 off required per Air Cannon (optional)
4 Non-return Valve 1 off required per Air Cannon (optional)
5 Pressure Gauge 1 off required per Air Cannon (optional)
6 Safety Valve 1 off required per Air Cannon (optional)
7 Air Supply Tube 8mm Nylon tube x 5m (optional) per Air Cannon
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
CODE:
CUSTOMER:
No : 25853
CONTACT TEL:
ATTENTION:
DATE IN:
CONTRACT/ORDER No.:

TOP COVER BUILD-UP
______________________________________________

NEW / EVEN
GROOVES / WORN
/ UNEVEN
PROTRUSIONS
EXCESSIVE
AVERAGE
LITTLE
BLADES / HOLDERS
MOUNTS
CARRIER
ASSEMBLY
SPINDLES
SKIRTING
OTHER SPARES
ADJUST SCRAPER SET
CLEANED

(please print)

OVER
©2003-05
25
YEARS
FS 007 8 8 2011 1 of 2
SAFETY :
CUSTOMER DETAILS
CONVEYOR DIMENSIONS
Edge Damage: Yes No

Comments:

Belt Movement:
Comments:
IDLER CHECK
Troughing Frame
Condition:
Comments:
PRIMARY SCRAPER
Housekeeping:
Comments:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 1 of 3

Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

Comments:

Comments:
KEYSKIRTING®
as Skirting
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 2 of 3
FEEDBOOTS

Housekeeping:
Comments:
HI - IMPACT SYSTEM
Comments:
AIR CANNONS
Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 3 of 3
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

If the Air Cannon fails to operate, check the following in sequence:
10.1. Air Supply
a. At least 4-bar (gauge) pressure.
b. All supply valves to be opened.
c. Listen for air filling the Air Cannon.
10.2. 3-Way Valve
a. The vent port should exhaust a small quantity of air.
b. Electric solenoid 3-way valve should be heard to “click”, if not; repair or replace (see
instructions above).
10.3. Exhaust Valve
a. Check if quick exhaust valve on the lid vents, if not; replace or repair (see instructions
above).
10.4. Remove lid and check diaphragm (see instructions above)
10.5. Disconnect Air Cannon from discharge pipe and fire into atmosphere; take care as to
direction and wear ear protection.
10.6. Clean discharge and connecting pipes, nozzles, lances etc.
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
UNIVERSAL FEEDBOOT
PATENTED
Model Number :
Purchase Date :
Purchased From :
Installation Date :
Model number information can be found on the Label found on the Universal Feedboot pallet.
This information will be helpful for any future inquiries or questions about belt Universal Feedboot
replacement parts, specifications or troubleshooting.
UNIVERSAL FEEDBOOT - Page 389 to 407 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
Table of Contents
1. Disclaimer 391
2. Safety Note 391
4.1. Application and Features (Standard System). 392
4.2. Reference Drawing - UNI-008 393
5. Handling 394
5.3. Handling 395
5.4. Storage 395
6. Maintenance 397
6.4. Parts List and Assembly Instructions (Standard System). 398
7. Procedure for Replacing/Repairing Universal Feedboots 402
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
1. Disclaimer
be defective.
2. Safety Note

DANGER death.

WARNING injury.


Important:
Brelko Universal Feedboots are designed to operate with minimum maintenance. However,
to maintain superior performance some service is required. When the Universal Feedboot is
Universal Feedboot operates at optimal efficiency and problems can be identified and fixed
before the Universal Feedboot stops working. All safety procedures for inspection of equipment
(stationary or operating) must be observed. Universal Feedboots operate at the transfer load
point of the conveyor and is in direct contact with the moving belt. Only visual observations can
be made while the belt is running. Service tasks can be done only with the conveyor stopped
and by observing the correct lockout/Tag-out procedures.
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
UNIVERSAL FEEDBOOT
PATENTED
APPLICATIONS
A load point belt support system which eliminates conventional conveyor idlers.
Suitable for all belt conveyors handling bulk solids with a particle size less than 50mm and low impact load
conditions.
FEATURES
Flat belt support surfaces eliminate sag between idlers enabling optimum chute sealing design and
operation.
Wing panels can be individually adjusted for optimum conveyor troughing angles from 0° to 60°.
Accurate belt support allows chutes and seals to be positioned to control and eliminate spillage and dust
escape at the load points.
Sliding surfaces lined with low friction, long life UHMW polyethylene sheets.
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
UNIVERSAL FEEDBOOT - LOAD POINT BELT SUPPORT SYSTEM © 07-2015
200 (TYP.)
AVAILABLE IN 2m (STANDARD)
OR
1m SECTION
475 1050 475

SIDE VIEW
LEAD-IN BRACKET C/W IDLER ROLLS - STANDARD SUPPLY
PLAN VIEW
LOW FRICTION
UHMW POLYETHYLENE
LINERS
ADJUSTABLE WING
PANELS 0° TO 50°
(TYP.)
200
SANDBLASTED & SPRAY PAINTED

OR
END VIEW GALVANISED SUPPORT FRAME
ALL DIMENSIONS
ARE IN mm
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION:
WHERE A NUMBER OF SECTIONS ARE TO BE FITTED IN SERIES, SUCH AS WHEN A BELT HAS
MULTIPLE LOAD POINTS, THE CENTRE PANEL CAN BE REPLACED BY A FRAME CARRYING
STANDARD CONVEYOR IDLERS. (SEE INSERT ON FIRST PAGE)
FEEDBOOTS SHOULD ALWAYS BE INSTALLED WITH STANDARD CONVEYOR CRADLES AND IDLERS
BEFORE AND AFTER THE FEEDBOOT. IF THERE IS NOT ENOUGH SPACE FOR THIS THEN
LEAD IN ROLLS AND BRACKETS SHOULD BE FITTED TO THE WING PLATES.

400 TO 2100mm
UNI-008
PARTS REV. D
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5. Handling
immediately.
5.2. Work Safety
WARNING

standards.

an explosion.

BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5.3. Handling
5.4. Storage
surface.
UNIVERSAL FEEDBOOTS
QTY DESCRIPTION
1 FLINT LIGHTER
1 ARC WELDER (INVERTER) 200AMP
1 CHIPPING HAMMER
1 ANGLE GRINDER
1 BABY GRINDER
1 5M TAPE MEASURE
1 NOZZLE CLEANER
1 SHIFTING SPANNER
1 SET SOCKET SET 8MM TO 32MM
1 SOFT FACE HAMMER
2 SAFETY HARNESS
2 G-CLAMPS
1 JIMMY LEVER
1 TORCH (LED)
1 SET SCREW DRIVER SET
1 CHALK LINE
1 SCRIBER
1 CENTRE PUNCH
1 HACK SAW
1 STANLEY KNIFE
1 4PD HAMMER
1 ANGLE FINDER
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
Recommended Tools List (continued...)
UNIVERSAL FEEDBOOTS
QTY DESCRIPTION
1 ELECTRIC DRILL
1 SET ELECTRIC DRILL BITS
1 WELDING HELMET
1 FIRE EXTINGUISHER 9KG
1 SET WELDING SPATS
1 WELDING APRON
1 FIRE BLANKET
1 SMALL BLUE TOOL BOX
1 MAGNETIC BASE DRILL
1 SET 12, 14, 18 SLUGGER BITS
2 FLAT RING SPANNER 13”
1 LONG NOSE PLIERS
1 PLIERS
1 BELT LIFTER
2 1 TON LEVER HOIST
4 1M NYLON SLING
1 POP RIVET GUN
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
6. Maintenance
Brelko Universal Feedboots are designed to operate with minimum maintenance. However,
to maintain superior performance some service is required. When the Universal Feedboot is
Universal Feedboot operates at optimal efficiency and problems can be identified and fixed
before the Universal Feedboot stops working. All safety procedures for inspection of equipment
(stationary or operating) must be observed. The Universal Feedboot operates at the transfer load
point of the conveyor and is in direct contact with the moving belt. Only visual observations can
be made while the belt is running. Service tasks can be done only with the conveyor stopped
and by observing the correct lockout/Tag-out procedures.
After the new Universal Feedboot has run for a few days a visual inspection should be made to
ensure the Universal Feedboot is performing properly. Make adjustments as needed.
• A visual inspection of the Universal Feedboot and belt can determine:
• That the Universal Feedboot is positioned correctly
• If there is damage to the UHMW polyethylene liners or other Universal Feedboot components.
• Wear on mounting bolts and other Universal Feedboot mounting components.
• If fugitive material is built up on the Universal Feedboot or under the transfer area.
• Is the conveyor belt in full contact with the Universal Feedboot whilst material is being
transported, or there is an approximate gap of 10mm between the conveyor belt and the
Universal Feedboot liners whilst no material is being transported.
be stopped for Universal Feedboot maintenance.
of the Universal Feedboot to perform the following tasks:
• Clean material build-up off of the Universal Feedboots frame and other components.
• Closely inspect the mounting components for wear and any damage. Replace if needed.
• Check the UHMW polyethylene liners for wear and any damage. Replace if needed.
• Check that the Universal Feedboot is positioned correctly. Reposition if needed.
When maintenance tasks are completed, test run the conveyor to ensure the Universal Feedboot
is performing properly.
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
PARTS LIST - REF. DRW. No.: UNI-009

1 UHMW Polyethylene Liner Specify Belt Width
2 Centre Panel Specify Belt Width
3 Wing Panel Specify Belt Width
4 Adjuster Arm 4/1.10
5 Hinge Brackets 4/1.11
6 Lead Roll Bracket 4/L-I-BRK
7 Lead Roll Specify Belt Width
8 Transom Specify Belt Width
9 Optional - Roller Centre Frame Specify Belt Width

1. Referring to the parts list DRW. No.: UNI-009 check that the correct parts and quantities have been supplied for the belt
width ordered.
2. Attach wing panels (3) to mounting brackets (5) at hinge points and to the transoms (8), only lightly tighten bolts.
3. Fit centre panel (2) so that slots drop over the bolts on the brackets (5); the optional roller centre frame (9) can also be
fitted at this time.
4. Check that the wing panels can pivot freely on their hinges. Attach adjustment arms (4) to wing panels and transoms (8).
5. Tighten all bolts and nuts.
6. Fit optional rollers (7) to roller centre section.
7. Fit optional lead-0in roll brackets (6) and rolls (7) to wing panels.
8. Proceed with installation as per instructions.
6 8
7
BRELKO
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
PARTS LIST: FOR STANDARD SUPPLY PLEASE SPECIFY BELT WIDTH WHEN ORDERING UNI-009 REV. D
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
INSTALLATION GUIDE - REF. DRW. No.: UNI-010

1. If not assembled refer to assembly instructions and DRW. No.: UNI-009 and check that all necessary parts have been
supplied for the belt width ordered.
2. Remove existing idlers and rolls from conveyor structure in the area where the feedboot is to be installed. Align the
feedboot to correspond with indicated belt direction.
3. With the feedboot wing panels (3) down, slide the feedboot from one side under the conveyor belt. Larger sizes will require
the use of mechanical lifting equipment.
4. Ensure that the feedboot is positioned so that the loading area is approximately in the centre.
5. Accurately align the feedboot in the direction of the belt travel.
6. Check that the centre of the feedboot is± 5-20mm lower than the bottom of the belt line. If not add spacers under the
transom (8) ends to raise the feedboot. If it needs to be lowered then the ends of the transoms need to be notched and the
hold down brackets refitted and welded.
7. Raise the wing panels (3) to the required troughing angle and tighten the support struts.
8. Check that the idlers immediately behind and ahead of the feedboot adequately bend and align the conveyor belt. If not
then fit the optional lead in rolls (7) and brackets (6) to the ends of the feedboot.
9. When satisfied that the alignment is correct, bolt down the feedboot to the conveyor stringers.
10. Check that the chute skirting is in correct contact with the belt, or preferably fit Brelko Keyskirt to provide a good sealing
arrangement.
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
2000
18 x 28
OVAL SLOT (TYP.) 224
SIDE VIEW
LEAD-IN ROLLS
STD. SUPPLY
475 1050 475
PLAN VIEW
C (@ 35° )
ADJUSTABLE WING
PANELS 0° TO 50°
(TYP.)
200
B
A
END VIEW

400 TO 2100mm
DRW.
NOTE: INSTALLATION DETAILS: STANDARD SUPPLY UNI-010
No.
REV. D
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
7. Procedure for Replacing/Repairing Universal Feedboots

Repair/replace Universal Feedboot components when, general maintenance tasks are
preformed. Universal Feedboot damage due to over loading, blocked chutes etc.
belt.
7.2. Remove existing idlers and rolls from conveyor structure in the area where the feedboot
is to be installed. Align the feedboot to correspond with indicated belt direction.
7.3. With the feedboot wing panels (3) down, slide the feedboot from one side under the
conveyor belt. Larger sizes will require the use of mechanical lifting equipment.
7.4. Ensure that the feedboot is positioned so that the loading area is approximately in the
centre.
7.5. Accurately align the feedboot in the direction of the belt travel.
7.6. Check that the centre of the feedboot is± 5-20mm lower than the bottom of the belt line.
If not add spacers under the transom (8) ends to raise the feedboot. If it needs to be
lowered then the ends of the transoms need to be notched and the hold down brackets
refitted and welded.
7.7. Raise the wing panels (3) to the required troughing angle and tighten the support
struts.
7.8. Check that the idlers immediately behind and ahead of the feedboot adequately bend
and align the conveyor belt. If not then fit the optional lead in rolls (7) and brackets (6)
to the ends of the feedboot.
7.9. When satisfied that the alignment is correct, bolt down the feedboot to the conveyor
stringers.
7.10. Check that the chute skirting is in correct contact with the belt, or preferably fit Brelko
Keyskirt to provide a good sealing arrangement.
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
CODE:
CUSTOMER:
No : 25853
CONTACT TEL:
ATTENTION:
DATE IN:
CONTRACT/ORDER No.:

TOP COVER BUILD-UP
______________________________________________

NEW / EVEN
GROOVES / WORN
/ UNEVEN
PROTRUSIONS
EXCESSIVE
AVERAGE
LITTLE
BLADES / HOLDERS
MOUNTS
CARRIER
ASSEMBLY
SPINDLES
SKIRTING
OTHER SPARES
ADJUST SCRAPER SET
CLEANED

(please print)

OVER
©2003-05
25
YEARS
FS 007 8 8 2011 1 of 2
SAFETY :
CUSTOMER DETAILS
CONVEYOR DIMENSIONS
Edge Damage: Yes No

Comments:

Belt Movement:
Comments:
IDLER CHECK
Troughing Frame
Condition:
Comments:
PRIMARY SCRAPER
Housekeeping:
Comments:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 1 of 3

Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

Comments:

Comments:
KEYSKIRTING®
as Skirting
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 2 of 3
FEEDBOOTS

Housekeeping:
Comments:
HI - IMPACT SYSTEM
Comments:
AIR CANNONS
Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 3 of 3
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
High UHMW-PE Liner UHMW-PE Liner are above idler height or is

Adjust to correct height/position - refer installation instructions.
Wear. not parallel to belt travel.
Inspect loading area and divert impact or reposition Universal

Uneven UHMW-PE Universal Feedboot is not parallel to belt
Feedboot so that the load is evenly distributed across the full length of
Liner Wear. travel or is under impact.
the Universal Feedboot.
System or UHMW-PE Consult your Brelko Conveyor Product representative or alternatively

Incorrect selection of equipment.
Liner Damage. contact Brelko’s Technical Department.
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
PATENTED
Model Number :
Purchase Date :
Purchased From :
Installation Date :
Model number information can be found on the Label found on the Combination Feedboot pallet.
This information will be helpful for any future inquiries or questions about belt Combination Feedboot
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
Table of Contents
1. Disclaimer 410
2. Safety Note 410
4.2. Reference Drawing - CMB-012 412
5. Handling 413
5.3. Handling 414
5.4. Storage 414
6. Maintenance 416
7. Procedure for Replacing/Repairing Combination Feedboots 421
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
1. Disclaimer
be defective.
2. Safety Note

DANGER death.

WARNING injury.


Important:
Brelko Combination Feedboots are designed to operate with minimum maintenance. However,
to maintain superior performance some service is required. When the Combination Feedboot
is installed a regular maintenance program should be set up. This program will ensure that
the Combination Feedboot operates at optimal efficiency and problems can be identified and
fixed before the Combination Feedboot stops working. All safety procedures for inspection of
equipment (stationary or operating) must be observed. Combination Feedboots operate at the
transfer load point of the conveyor and is in direct contact with the moving belt. Only visual
observations can be made while the belt is running. Service tasks can be done only with the
conveyor stopped and by observing the correct lockout/Tag-out procedures.
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
PATENTED
APPLICATIONS
A load point belt support system providing flat belt supporting surfaces mounted on an impact absorbing
structure.
Suitable for all bulk conveyor systems with medium to severe impact conditions and particles up to 150mm
in size
Replace conventional impact idlers in load area.
FEATURES
Flat belt support surfaces eliminate sag between idlers enabling optimum chute sealing design and
operation.
Load point spillage and dust escape is controlled and eliminated.
Rubber impact cones and mountings allow belt deflection under load in centre area whilst maintaining
seal at belt edges.
Sliding surfaces lined with low friction, long life UHMW polyethylene sheets.
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
COMBINATION FEEDBOOT - LOAD POINT BELT SUPPORT SYSTEM © 07-2015
AVAILABLE IN 2000mm (STANDARD)

OR
1000mm (SECTION)
262,5 737,5 737,5 262,5
SIDE VIEW
LEAD-IN BRACKETS C/W IDLER ROLLS - STANDARD SUPPLY
PLAN VIEW
LOW FRICTION
UHMW POLYURETHANE
LINERS
(20°)
35°
(45°)
200mm
SANDBLASTED & SPRAY PAINTED END VIEW

OR
GALVANISED SUPPORT FRAME
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION:
DEFLECTION OF THE CENTRE AREA UNDER LOAD SHOULD BE BETWEEN 15 AND 20mm
THE NUMBER OF RUBBER IMPACT CONES SHOULD BE VARIED TO ACHIEVE THIS.
CRADLES WITH IDLERS SHOULD BE FITTED BEFORE AND AFTER THE FEEDBOOT.
AVAILABLE IN 20°, 35° AND 45° THROUGH ANGLES IN 1000mm AND 2000mm

600mm TO 2100mm
CMB-012
PARTS REV. D
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5. Handling
immediately.
5.2. Work Safety
WARNING

standards.

an explosion.

BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5.3. Handling
5.4. Storage
surface.
COMBINATION FEEDBOOTS
QTY DESCRIPTION
1 FLINT LIGHTER
1 CHIPPING HAMMER
1 ANGLE GRINDER
1 BABY GRINDER
1 5M TAPE MEASURE
1 NOZZLE CLEANER
1 SHIFTING SPANNER
1 SOFT FACE HAMMER
2 SAFETY HARNESS
2 G-CLAMPS
1 JIMMY LEVER
1 TORCH (LED)
1 CHALK LINE
1 SCRIBER
1 CENTRE PUNCH
1 HACK SAW
1 STANLEY KNIFE
1 4PD HAMMER
1 ANGLE FINDER
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
COMBINATION FEEDBOOTS
QTY DESCRIPTION
1 ELECTRIC DRILL
1 WELDING HELMET
1 SET WELDING SPATS
1 WELDING APRON
1 FIRE BLANKET
1 LONG NOSE PLIERS
1 PLIERS
1 BELT LIFTER
2 1 TON LEVER HOIST
4 1M NYLON SLING
1 POP RIVET GUN
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
6. Maintenance
Brelko Combination Feedboots are designed to operate with minimum maintenance. However,
to maintain superior performance some service is required. When the Combination Feedboot
is installed a regular maintenance program should be set up. This program will ensure that
the Combination Feedboot operates at optimal efficiency and problems can be identified and
fixed before the Combination Feedboot stops working. All safety procedures for inspection of
equipment (stationary or operating) must be observed. The Combination Feedboot operates at
the transfer load point of the conveyor and is in direct contact with the moving belt. Only visual
observations can be made while the belt is running. Service tasks can be done only with the
conveyor stopped and by observing the correct lockout/Tag-out procedures.
After the new Combination Feedboot has run for a few days a visual inspection should be made
to ensure the Combination Feedboot is performing properly. Make adjustments as needed.
• A visual inspection of the Combination Feedboot and belt can determine:
• That the Combination Feedboot is positioned correctly
• If there is damage to the UHMW polyethylene liners or other Combination Feedboot
components.
• Wear on mounting bolts and other Combination Feedboot mounting components.
• If fugitive material is built up on the Combination Feedboot or under the transfer area.
• Is the conveyor belt in full contact with the Combination Feedboot whilst material is being
transported, or there is an approximate gap of 10mm between the conveyor belt and the
Combination Feedboot liners whilst no material is being transported.
be stopped for Combination Feedboot maintenance.
of the Combination Feedboot to perform the following tasks:
• Clean material build-up off of the Combination Feedboots frame and other components.
• Check the UHMW polyethylene liners for wear and any damage. Replace if needed.
• Check that the Combination Feedboot is positioned correctly. Reposition if needed.
When maintenance tasks are completed, test run the conveyor to ensure the Combination
Feedboot is performing properly.
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
PARTS LIST - REF. DRW. No.: UNI-009

1 UHMW Polyethylene Wing Liner Specify Belt Width
2 UHMW Polyethylene Centre Liner Specify Belt Width
3 Wing Panel Specify Belt Width
4 Cone Buffer 4/C.BUFFER
5 Vertical Support Bracket Specify Belt Width
6 Wing Mount 4/W.MOUNTING
7 Transom Specify Belt Width
8 Lead Roll Bracket 4/L-I-BRK
9 Lead Rollers Specify Belt Width

1. Referring to the parts list DRW. No.: CMB-013 check that the correct parts and quantities have been supplied for the belt
width and troughing angle ordered.
2. Attach required number of rubber cones (4) to the panels (3); see installation instructions.
3. Attach resilient mountings (6) to panels.
4. Attach vertical support (5) to mountings (6). Attach panel assemblies to transom (7).
5. Ensure panels and transoms are correctly aligned and tighten all bolts and nuts.
6. Attach optional lead in roll brackets (8) and rolls (9) to wing panels (3).
7. Proceed with installation as per instructions.
1
3
7
BRELKO
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
PARTS LIST: FOR STANDARD SUPPLY PLEASE SPECIFY BELT WIDTH WHEN ORDERING CMB-013 REV. D
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
INSTALLATION GUIDE - REF. DRW. No.: CMB-014

1. If not assembled refer to assembly instructions and DRW. No.; CMB-013 and check that all necessary parts have been
supplied for the belt width and troughing angled ordered.
2. Remove existing idlers and rolls from conveyor structure in the area where the feedboot is to be installed.
3. Slide the feedboot from one side under the conveyor belt. It may be necessary to remove one half of the feedboot panels.
Larger sizes will require the use of mechanical lifting equipment.
4. Ensure that the feedboot is positioned so that the loading area is approximately in the centre.
5. Accurately align the feedboot in the direction of the belt travel.
6. Check that the centre of the feedboot is ±5-20mm lower than the bottom of the belt line. If not add spacers under the
transom ends to raise the feedboot. If it needs to be lowered then the ends of the transoms (7) need to be notched and the
hold down brackets refitted and welded.
7. Check that the idlers immediately behind and ahead of the feedboot adequately bend and align the conveyor belt. If not
then fit the optional lead in rolls (9) and brackets (8) to the ends of the feedboot.
8. When satisfied that the alignment is correct, bolt down the feedboot to the conveyor stringers.
9. Check that the chute skirting is in correct contact with the belt, or preferably fit Brelko Keyskirt to provide a good sealing
arrangement.
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
2000
END VIEW
Ø14 (TYP.)
SIDE VIEW
LEAD-IN BRACKETS C/W IDLER ROLLS - STANDARD SUPPLY
PLAN VIEW
C (@ 35°)
200 (TYP.)
Ø14 (TYP.)
A
B
END VIEW

600mm TO 2100mm
PLEASE SPECIFY BELT WIDTH DRW.
NOTE: INSTALLATION DETAILS: STANDARD SUPPLY CMB-014 REV. D
WHEN ORDERING No.
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
7. Procedure for Replacing/Repairing Combination Feedboots

Repair/replace Combination Feedboot components when, general maintenance tasks are
preformed. Combination Feedboot damage due to over loading, blocked chutes etc.
belt.
7.2. Remove existing idlers and rolls from conveyor structure in the area where the system
is to be installed.
7.3. Slide the feedboot from one side under the conveyor belt. It may be necessary to
remove one half of the feedboot panels. Larger sizes will require the use of mechanical
lifting equipment.
7.4. Ensure that the feedboot is positioned so that the loading area is approximately in the
centre.
7.5. Accurately align the feedboot in the direction of the belt travel.
7.6. Check that the centre of the feedboot is ±5-20mm lower than the bottom of the belt
line. If not add spacers under the transom ends to raise the feedboot. If it needs to
be lowered then the ends of the transoms (7) need to be notched and the hold down
brackets refitted and welded.
7.7. Check that the idlers immediately behind and ahead of the feedboot adequately bend
and align the conveyor belt. If not then fit the optional lead in rolls (9) and brackets (8)
to the ends of the feedboot.
7.8. When satisfied that the alignment is correct, bolt down the feedboot to the conveyor
stringers.
7.9. Check that the chute skirting is in correct contact with the belt, or preferably fit Brelko
Keyskirt to provide a good sealing arrangement.
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
CODE:
CUSTOMER:
No : 25853
CONTACT TEL:
ATTENTION:
DATE IN:
CONTRACT/ORDER No.:

TOP COVER BUILD-UP
______________________________________________

NEW / EVEN
GROOVES / WORN
/ UNEVEN
PROTRUSIONS
EXCESSIVE
AVERAGE
LITTLE
BLADES / HOLDERS
MOUNTS
CARRIER
ASSEMBLY
SPINDLES
SKIRTING
OTHER SPARES
ADJUST SCRAPER SET
CLEANED

(please print)

OVER
©2003-05
25
YEARS
FS 007 8 8 2011 1 of 2
SAFETY :
CUSTOMER DETAILS
CONVEYOR DIMENSIONS
Edge Damage: Yes No

Comments:

Belt Movement:
Comments:
IDLER CHECK
Troughing Frame
Condition:
Comments:
PRIMARY SCRAPER
Housekeeping:
Comments:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 1 of 3

Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

Comments:

Comments:
KEYSKIRTING®
as Skirting
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 2 of 3
FEEDBOOTS

Housekeeping:
Comments:
HI - IMPACT SYSTEM
Comments:
AIR CANNONS
Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 3 of 3
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
High UHMW-PE Liner UHMW-PE Liner are above idler height or is

Adjust to correct height/position - refer installation instructions.
Wear. not parallel to belt travel.
Inspect loading area and divert impact or reposition Combination

Uneven UHMW-PE Combination Feedboot is not parallel to belt
Feedboot so that the load is evenly distributed across the full length of
Liner Wear. travel or is under impact.
the Combination Feedboot.
System or UHMW-PE Consult your Brelko Conveyor Product representative or alternatively

Liner Damage. contact Brelko’s Technical Department.
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
HI-IMPACT
IDLER SYSTEM
PATENTED
Model Number :
Purchase Date :
Purchased From :
Installation Date :
Model number information can be found on the Label found on the Hi-impact System pallet.
This information will be helpful for any future inquiries or questions about Hi-impact System
HI-IMPACT IDLER SYSTEM - Page 427 to 445 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
Table of Contents
1. Disclaimer 429
2. Safety Note 429
4.2. Reference Drawing - BTA-022 431
5. Handling 432
5.3. Handling 433
5.4. Storage 433
6. Maintenance 435
7. Procedure for Replacing/Repairing Hi-impact Systems 440
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
1. Disclaimer
be defective.
2. Safety Note

DANGER death.

WARNING injury.


Important:
Brelko Hi-impact Systems are designed to operate with minimum maintenance. However, to
maintain superior performance some service is required. When the Hi-impact System is installed
a regular maintenance program should be set up. This program will ensure that the Hi-impact
System operates at optimal efficiency and problems can be identified and fixed before the
Hi-impact System stops working. All safety procedures for inspection of equipment (stationary
or operating) must be observed. Hi-impact Systems operate at the transfer load point of the
conveyor and is in direct contact with the moving belt. Only visual observations can be made
while the belt is running. Service tasks can be done only with the conveyor stopped and by
observing the correct lockout/tag-out procedures.
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
HI-IMPACT
IDLER SYSTEM
PATENTED
APPLICATIONS
A load point belt support system designed to offer maximum impact absorbing capabilities.
Suitable for all belt conveyors where large particle size and severe impact load conditions occur.
FEATURES
Unique torsion arm mountings absorb impact loads and are self damping.
Rubber disc impact rolls help to extend belt life.
Support frame is available in standard 2000mm length and fitted with 5 strings of idler rolls.
Support frame is designed to replace existing roller cradles and fixed to conveyor stringers.
Open construction makes clean up of spillage and roll replacement very easy.
Garland idler roll arrangement promotes correct belt tracking.
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
HI-IMPACT IDLER SYSTEM WITH IMPACT ABSORBING DUAL TORSION ARM MOUNTINGS © 07-2015
AVAILABLE IN 2000mm
OR
1000mm (SECTIONS)
80 800 800 320
SIDE VIEW
RETAINING CHAINS IMPACT ABSORBING
TO PREVENT SWAY DUAL TORSION ARM
MOUNTINGS
280 400 400 400 400
PLAN VIEW
RUBBER ROLLS
(STEEL BAND REINFORCED)
(20°)
35°
(45°)
220 (TYP.)
ALL DIMENSIONS
ARE IN mm

600mm TO 2400mm

BTA-022
PARTS REV. D
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5. Handling
immediately.
5.2. Work Safety
WARNING

standards.

an explosion.

BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5.3. Handling
5.4. Storage
surface.
HI-IMPACT SYSTEMS
QTY DESCRIPTION
1 FLINT LIGHTER
1 CHIPPING HAMMER
1 ANGLE GRINDER
1 BABY GRINDER
1 5M TAPE MEASURE
1 NOZZLE CLEANER
1 SHIFTING SPANNER
1 SOFT FACE HAMMER
2 SAFETY HARNESS
2 G-CLAMPS
1 JIMMY LEVER
1 TORCH (LED)
1 CHALK LINE
1 SCRIBER
1 CENTRE PUNCH
1 HACK SAW
1 STANLEY KNIFE
1 4PD HAMMER
1 ANGLE FINDER
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
HI-IMPACT SYSTEMS
QTY DESCRIPTION
1 ELECTRIC DRILL
1 WELDING HELMET
1 SET WELDING SPATS
1 WELDING APRON
1 FIRE BLANKET
1 LONG NOSE PLIERS
1 PLIERS
1 BELT LIFTER
2 1 TON LEVER HOIST
4 1M NYLON SLING
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
6. Maintenance
Brelko Hi-impact Systems are designed to operate with minimum maintenance. However, to
maintain superior performance some service is required. When the Hi-impact System is installed
a regular maintenance program should be set up. This program will ensure that the Hi-impact
System operates at optimal efficiency and problems can be identified and fixed before the Hi-
impact System stops working. All safety procedures for inspection of equipment (stationary or
operating) must be observed. The Hi-impact System operates at the transfer load point of the
conveyor and is in direct contact with the moving belt. Only visual observations can be made
while the belt is running. Service tasks can be done only with the conveyor stopped and by
observing the correct lockout/tag-out procedures.
After the new Hi-impact System has run for a few days a visual inspection should be made to
ensure the Hi-impact System is performing properly. Make adjustments as needed.
A visual inspection of the Hi-impact System and belt can determine:
• Check that the Hi-impact System is positioned correctly
• If there is damage to the garland impact idlers or other Hi-impact System components.
• Check that the “t-links” are orientated correctly, facing down.
• Wear on mounting bolts and other Hi-impact System mounting components.
• If fugitive material is built up on the Hi-impact System or under the transfer area.
• Is the conveyor belt in full contact with the Hi-impact System garland impact idlers.
be stopped for Hi-impact System maintenance.
When the conveyor is not in operation and properly locked and tagged out perform a physical
inspection of the Hi-impact System performing the following tasks:
• Clean material build-up off of the Hi-impact Systems frame and other components.
• Check that the “t-links” are orientated correctly, facing down. Repair if needed.
• Check the garland impact idlers for wear and any damage. Replace if needed.
• Check that the Hi-impact System is positioned correctly. Reposition if needed.
• Ensure the conveyor belt is in full contact with the Hi-impact System garland impact idlers.
When maintenance tasks are completed, test run the conveyor to ensure the Hi-impact System
is performing properly.
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
PARTS LIST - REF. DRW. No.: BTA-023

ITEM No. DESCRIPTION CODE
1. SUPPORT BEAM (LH or RH) SPECIFY BELT WIDTH
2. BTA MOUNTS - SIZE 5 6/MNT5

BTA MOUNTS - SIZE 6 6/MNT6
SPECIFY 3 OR 5 ROLL SYSTEM, AND SERIES 30 OR 40.
3 CONE BUFFER 4/C-BUFFER
4 GARLAND IDLER ROLL SPECIFY BELT WIDTH

SPECIFY 3 OR 5 ROLL SYSTEM, AND SERIES 30 OR 40.
5 UPRIGHT SPECIFY BELT WIDTH

SPECIFY 3 OR 5 ROLL SYSTEM.
6 FLAT LINK ITEMS 6,7,8 & 9 SOLD AS A SET
6/3R/HDW5
7 “T”- LINK (3 ROLL SYSTEM)
8 CHAIN LINK 6/5R/HDW5

(5 ROLL SYSTEM)
9 RESTRAINT CHAIN
10 TRANSOM SPECIFY BELT WIDTH

1. Referring to the parts list DRW. No.: BTA-023 check that the correct parts and quantities have been supplied for belt width,
troughing angle and number of rolls ordered.
2. Attach uprights (5) to transoms (10).
3. Bolt left and right hand support beams (1) to uprights (5).
• Note: Left and Right units relative to belt direction.
4. Bolt BTA mounts (2) to support beams (1).
• Note: - Left and Right units, and belt direction.
5. Assemble garland idler strings by connecting rolls (4) using links (6) and (7).
• Note: - Use "T" links (7) on centre rolls.
6. Attached garland strings to BTA mounts using M16 bolts supplied. Securely fasten bolts and nuts.
7. Attach restraining chains (9) using chain links (8) with nyloc nuts.
8. Chain (9) is connected to "T" links (7) which is bolted to transoms (10).
• Note: - Belt direction.
HI-IMPACT IDLER SYSTEM WITH IMPACT ABSORBING DUAL TORSION ARM MOUNTING © 07-2015
1L
3 1R
8
BRELKO
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
PARTS LIST: FOR STANDARD SUPPLY PLEASE SPECIFY BELT WIDTH WHEN ORDERING BTA-023 REV. D
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
INSTALLATION GUIDE - REF. DRW. No.: BTA-024

1. If not assembled refer to assembly instructions and DRW. No.: BTA-023. Check that all necessary parts have been supplied
for belt width, troughing angle and number of rolls ordered.
2. Remove existing idlers and rolls from conveyor structure in the area where the system is to be installed.
3. If assembled remove garland idler strings, and the support beam (1) with uprights (5).
4. Check direction of belt travel and slide unit under conveyor belt from one side.
• Note: - For larger sizes lifting equipment may be required.
5. Position unit in impact zone and align centrally to belt.
6. Attach support beam (1) with uprights (5) to transoms (10).
7. Attach garland strings to BTA mounts (2) with M16 bolts supplied. Securely fasten bolts and nuts.
8. Attach retaining chains (9) using chain links (8) with nyloc nuts.
9. Chain (9) connected to “T” link (7) which is bolted to transoms (10).
• Note: - Belt direction.
10. Check centre roll height, the belt should just be in contact. If necessary add spacers under the transom ends. Or if the unit
needs to be lowered notch the transom ends and re-weld hold down plates.
11. Securely fasten system to conveyor stringers.
12. Check that garland strings do not catch on transoms and that there is freedom of movement of the garland strings in a
vertical direction.
13. Check chute sealing to the conveyor belt, preferably fit BRELKO KEYSKIRT to contain any spillage.
Note: - Standard units are for installation in a horizontal position only. For inclines
etc... refer to the Brelko Design Dept.
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
HI-IMPACT IDLER SYSTEM WITH IMPACT ABSORBING DUAL TORSION ARM MOUNTING © 07-2015
2000
80 800 800 320
SIDE VIEW
400(TYP.)
PLAN VIEW
C (@ 35°)
(20°)
35°
(45°)
220 (TYP.)
14x20(SLOT)
A
B
END VIEW

600mm TO 2400mm
PLEASE SPECIFY BELT WIDTH DRW.

NOTE: INSTALLATION DETAILS: STANDARD SUPPLY BTA-024 REV. D
WHEN ORDERING No.
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
7. Procedure for Replacing/Repairing Hi-impact Systems

Repair/replace Hi-impact System components when, general maintenance tasks are preformed.
Hi-impact System damage due to over loading, blocked chutes etc.
belt.
7.2. Remove existing idlers and rolls from conveyor structure in the area where the system
is to be installed.
7.3. If assembled remove garland idler strings, and the support beam (1) with uprights (5).
7.4. Check direction of belt travel and slide unit under conveyor belt from one side.
• Note: For larger sizes lifting equipment may be required.
7.5. Position unit in impact zone and align centrally to belt.
7.6. Attach support beam (1) with uprights (5) to transoms (10).
7.7. Attach garland strings to BTA mounts (2) with M16 bolts supplied. Securely fasten bolts
and nuts.
7.8. Attach retaining chains (9) using chain links (8) with nyloc nuts.
7.9. Chain (9) connected to “T” link (7) which is bolted to transoms (10).
• Note: Belt direction.
7.10. Check centre roll height, the belt should just be in contact. If necessary add spacers
under the transom ends. Or if the unit needs to be lowered notch the transom ends and
re-weld hold down plates.
7.11. Securely fasten system to conveyor stringers.
7.12. Check that garland strings do not catch on transoms and that there is freedom of
movement of the garland strings in a vertical direction.
7.13. Check chute sealing to the conveyor belt, preferably fit BRELKO KEYSKIRT to contain
any spillage.
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
CODE:
CUSTOMER:
No : 25853
CONTACT TEL:
ATTENTION:
DATE IN:
CONTRACT/ORDER No.:

TOP COVER BUILD-UP
______________________________________________

NEW / EVEN
GROOVES / WORN
/ UNEVEN
PROTRUSIONS
EXCESSIVE
AVERAGE
LITTLE
BLADES / HOLDERS
MOUNTS
CARRIER
ASSEMBLY
SPINDLES
SKIRTING
OTHER SPARES
ADJUST SCRAPER SET
CLEANED

(please print)

OVER
©2003-05
25
YEARS
FS 007 8 8 2011 1 of 2
SAFETY :
CUSTOMER DETAILS
CONVEYOR DIMENSIONS
Edge Damage: Yes No

Comments:

Belt Movement:
Comments:
IDLER CHECK
Troughing Frame
Condition:
Comments:
PRIMARY SCRAPER
Housekeeping:
Comments:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 1 of 3

Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

Comments:

Comments:
KEYSKIRTING®
as Skirting
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 2 of 3
FEEDBOOTS

Housekeeping:
Comments:
HI - IMPACT SYSTEM
Comments:
AIR CANNONS
Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 3 of 3
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

Garland idlers roll not in full contact with
Belt Damage Adjust to correct height - refer installation instructions
the conveyor belt.
Reposition Hi-impact System so that the load is evenly distributed

Hi-impact System in incorrect position.
across the full length of the Hi-impact System.
Garland Idler Roll Broken or loose garland idler roller

Repair or replace retaining chains.
Damage retaining chains.
Consult your Brelko Conveyor Product representative or alternatively

contact Brelko’s Technical Department
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
PR NEW
OD
UC
T
BELT TRACKING SYSTEM

3 / 5 ROLL TROUGHING FRAME
PATENTED
Model Number :
Purchase Date :
Purchased From :
Installation Date :
Model number information can be found on the Label found on the Belt Tracking System pallet.
This information will be helpful for any future inquiries or questions about Belt Tracking System
BELT TRACKING TROUGHING SYSTEMS - Page 446 to 464 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
Table of Contents
1. Disclaimer 448
2. Safety Note 448
4.2. Reference Drawing - BTT-006 450
5. Handling 451
5.3. Handling 452
5.4. Storage 452
6. Maintenance 454
7. Bearing Replacement Guide - REF. DRW. BTT-007 459
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
1. Disclaimer
be defective.
2. Safety Note

DANGER death.

WARNING injury.


Important:
Brelko Belt Tracking Systems are designed to operate with minimum maintenance. However,
to maintain superior performance some service is required. When the Belt Tracking System is
Belt Tracking System operates at optimal efficiency and problems can be identified and fixed
before the Belt Tracking System stops working. All safety procedures for inspection of equipment
(stationary or operating) must be observed. Belt Tracking Systems operate along the length of
the conveyor and are in direct contact with the moving belt. Only visual observations can be
made while the belt is running. Service tasks can be done only with the conveyor stopped and
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
PR NEW
OD
UC
T

3 / 5 ROLL TROUGHING FRAME
PATENTED
APPLICATIONS
Install the Belt Tracking System on the troughing side of the belt to centralise a misaligned belt, prevent
spillage, decrease downtime, decrease maintenance and extend belt life.
FEATURES
Easy installation.
Low maintenance.
Vibration free rolling action.
Simple design.
Operates in all conditions, except on reversing belts.
Manufactured according to S.A.B.S. standards.
Fully sealed construction of bearing housing prevents ingress of material into the bearing unit.
BELT TRACKING TROUGHING FRAME © 07-2015
IDLER ROLLS:
DIAMOND - RUBBER LAGGED (8mm THK)
5° 4
5° /
/3
20°
220
ADJUSTABLE
(STD SUPPLY)
Sz 2: 170 - 290 mm
Sz 1: 170 - 270 mm
15° * BEARING ANGLE
BELT DIRECTION
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION & FINISHES FOR BELT WIDTHS FROM:

SIZE 1_3R: 330
←
400 - 2400
SIZE 2_3R: 415
CONVEYOR BELT SIZE 2_5R: 430
CONVEYOR STRINGERs
BELT DIRECTION
Sz 1: Ø127
Sz 2: Ø152
Sz 1: SERIES 25
Sz 2: SERIES 30
BRELKO
SIZE RANGE:
- SIZE 1: 400 - 1200BW (3 ROLL) STANDARD MOUNTING
- SIZE 2: 1050 - 2400BW (3 & 5 ROLL)
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
FEATURES & OPTIONS: BELT TRACKING TROUGHING FRAME (3-ROLL) DRW.

BTT-006 REV. 03
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5. Handling
immediately.
5.2. Work Safety
WARNING

standards.

an explosion.

BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5.3. Handling
5.4. Storage
surface.
BELT TRACKING TROUGHING SYSTEMS

QTY DESCRIPTION
1 FLINT LIGHTER
1 CHIPPING HAMMER
1 ANGLE GRINDER
1 BABY GRINDER
1 5M TAPE MEASURE
1 NOZZLE CLEANER
1 SHIFTING SPANNER
1 PIPE WRENCH 650MM
1 SOFT FACE HAMMER
2 SAFETY HARNESS
2 G-CLAMPS
1 JIMMY LEVER
1 TORCH (LED)
1 CHALK LINE
1 SCRIBER
1 CENTRE PUNCH
1 HACK SAW
1 STANLEY KNIFE
1 4PD HAMMER
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
BELT TRACKING TROUGHING SYSTEMS

QTY DESCRIPTION
1 ANGLE FINDER
1 ELECTRIC DRILL
1 WELDING HELMET
1 SET WELDING SPATS
1 WELDING APRON
1 FIRE BLANKET
1 LONG NOSE PLIERS
1 PLIERS
1 BELT LIFTER
2 1 TON LEVER HOIST
4 1M NYLON SLING
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
6. Maintenance
Brelko Belt Tracking Systems are designed to operate with minimum maintenance. However, to
maintain superior performance some service is required. When the Belt Tracking System(s) is
(stationary or operating) must be observed. Service tasks can be done only with the conveyor
stopped and by observing the correct lockout/tag-out procedures.
After the new Belt Tracking System has run for a few days a visual inspection should be made to
ensure the Belt Tracking System is performing properly. Make adjustments as needed.
A visual inspection of the Belt Tracking System and belt can determine:
• If the mounts are adjusted at the correct height for optimal roller contact;
• If the rollers are worn and needs to be replaced;
• If there is damage to the bearing or other components; and,
• If fugitive material is built up on the Belt Tracking System.
can be stopped for Belt Tracking Maintenance.
inspection of the Belt Tracking System performing the following tasks:
• Clean material build-up off of the Belt Tracking System.
• Closely inspect rollers for wear and any damage. Replace if needed.
• Ensure full roller to belt contact;
• Inspect the Belt Tracking System for damage;
• Replace any worn or damaged components i.e. bearings etc.
• Check the pressure of the Belt Tracking System on the belt. Adjust pressure if necessary.
When maintenance tasks are completed, test run the conveyor to ensure the Belt Tracking
System is performing properly.
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
PARTS LIST - REF. DRW. No.: BTT-007

BELT
ITEM SIZE
DESCRIPTION WIDTH CODE
No. (mm)
(mm)
A. Transom - Consisting of Spacer, Bolts, 60.3 SQR 400-1200 Specify belt width and height
Nuts and Washers 76.2 SQR 1050-2400
B. Idler Frame - Excluding Bearing Set. 60.3 SQR 400-1200 Specify belt width and height
76.2 SQR 1050-2400
C Bearing set - Consisting of Deep Grooved Ball DIA 80mm 400-1200 004-145-0001
Bearing, Trust Bearing and Bearing Seal. DIA 110mm 1050-2400 004-145-0002
D Idler Roll (Rubber Diamond Lagged) Series 25 400-1200 Specify belt width
Series 30 1050-2400
F Hardware Set - Including Bearing Spacer, Top Cap, Series 25 400-1200 003-200-0030
Idler Roll Retaining Washers and locking Screws Series 30 1050-2400 003-200-0031

Belt Tracking System ordered.
SURVEY and GUIDELINES

SURVEY
1. Before installing the Belt Tracking System, carefully inspect the entire length of the conveyor belt. Identify areas of
conveyor belt misalignment. Contributing factors include concave pulleys, where the centre of the pulley has collapsed,
and uneven rubber wear on pulleys.
2. Tell-tale marks indicate problem areas where a drifting conveyor belt has come into contact with the structure for instance,
damaged drop brackets and structure.
3. Tail, head and take-up pulleys identify areas of greatest damage caused by badly aligned belts.
GUIDELINES
1. One correctly installed Belt Tracking System can control misalignment for about 30 metres of belt and need only be
installed on areas where misalignment occurs.
2. Always install the Belt Tracking System ahead of the problem area.
3. To obtain maximum belt alignment, use the maximum face length of the Belt Tracking System. This ensures that you
obtain the optimum working life from the Belt Tracking System.
4. Insufficient traction between the belt centralising idler frame set and the belt leads to severe rubber wear. Although the
Belt Tracking System will kick in and control the belt, there won’t be enough tension to successfully centre the belt on the
Belt Tracking System. This results in chafing of the Belt Tracking System rubber lagged rollers. By increasing the tension;
the Belt Tracking System will centralise the belt and return to a state of equilibrium.
4 8
5 10
6
D
3
2
A
B
3a
2
1
LEGEND
COMPONENT ID DESCRIPTION
A TRANSOM ASSEMBLY
B IDLER FRAME - EXCLUDING BEARING SET

C BEARING SET - CONSISTING OF DEEP-GROOVED BALL BEARING, THRUST BEARING & BEARING SEAL
D IDLER ROLL - DIAMOND-LAGGED RUBBER
BRELKO
F HARDWARE SET - INCLUDING BEARING SPACER, TOP CAP, IDLER ROLL RETAINING WASHERS & LOCKING SCREWS
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
PARTS LIST: BELT TRACKING TROUGHING FRAME (3-ROLL) DRW.

BTT-007 REV. 03
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
INSTALLATION GUIDE - REF. DRW. No.: BTT-008

1. After identifying the problem area on the load-carrying side of the belt, prepare to install the Belt Tracking System ahead
of the problem area, ensuring that it is installed before transitional idlers and after loading chutes.
2. Position the Belt Tracking System in place of an existing idler set, before the problem area. For heavy laden belts, install
the Belt Tracking System between two of the existing idler sets, before the problem area.
• Note: The Belt Tracking System is direction sensitive and therefore has to be installed correctly. Each Belt Tracking
System has “Belt Direction Labels” on the frame.
3. Bolt the Belt Tracking System on to the structure. Before tightening, ensure the Belt Tracking System is perpendicular to the
structure. Once completed, tighten all bolts.
• Note: Ensure all the rollers contact the belt.
4. Installation is now complete, start the conveyor belt to test the Belt Tracking System.
5. If the problem still persists, knock the existing standard troughing frames perpendicular to the structure before and after
the Belt Tracking System.
6. Remove any other tracking devices in front of or behind the Belt Tracking System, as they will reduce or interfere with the
performance of the Belt Tracking System.
CAUTION!!!
This equipment should only be installed, operated & maintained by people com-
petent and familiar with conveyor systems. Improper use or adjustment can result
in serious personal injury or damage to equipment.
IF IN DOUBT ASK!!!
(A)
20 °
(IDLER CAR)
35°/
/45°
(TRNSM)
(SMC)
SIDE VIEW
FRONT VIEW
BELT TRACKER - TROUGHING FRAME - 3 ROLL

BELT WIDTH 400 450 500 600 750 900 1050 1200 1350 1500 1650 1800 2100 2400
B - SHAFT SIZE
SIZE 1
C - FACE LENGTH
SMC 634 686 736 838 990 1144 1296 1448
A 330
B Ø 25
SMC - "STRINGER MOUNTING CENTERs"
C 170 190 200 240 290 340 390 450
D 180 200 210 250 300 350 400 460
TRNSM 60.3 SQR

S1: Ø 143
S2: Ø 168
IDLR CAR 60.3 SQR
SIZE 2
SMC 1296 1448 1600 1752 1904 2058 2362 2668

A 415 (3R) / 430 (5R) D - GAUGE LENGTH
B Ø 30
SMC - "STRINGER MOUNTING CENTERs"
C 390 450 500 560 610 660 765 870
D 400 460 510 570 620 670 775 880 IDLER ROLL
BRELKO
TRNSM 76.2 SQR "DIAMOND-LAGGED"

IDLR CAR 76.2 SQR
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
INSTALLATION DETAIL: BELT TRACKING TROUGHING FRAME (3-ROLL) DRW.

BTT-008 REV. 03
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
7. Bearing Replacement Guide - REF. DRW. BTT-007

In order to replace the Bearing housing the following must be followed.
7.1. Remove the idler roller retaining washers (1) and the idler rollers (2) from the idler
frame (3).
• Note: This step must be done carefully to prevent misplacing or losing any
components.
7.2. Remove the locking screw (4), top cap (5), idler frame (3) and bearing spacer (6) from
the transom (7).
components.
7.3. Remove the bearing seal (8), thrust bearing (9) and deep grooved ball bearing (10)
from the bearing housing (3a).
7.4. Replace worn and/or damaged bearings and bearing seal with the new
components.
7.5. Re-assemble the Belt Tracking System.
7.6. With reference to the installation guide continue with the installation.
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
CODE:
CUSTOMER:
No : 25853
CONTACT TEL:
ATTENTION:
DATE IN:
CONTRACT/ORDER No.:

TOP COVER BUILD-UP
______________________________________________

NEW / EVEN
GROOVES / WORN
/ UNEVEN
PROTRUSIONS
EXCESSIVE
AVERAGE
LITTLE
BLADES / HOLDERS
MOUNTS
CARRIER
ASSEMBLY
SPINDLES
SKIRTING
OTHER SPARES
ADJUST SCRAPER SET
CLEANED

(please print)

OVER
©2003-05
25
YEARS
FS 007 8 8 2011 1 of 2
SAFETY :
CUSTOMER DETAILS
CONVEYOR DIMENSIONS
Edge Damage: Yes No

Comments:

Belt Movement:
Comments:
IDLER CHECK
Troughing Frame
Condition:
Comments:
PRIMARY SCRAPER
Housekeeping:
Comments:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 1 of 3

Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

Comments:

Comments:
KEYSKIRTING®
as Skirting
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 2 of 3
FEEDBOOTS

Housekeeping:
Comments:
HI - IMPACT SYSTEM
Comments:
AIR CANNONS
Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 3 of 3
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
Tracker belt contact pressure too low. Increase belt contact pressure, refer to installation instructions.
Tracker belt contact pressure too high. Decrease belt contact pressure.
Poor Tracking Tracker installed in wrong direction. Verify directional labels - refer to installation drawing.
Tracker stoppers not correctly adjusted. Adjust accordingly - refer to installation instructions.
Adjust Tracker to ensure all idlers are in full contact with the belt - refer
Belt not in contact with all idlers
to installation instructions.
Wear on Rollers /
Roller failure
Belt contact pressure too high/low. Adjust to correct pressure, refer to installation instructions.
Material build-up and ingress of material

Clean and remove.
on frame or components.
Bearing failure. Repair or replace - refer installation instructions

No Frame
Movement
Belt contact pressure too high/low.
Check Tracker and Belt troughing angle

Replace Tracker with belt troughing angle.
match
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
PR NEW
OD
UC
T

RETURN FRAME
PATENTED
Model Number :
Purchase Date :
Purchased From :
Installation Date :
Model number information can be found on the Label found on the Belt Tracking System pallet.
This information will be helpful for any future inquiries or questions about Belt Tracking System
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
Table of Contents
1. Disclaimer 467
2. Safety Note 467
4.2. Reference Drawing - BTR-006 469
5. Handling 470
5.3. Handling 471
5.4. Storage 471
6. Maintenance 473
7. Bearing Replacement Guide - REF. DRW. BTR-007 478
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
1. Disclaimer
be defective.
2. Safety Note

DANGER death.

WARNING injury.


Important:
Brelko Belt Tracking Systems are designed to operate with minimum maintenance. However,
to maintain superior performance some service is required. When the Belt Tracking System is
(stationary or operating) must be observed. Belt Tracking Systems operate along the length of
the conveyor and are in direct contact with the moving belt. Only visual observations can be
made while the belt is running. Service tasks can be done only with the conveyor stopped and
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
PR NEW
OD
UC
T

RETURN FRAME
PATENTED
APPLICATIONS
Install the Belt Tracking System on the return side of the belt to centralise a misaligned belt, prevent belt
edge damage, prevent structural damage, decrease downtime, decrease maintenance and extend belt
life.
FEATURES
Easy installation.
Low maintenance.
Vibration free rolling action.
Simple design.
Operates in all conditions, except on reversing belts.
Manufactured according to S.A.B.S. standards.
Fully sealed construction of bearing housing prevents ingress of material into the bearing unit.
BELT TRACKING SYSTEM - RETURN © 07-2015
IDLER ROLLS: BELT DIRECTION

DIAMOND - RUBBER LAGGED (8mm THK)
←
10°
SIZE 1
8,5°
* MULTIPLE MOUNTING
POSITIONs
10°
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION & FINISHES FOR BELT WIDTHS FROM:

400 - 2400
STANDARD MOUNTING
CONVEYOR STRINGERs CONVEYOR BELT BELT DIRECTION

BELT DIRECTION
←
←
MOUNTING CENTERs SIZE 2
* MULTIPLE MOUNTING
POSITIONs
BRELKO
SIZE RANGE: 10°

NOTE: SIZE 1: 400 - 1200BW
* DH = DROP HEIGHT SIZE 2: 1050 - 2400BW
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
FEATURES & OPTIONS: BELT TRACKING RETURN FRAME BTR-006 REV. 02
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5. Handling
immediately.
5.2. Work Safety
WARNING

standards.

an explosion.

BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5.3. Handling
5.4. Storage
surface.
BELT TRACKING RETURN SYSTEMS

QTY DESCRIPTION
1 FLINT LIGHTER
1 CHIPPING HAMMER
1 ANGLE GRINDER
1 BABY GRINDER
1 5M TAPE MEASURE
1 NOZZLE CLEANER
1 SHIFTING SPANNER
1 PIPE WRENCH 650MM
1 SOFT FACE HAMMER
2 SAFETY HARNESS
2 G-CLAMPS
1 JIMMY LEVER
1 TORCH (LED)
1 CHALK LINE
1 SCRIBER
1 CENTRE PUNCH
1 HACK SAW
1 STANLEY KNIFE
1 4PD HAMMER
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
BELT TRACKING RETURN SYSTEMS

QTY DESCRIPTION
1 ANGLE FINDER
1 ELECTRIC DRILL
1 WELDING HELMET
1 SET WELDING SPATS
1 WELDING APRON
1 FIRE BLANKET
1 LONG NOSE PLIERS
1 PLIERS
1 BELT LIFTER
2 1 TON LEVER HOIST
4 1M NYLON SLING
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
6. Maintenance
Brelko Belt Tracking Systems are designed to operate with minimum maintenance. However, to
maintain superior performance some service is required. When the Belt Tracking System(s) is
(stationary or operating) must be observed. Service tasks can be done only with the conveyor
stopped and by observing the correct lockout/tag-out procedures.
After the new Belt Tracking System has run for a few days a visual inspection should be made to
ensure the Belt Tracking System is performing properly. Make adjustments as needed.
A visual inspection of the Belt Tracking System and belt can determine:
• If the mounts are adjusted at the correct height for optimal roller contact;
• If the rollers are worn and needs to be replaced;
• If there is damage to the bearing or other components; and,
• If fugitive material is built up on the Belt Tracking System.
can be stopped for Belt Tracking Maintenance.
inspection of the Belt Tracking System performing the following tasks:
• Clean material build-up off of the Belt Tracking System.
• Closely inspect rollers for wear and any damage. Replace if needed.
• Ensure full roller to belt contact;
• Inspect the Belt Tracking System for damage;
• Replace any worn or damaged components i.e. bearings etc.
• Check the pressure of the Belt Tracking System on the belt. Adjust pressure if necessary.
When maintenance tasks are completed, test run the conveyor to ensure the Belt Tracking
System is performing properly.
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
PARTS LIST - REF. DRW. No.: BTR-007

BELT
ITEM SIZE
DESCRIPTION WIDTH CODE
No. (mm)
(mm)
A. Transom - Consisting of Spacer, Bolts, 60.3 SQR 400-1200 Specify belt width and height
Nuts and Washers 76.2 SQR 1050-2400
B. Idler Frame - Excluding Bearing Set. 60.3 SQR 400-1200 Specify belt width
76.2 SQR 1050-2400
C Bearing set - Consisting of Deep Grooved Ball DIA 80mm 400-1200 004-145-0001
Bearing, Trust Bearing and Bearing Seal. DIA 110mm 1050-2400 004-145-0002
D Idler Roll (Rubber Diamond Lagged) Series 25 400-1200 Specify belt width
Series 30 1050-2400
E. Mounting Bracket (LH & RH) including Bolts, Nuts, Size 1 & 2 400-1200 010-180-0080
and Washers. Size 3 & 4 1050-2400 010-180-0082
F Hardware Set - Including Bearing Spacer, Top Cap, Series 25 400-1200 003-200-0030
Idler Roll Retaining Washers and locking Screws Series 30 1050-2400 003-200-0031

Belt Tracking System ordered.
SURVEY and GUIDELINES

SURVEY
1. Before installing the Belt Tracking System, carefully inspect the entire length of the conveyor belt. Identify areas of
conveyor belt misalignment. Contributing factors include concave pulleys, where the centre of the pulley has collapsed,
and uneven rubber wear on pulleys.
2. Tell-tale marks indicate problem areas where a drifting conveyor belt has come into contact with the structure for instance,
damaged drop brackets and structure.
3. Tail, head and take-up pulleys identify areas of greatest damage caused by badly aligned belts.
GUIDELINES
1. One correctly installed Belt Tracking System can control misalignment for about 30 metres of belt and need only be
installed on areas where misalignment occurs.
2. Always install the Belt Tracking System ahead of the problem area.
3. To obtain maximum belt alignment, use the maximum face length of the Belt Tracking System. This ensures that you
obtain the optimum working life from the Belt Tracking System.
4. Insufficient traction between the belt centralising idler frame set and the belt leads to severe rubber wear. Although the
Belt Tracking System will kick in and control the belt, there won’t be enough tension to successfully centre the belt on the
Belt Tracking System. This results in chafing of the Belt Tracking System rubber lagged rollers. By increasing the tension;
the Belt Tracking System will centralise the belt and return to a state of equilibrium.
2
4 (F)
D
5 (F)
8
3
1 (F)
"DIRECTION" LABEL 10
3a
"DIRECTION" LABEL
9
6 (F)
E (1)
A E (2)
LEGEND
COMPONENT ID DESCRIPTION 7
A TRANSOM ASSEMBLY
B IDLER FRAME - EXCLUDING BEARING SET
C BEARING SET - CONSISTING OF DEEP-GROOVED BALL BEARING, THRUST BEARING & BEARING SEAL
D IDLER ROLL - DIAMOND-LAGGED RUBBER

E MOUNTING BRACKETs (TOP & BOTTOM) - INCLUDING BOLTS, NUTS & WASHERS
BRELKO
F HARDWARE SET - INCLUDING BEARING SPACER, TOP CAP, IDLER ROLL RETAINING WASHERS & LOCKING SCREWS
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
PARTS LIST: BELT TRACKING RETURN FRAME BTR-007 REV. 02
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
INSTALLATION GUIDE - REF. DRW. No.: BTR-008

1. After identifying the problem area on the return side of the belt, prepare to install the Belt Tracking System ahead of the
problem area, ensuring that it is installed ahead of the tail pulley.
2. Position the Belt Tracking System in place of an existing return idler set, before the problem area.
• Note: The Belt Tracking System is direction sensitive and therefore has to be installed correctly. Each Belt Tracking
System has “Belt Direction Labels” on the frame.
3. Bolt the Belt Tracking System on to the structure. Before tightening, ensure the Belt Tracking System is perpendicular to the
structure. Once completed, tighten all bolts.
• Note: Ensure all the rollers contact the belt.
4. Installation is now complete, start the conveyor belt to test the Belt Tracking System.
5. If the problem still persists, knock the existing standard troughing frames perpendicular to the structure before and after
the Belt Tracking System.
6. Remove any other tracking devices in front of or behind the Belt Tracking System, as they will reduce or interfere with the
performance of the Belt Tracking System.
CAUTION!!!
This equipment should only be installed, operated & maintained by people com-
petent and familiar with conveyor systems. Improper use or adjustment can result
in serious personal injury or damage to equipment.
IF IN DOUBT ASK!!!
(SMC)
BELT DIRECTION
STD MNT ARGMNT FRM BRELKO

←
- Sz 1: 400 - 1200 BW
- Sz 2: 1050 - 1500 BW
DH
10°
SIDE VIEW
8,5°
FRONT VIEW
STD MNT ARGMNT FRM BRELKO
Sz 2: 1650 - 2400 BW -
BELT TRACKING RETURN FRAME

BELT WIDTH 400 450 500 600 700 900 1050 1200 1350 1500 1650 1800 2100 2400
SIZE 1
SMC 634 686 736 838 990 1144 1296 1448
DH * UP TO 150mm
A Ø 25
SMC = "STRINGER MOUNTING CENTERs"
B 200 225 250 300 400 475 560 635
A = SHAFT SIZE
C 210 235 260 310 410 485 570 645
TRNSM 60.3 SQR B = FACE LENGTH
IDLR CAR 60.3 SQR
SIZE 2
SMC 1296 1448 1600 1752 1904 2058 2362 2668
DH * UP TO 150mm
S1: Ø 143
S2: Ø 168
A Ø 30
DH = "DROP HEIGHT"
B 560 635 720 800 885 965 1146 1298
C = GAUGE LENGTH
C 570 645 730 810 895 975 1156 1308
TRNSM 76.2 SQR IDLER ROLL

BRELKO
IDLR CAR 76.2 SQR "DIAMOND-LAGGED"
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
INSTALLATION DETAIL: BELT TRACKING RETURN FRAME BTR-008 REV. 02
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
7. Bearing Replacement Guide - REF. DRW. BTR-007

In order to replace the Bearing housing the following must be followed.
7.1. Remove the idler roller retaining washers (1) and the idler rollers (2) from the idler
frame (3).
components.
7.2. Remove the locking screw (4), top cap (5), idler frame (3) and bearing spacer (6) from
the transom (7).
components.
7.3. Remove the bearing seal (8), thrust bearing (9) and deep grooved ball bearing (10)
from the bearing housing (3a).
7.4. Replace worn and/or damaged bearings and bearing seal with the new
components.
7.5. Re-assemble the Belt Tracking System.
7.6. With reference to the installation guide continue with the installation.
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
CODE:
CUSTOMER:
No : 25853
CONTACT TEL:
ATTENTION:
DATE IN:
CONTRACT/ORDER No.:

TOP COVER BUILD-UP
______________________________________________

NEW / EVEN
GROOVES / WORN
/ UNEVEN
PROTRUSIONS
EXCESSIVE
AVERAGE
LITTLE
BLADES / HOLDERS
MOUNTS
CARRIER
ASSEMBLY
SPINDLES
SKIRTING
OTHER SPARES
ADJUST SCRAPER SET
CLEANED

(please print)

OVER
©2003-05
25
YEARS
FS 007 8 8 2011 1 of 2
SAFETY :
CUSTOMER DETAILS
CONVEYOR DIMENSIONS
Edge Damage: Yes No

Comments:

Belt Movement:
Comments:
IDLER CHECK
Troughing Frame
Condition:
Comments:
PRIMARY SCRAPER
Housekeeping:
Comments:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 1 of 3

Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

Comments:

Comments:
KEYSKIRTING®
as Skirting
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 2 of 3
FEEDBOOTS

Housekeeping:
Comments:
HI - IMPACT SYSTEM
Comments:
AIR CANNONS
Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 3 of 3
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
Tracker belt contact pressure too low. Increase belt contact pressure, refer to installation instructions.
Tracker belt contact pressure too high. Decrease belt contact pressure.
Poor Tracking Tracker installed in wrong direction. Verify directional labels - refer to installation drawing.
Tracker stoppers not correctly adjusted. Adjust accordingly - refer to installation instructions.
Wear on Rollers /
Roller failure
Belt contact pressure too high/low. Adjust to correct pressure, refer to installation instructions.
Material build-up and ingress of material

Clean and remove.
on frame or components.
No Frame
Bearing failure. Repair or replace - refer installation instructions
Movement
Belt contact pressure too high/low.
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
KEYSKIRT® SIZE 1
CHUTE SEALING SYSTEM
PATENTED
Model Number :
Purchase Date :
Purchased From :
Installation Date :
Model number information can be found on the Label found on the Keyskirt® wrapping.
This information will be helpful for any future inquiries or questions about Keyskirt® replacement
KEYSKIRT® SIZE 1 - Page 484 to 505 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
Table of Contents
1. Disclaimer 486
2. Safety Note 486
4.2. Reference Drawing - KS1-007 488
5. Handling 489
5.3. Handling 490
5.4. Storage 490
6. Maintenance 491
6.3. Parts List and Assembly Instructions. 492
6.7. Installation Guide 496
7. Procedure for Replacing Keyskirt® 500
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
1. Disclaimer
be defective.
2. Safety Note

DANGER death.

WARNING injury.


Important:
Brelko Keyskirt® is designed to operate with minimum maintenance. However, to maintain
superior performance some service is required. When the Keyskirt® is installed a regular
maintenance program should be set up. This program will ensure that the Keyskirt® operates
at optimal efficiency and problems can be identified and fixed before the Keyskirt® stops
working. All safety procedures for inspection of equipment (stationary or operating) must be
observed. Only visual observations can be made while the belt is running. Service tasks can be
done only with the conveyor stopped and by observing the correct lockout/Tag-out procedures.
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
KEYSKIRT® SIZE 1
PATENTED
APPLICATIONS
An effective chute sealing system designed to control spillage at conveyor load areas.
Suitable for all relatively light belt conveyors carrying material less than 75mm particle size.
FEATURES
Patented mounting track system results in simple installation and subsequent skirt rubber replacement.
Self-cleaning grooves trap spillage allowing it to be carried away by the belt.
Low contact area reduces wear and friction.
No adjustment required.
Continuous flexible seal accommodates belt movement.
Colour coding for easy skirt grade identification.
GRADES
Standard - 55SH(A)
LHB (Soft) - 40SH(A)
Heat Resistant - 55SH(A) - Fine Material 180°C (356°F) Max
- 55SH(A) - Coarse Material 220°C (428°F) Max
F.R.A.S.O.R - 55SH(A) - Fire Retardant, Anti Static & Oil Resistant
Waste Works - 60SH(A)
White Food Grade - 60SH(A) - Silicone Rubber (FDA Approved)
Clear Chemical - 60SH(A) - Polyurethane
KEYSKIRT SIZE 1 - CHUTE SEALING SYSTEMS WITH FLEXIBLE RUBBER SKIRTING © 07-2015
CHUTE
CHUTE
LOCKING STRIP
GALVANISED NYLOC NUTS
ELECTRO GALVANISED TRACK

KEYSKIRT RUBBER CAN BE
EASILY REPLACED BY EITHER
LOOSENING OR REMOVING TRACK
BELT LINE SELF CLEANING GROOVES
SELF CLEANING GROOVES 20°
20° 35°
FLEXIBLE SEAL MEANS 35° FLEXIBLE SEAL MEANS 45°
NO ADJUSTMENT AT ALL 45° NO ADJUSTMENT AT ALL
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION & FINISHES BOLTLESS OPTION
CHUTE PRIMER COATED BACKING

126-146mm PLATE WITH STUDS,
ADJUSTABLE WELDED ON TO CHUTE
OFFSET BACKING PLATE
CHUTE CHANNEL TRACK

SUPPORT BRACKET
SUGGESTED DEFLECTOR PLATE
FOR HEAVILY LADEN BELTS ELCTRO GALVANISED TRACK
BELT LINE
GAP TO BE SMALLER THAN BELT LINE

OR 2x PARTICLE SIZE 20°
35° GAP TO BE SMALLER THAN 20°
45° OR 2x PARTICLE SIZE
35°
45°
FLEXIBLE SEAL MEANS

FLEXIBLE SEAL MEANS SELF CLEANING GROOVES NO ADJUSTMENT AT ALL
BRELKO
NO ADJUSTMENT AT ALL SELF CLEANING GROOVES
OPTIONAL MOUNTING FOR NARROW CHUTES AND LOWER BELT ANGLES OPTIONAL DEFLECTOR PLATE DETAILS
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

PLEASE REFER TO DETAILED MANUAL FOR INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, MAINTENANCE & SPARE PARTS KS1 - 007 REV. D
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5. Handling
immediately.
5.2. Work Safety
WARNING

standards.

an explosion.

BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5.3. Handling
5.4. Storage
surface.
BRELKO KEYSKIRT®
QTY DESCRIPTION
1 PRICKER
1 90° SET SQUARE
1 5M TAPE MEASURE
1 STANLEY KNIFE
1 HARD FACE HAMMER - 4 PD
1 SOFT FACE HAMMER - 1 KG
1 NYLON ROPE (3 M)
2 G-CLAMPS - 6” - 8”
1 JIMMY LEVER
1 INVERTER (200 AMP)
1 WELDING HELMET
1 PAIR WELDING SPATS
1 WELDING APRON
1 FIRE EXTINGUISHER (9 KG)
1 ANGLE GRINDER
1 BABY GRINDER
1 FLINT LIGHTER
1 FIRE BLANKET
1 CHALK LINE
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
6. Maintenance
After the new Brelko Keyskirt® has run for a few days a visual inspection should be made to
ensure the Keyskirt® is performing properly.
A visual inspection of the Keyskirt® and the belt can determine:
• Check Keyskirt® for wear;
• Make sure that the clamps are tight;
• Make sure that the Keyskirt® is resting on the conveyor belt.
can be stopped for Keyskirt® Maintenance. When maintenance tasks are completed, test run
the conveyor to ensure the Keyskirt® is performing properly.
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
PARTS LIST - REF. DRW. No.: KS1-008, KS1-021 & KS1-022

LENGHT BELT WIDTH
(m) (mm)
A Keyskirt® rubber per length

Standard grade - 55 SH(A) SIZE 1 10 UP TO 900mm 9/2.2/1
LHB (SOFT) - 40 SH(A) SIZE 1 10 UP TO 900mm 9/2.7/1
Heat resistant - 55 SH(A) SIZE 1 10 UP TO 900mm 9/2.3/1
F.R.A.S.O.R. - 55 SH(A) SIZE 1 10 UP TO 900mm 9/2.4/1
Waste works - 60 SH(A) SIZE 1 10 UP TO 900mm 9/2.6/1
Chemical - 60 SH(A) - Polyurethane SIZE 1 2.5 UP TO 900mm 9/2.8/1
Food Grade - 60 SH(A) – Natural SIZE 1 10 UP TO 900mm 9/2.5/1
Rubber (FDA Approved)
B Keyskirt® channel track – C/W backing strip, SIZE 1 1.25 UP TO 900mm 9/1.2.1
nuts & washers

1. Check that the correct quantities and size of components have been supplied as ordered by referring to parts list and
DRW. No.: KS1-008.
2. Lightly assemble the track by fitting the clamp strip (2) to the backing plate (3).
3. Cut the Keyskirt® Rubber (1) to the required length.
4. If the Keyskirt® Rubber (1) needs to be joined into longer lengths refer to the Technical Bulletin KEY2 - 01/99, available on
request.
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
© 07-2015
REV. D
KS1 - 008
DRW.
No.
KEYSKIRT SIZE 1 - CHUTE SEALING SYSTEM WITH FLEXIBLE RUBBER SKIRTING
PARTS LIST: STANDARD MOUNT

2
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
© 07-2015
REV. D
KS1 - 021
DRW.
No.
PARTS LIST: OFFSET MOUNT

2
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
© 07-2015
REV. A
KS1 - 022
DRW.
No.
PARTS LIST: BOLTLESS TRACK

2
4
1
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
INSTALLATION GUIDE - REF. DRW. No.: KS1-009, KS1-023 & KS1-024

1. Select the most appropriate size and type of Keyskirt® for the application. Generally Size -1 is used for belt widths up to
900mm, Size -2 for wider belts up to 1200mm and Size -4 for wider belts. Size -3 skirting being used where the material
particle size and drop height is such that Size -1, -2 & -4 may be damaged. White chemical grade Size -1 Keyskirt® is
available with stainless steel clamp and channel track.
2. Ensure that the chute / belt clearance is sufficient as shown on the relevant drawings.
3. Mark out and weld the channel backing strips to the chute sides as shown on the drawing.
• Note: If no backing strip is used refer to technical bulletin KEY1 – 01/99, available on request.
4. Where there is a long run of skirting check that the drag is not excessive. (Refer to data – see DRW. No.: KS1-007). It may be
necessary to adjust the mounting angle of Size - 1 and -2 Keyskirt® to reduce drag. Brelko “KeyKlamps” are recommended
for quick replacement of Keyskirt®.
5. Size -1 and -2 Keyskirt® is supplied in 10m lengths and Size 4 in 5m or 10m lengths. They can be cut to size and also joined
using suitable cold splicing compounds. (See technical bulletin KEY2 - 01/99, available on request).
6. Keyskirt® should be replaced when the ribs are worn away.
7. No running adjustments are required.
8. To further enhance the sealing benefit of Keyskirt® we recommend the installation of Brelko Feedboots at the various
conveyor load points.
9. Ensure that the conveyor belt has been properly aligned and is tracking true so as to avoid Keyskirt® slipping off the belt
edge.
BACKING PLATE
2,5
17,5 1240mm (CLAMP PIECE) 1240mm (O/ALL) CLAMP PIECE 1240mm (CLAMP PIECE)
60
56 60 40
BUTT-UP BUTT-UP
100mm 3 PITCHES @ 350mm C/C =1050mm 100mm BACKING PLATE ENDS
BACKING PLATE ENDS
1250 (O/ALL) BACKING PLATE 1250 (O/ALL) BACKING PLATE 1250 (O/ALL) BACKING PLATE
1,5 24,5 6
END VIEW SIDE VIEW
6mm (THK.)
6mm (THK.)
M10 NYLOC NUTS KEYSKIRT SIZE -1 MKII DRAG CHARACTERISTICS
M10 NYLOC NUTS 16
14
CHUTE CHUTE
12
10
SUGGESTED DEFLECTOR
PLATE FOR HEAVILY 8
53mm (MIN.)
LADEN BELTS
6
53mm (MIN.)
20°
35° 4
20°
DRAG PER LINEAR METRE (NEWTONS)
45° 35°
mm 2
95 45°
0
mm 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
95
BELT LINE
BEND THRU ANGLE (°)
BELT LINE
BRELKO
BACKING PLATE MOUNTING BACKING PLATE MOUNTING
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
INSTALLATION DETAIL: STANDARD MOUNT KS1 - 009 REV. D
No.
®
(97-81) BACKING PLATE

ADJUSTABLE
100mm 3 PITCHES @ 350 = 1050 100mm
75°
60
56
BUTT-UP BUTT-UP
6 BACKING PLATE ENDS 1240mm (O/ALL) CLAMP PIECE BACKING PLATE ENDS
1250mm (O/ALL) BACKING PLATE
END VIEW SIDE VIEW
M10 NYLOC NUTS

M10 NYLOC NUTS
126-146
126-146
6mm (THK.) 112 KEYSKIRT SIZE -1 MKII DRAG CHARACTERISTICS

6mm (THK.) 112 16
14
CHUTE 12
CHUTE
10
20° 6
35°
20°
35° 45° 4
GAP TO BE SMALLER THAN

45° 44mm (MIN.)
OR 2x PARTICLE SIZE 44mm (MIN.) 2
mm 0
93
mm
93 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
BELT LINE BEND THRU ANGLE (°)

BELT LINE
SUGGESTED DEFLECTOR
PLATE FOR HEAVILY
LADEN BELTS
BRELKO
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
INSTALLATION DETAIL: OFFSET MOUNT KS1 - 023 REV. B
No.
®
5 40
25
60 60
41
34 6
76 1250 O/ALL KEYLINER TRACK
END VIEW SIDE VIEW
6mm (THK.)
6mm (THK.)
KEYSKIRT SIZE -1 MKII DRAG CHARACTERISTICS

16
CHUTE
CHUTE
14
12
SUGGESTED DEFLECTOR
PLATE FOR HEAVILY 10
LADEN BELTS
8
6
82 (MIN.)
82 (MIN.)
4
2
20° BELT LINE
35° 20° 0
45° 35° 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
mm 45°
50 BEND THRU ANGLE (°)
mm
50
BELT LINE
BRELKO
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
INSTALLATION DETAIL: BOLTLESS TRACK KS1 - 024 REV. A
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
7. Procedure for Replacing Keyskirt®

Repair/replace Keyskirt® components when, general maintenance tasks are preformed,
damage due to accelerated wear, Keyskirt® damage due to clip joints, overloading etc.
belt.
7.2. Loosen the locknuts and then remove the Keyskirt.
7.3. Keyskirt® replacement:
Refer to Brelko installation instructions for Keyskirt® model in use.
If Keyskirt® damaged occur follow the steps below to replace individual or all of the
Keyskirt:
7.3.1. Ensure that the chute / belt clearance is sufficient as shown on the relevant drawings.
7.3.2. Mark out and weld the channel backing strips to the chute sides as shown on the
drawing.
Note: If no backing strip is used refer to technical bulletin KEY1 – 01/99, available on
request.
7.3.3. Where there is a long run of skirting check that the drag is not excessive. (Refer to
data – see DRW. No.: KS1-007). It may be necessary to adjust the mounting angle
of the Keyskirt® to reduce drag. Brelko “KeyKlamps” are recommended for quick
replacement of Keyskirt.
7.3.4. Keyskirt® is supplied in 10m lengths. They can be cut to size and also joined using
suitable cold splicing compounds. (See technical bulletin KEY2 - 01/99, available on
request).
7.3.5. Keyskirt® should be replaced when the ribs are worn away.
7.3.6. No running adjustments are required.
7.3.7. To further enhance the sealing benefit of Keyskirt® we recommend the installation of
Brelko Feedboots at the various conveyor load points.
7.3.8. Ensure that the conveyor belt has been properly aligned and is tracking true so as to
avoid Keyskirt® slipping off the belt edge.
7.3.9. Clear up any loose items which resulted from your work.
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
CODE:
CUSTOMER:
No : 25853
CONTACT TEL:
ATTENTION:
DATE IN:
CONTRACT/ORDER No.:

TOP COVER BUILD-UP
______________________________________________

NEW / EVEN
GROOVES / WORN
/ UNEVEN
PROTRUSIONS
EXCESSIVE
AVERAGE
LITTLE
BLADES / HOLDERS
MOUNTS
CARRIER
ASSEMBLY
SPINDLES
SKIRTING
OTHER SPARES
ADJUST SCRAPER SET
CLEANED

(please print)

OVER
©2003-05
25
YEARS
FS 007 8 8 2011 1 of 2
SAFETY :
CUSTOMER DETAILS
CONVEYOR DIMENSIONS
Edge Damage: Yes No

Comments:

Belt Movement:
Comments:
IDLER CHECK
Troughing Frame
Condition:
Comments:
PRIMARY SCRAPER
Housekeeping:
Comments:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 1 of 3

Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

Comments:

Comments:
KEYSKIRTING®
as Skirting
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 2 of 3
FEEDBOOTS

Housekeeping:
Comments:
HI - IMPACT SYSTEM
Comments:
AIR CANNONS
Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 3 of 3
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
Belt Drift Fit Belt Tracking Systems, preferably fit Brelko Belt Tracking Systems
Replace with smaller size of Keyskirt®

Keyskirt® damaged
Material being loaded directly onto
Keyskirt® Offset Keyskirt® , preferably fit Brelko Keyskirt® Offset Channel Track.
Install material deflector plates
Keyskirt® not sitting Reposition Keyskirt®, to ensure all ribs are in contact with the conveyor
Incorrect Installation
flush with belt belt.
Incorrect bend through angle Offset Keyskirt®, preferably fit Brelko Keyskirt® Offset Channel Track.
Excessive Wear /
Offset Keyskirt®, preferably fit Brelko Keyskirt® Offset Channel Track.
Drag
Excessive material loaded onto Keyskirt®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
KEYSKIRT® SIZE 2
PATENTED
Model Number :
Purchase Date :
Purchased From :
Installation Date :
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
Table of Contents
1. Disclaimer 508
2. Safety Note 508
4.1. Application and Features. 509
5. Handling 511
5.3. Handling 512
5.4. Storage 512
6. Maintenance 513
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
1. Disclaimer
be defective.
2. Safety Note

DANGER death.

WARNING injury.


Important:
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
KEYSKIRT® SIZE 2
PATENTED
APPLICATIONS
Suitable for all belt conveyors carrying material less than 75mm particle size.
FEATURES
Boltless option available for corrosive applications.
Nuts can be replaced with optional quick release handles
GRADES
Standard - 55SH(A)
CHUTE
CHUTE LOCKING STRIP

BELT LINE
SELF CLEANING GROOVES
20° SELF CLEANING GROOVES
35° 20°
45° 35°
FLEXIBLE SEAL MEANS 45°
NO ADJUSTMENT AT ALL
FLEXIBLE SEAL MEANS
126-146mm
ADJUSTABLE CHUTE PRIMER COATED BACKING PLATE
OFFSET BACKING PLATE WITH STUDS, WELDED ON TO CHUTE
CHANNEL TRACK
CHUTE SUPPORT BRACKET
SUGGESTED DEFLECTOR PLATE
FOR HEAVILY LADEN BELTS ELECTRO GALVANISED TRACK
BELT LINE BELT LINE

GAP TO BE SMALLER THAN GAP TO BE SMALLER THAN
OR 2x PARTICLE SIZE 20° OR 2x PARTICLE SIZE 20°
35° 35°
45° 45°
FLEXIBLE SEAL MEANS
FLEXIBLE SEAL MEANS NO ADJUSTMENT AT ALL
BRELKO
OPTIONAL MOUNTING FOR NARROW CHUTES AND LOWER BELT ANGLES OPTIONAL DEFLECTOR PLATE
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

PLEASE REFER TO DETAILED MANUAL FOR INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, MAINTENANCE & SPARE PARTS KS2 - 004 REV. A
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5. Handling
immediately.
5.2. Work Safety
WARNING

standards.

an explosion.

BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5.3. Handling
5.4. Storage
surface.
BRELKO KEYSKIRT®
QTY DESCRIPTION
1 PRICKER
1 90° SET SQUARE
1 5M TAPE MEASURE
1 STANLEY KNIFE
1 NYLON ROPE (3 M)
2 G-CLAMPS - 6” - 8”
1 JIMMY LEVER
1 WELDING HELMET
1 WELDING APRON
1 ANGLE GRINDER
1 BABY GRINDER
1 FLINT LIGHTER
1 FIRE BLANKET
1 CHALK LINE
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
6. Maintenance
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

LENGHT BELT WIDTH
(m) (mm)

Standard grade - 55 SH(A) SIZE 2 10 From 900mm 9/2.2/2
upwards
LHB (SOFT) - 40 SH(A) SIZE 2 10 From 900mm 9/2.7/2
upwards
Heat resistant - 55 SH(A) SIZE 2 10 From 900mm 9/2.3/2
upwards
F.R.A.S.O.R. - 55 SH(A) SIZE 2 10 From 900mm 9/2.4/2
upwards
Waste works - 60 SH(A) SIZE 2 10 From 900mm 9/2.6/2
upwards
Chemical - 60 SH(A) - Polyurethane SIZE 2 2.5 From 900mm 9/2.8/2
upwards
Food Grade - 60 SH(A) – Natural SIZE 2 10 From 900mm 9/2.5/2
Rubber (FDA Approved) upwards
B Keyskirt® channel track – C/W backing strip, SIZE 2 1.25 UP TO 900mm 9/1.2.1
nuts & washers

DRW. No.: KS2-005.
3. Cut the Keyskirt® Rubber (1) to the required length.
4. If the Keyskirt® Rubber (1) needs to be joined into longer lengths refer to the Technical Bulletin KEY2 - 01/99, available on
request.
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
© 07-2015
REV. D
KS2 - 005
DRW.
No.

2
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
© 07-2015
REV. B
KS2 - 021
DRW.
No.

2
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
© 07-2015
REV. A
KS2 - 022
DRW.
No.

1
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

particle size and drop height is such that Size -1, -2 & -4 may be damaged. White chemical grade Size -1 Keyskirt® is
• Note: - If no backing strip is used refer to technical bulletin KEY1 – 01/99, available on request.
necessary to adjust the mounting angle of Size - 1 and -2 Keyskirt® to reduce drag. Brelko “KeyKlamps” are recommended
for quick replacement of Keyskirt.
5. Size -1 and -2 Keyskirt® is supplied in 10m lengths and Size 4 in 5m or 10m lengths. They can be cut to size and also joined
6. Keyskirt® should be replaced when the ribs are worn away.
8. To further enhance the sealing benefit of Keyskirt® we recommend the installation of Brelko Feedboots at the various
9. Ensure that the conveyor belt has been properly aligned and is tracking true so as to avoid Keyskirt® slipping off the belt
edge.
KEYSKIRT SIZE 2 - CHUTE SEALING SYSTEM WITH FLEXIBLE RUBBER SKIRTING © 07-2015
BACKING PLATE
2,5
1240mm (CLAMP PIECE) 1240mm (O/ALL) CLAMP PIECE 1240mm (CLAMP PIECE)
60
56 60 40
BUTT-UP BUTT-UP
100mm 3 PITCHES @ 350mm = 1050mm 100mm
BACKING PLATE ENDS BACKING PLATE ENDS
1,5 24,5 6 1250 (O/ALL) BACKING PLATE 1250 (O/ALL) BACKING PLATE 1250 (O/ALL) BACKING PLATE
END VIEW SIDE VIEW
6 mm (THK.)
6mm (THK.) KEYSKIRT SIZE -2 MKII DRAG CHARACTERISTICS
16
M10 NYLOC NUTS
14
M10 NYLOC NUTS
CHUTE 12
CHUTE
10
SUGGESTED DEFLECTOR 8
PLATE FOR HEAVILY
LADEN BELTS 6
66mm (MIN.) 66mm (MIN.) 4

20° 20° 0
35° 35° 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
.) 45°
45° IN BEND THRU ANGLE (°)
m (M
2m mm
13 2
13
BELT LINE
BELT LINE
BRELKO
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
INSTALLATION DETAIL: STANDARD MOUNT. KS2 - 006 REV. D
No.
®
(97-81)
100mm 3 PITCHES @ 350 = 1050 100
ADJUSTABLE
75°
60
56
6 1240mm (O/ALL) CLAMP PIECE
END VIEW SIDE VIEW
M10 NYLOC NUTS

126-146
126-146
6mm (THK.) 112
6mm (THK.) 112 KEYSKIRT SIZE -2 MKII DRAG CHARACTERISTICS
16
CHUTE 14
CHUTE 12
10
55mm (MIN.)
6
55mm (MIN.)
BELT LINE 20°
4
GAP TO BE SMALLER THAN 20° 35°

OR 2x PARTICLE SIZE 35° 45° 2
45° m
3m 0
13 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
mm
1 33
SUGGESTED DEFLECTOR
PLATE FOR HEAVILY
BELT LINE
LADEN BELTS
BRELKO
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
INSTALLATION DETAIL: STANDARD MOUNT. KS2 - 023 REV. B
No.
®
5 40
25
60 60
46
34 6
1250 O/ALL KEYLINER TRACK

76
END VIEW SIDE VIEW

6mm (THK.)
6mm (THK.)
CHUTE CHUTE KEYSKIRT SIZE -2 MKII DRAG CHARACTERISTICS

16
14
SUGGESTED DEFLECTOR
PLATE FOR HEAVILY
12
LADEN BELTS
10
100 (MIN.) 100 (MIN.) 6
GAP TO BE SMALLER THAN

4
OR 2x PARTICLE SIZE
2
BELT LINE
20° 0
20°
35° 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
35°
45° 45° BEND THRU ANGLE (°)
mm mm
90 90
BELT LINE
BRELKO
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
INSTALLATION DETAIL: STANDARD MOUNT. KS2 - 024 REV. A
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

belt.
Keyskirt:
drawing.
request.
request).
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
CODE:
CUSTOMER:
No : 25853
CONTACT TEL:
ATTENTION:
DATE IN:
CONTRACT/ORDER No.:

TOP COVER BUILD-UP
______________________________________________

NEW / EVEN
GROOVES / WORN
/ UNEVEN
PROTRUSIONS
EXCESSIVE
AVERAGE
LITTLE
BLADES / HOLDERS
MOUNTS
CARRIER
ASSEMBLY
SPINDLES
SKIRTING
OTHER SPARES
ADJUST SCRAPER SET
CLEANED

(please print)

OVER
©2003-05
25
YEARS
FS 007 8 8 2011 1 of 2
SAFETY :
CUSTOMER DETAILS
CONVEYOR DIMENSIONS
Edge Damage: Yes No

Comments:

Belt Movement:
Comments:
IDLER CHECK
Troughing Frame
Condition:
Comments:
PRIMARY SCRAPER
Housekeeping:
Comments:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 1 of 3

Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

Comments:

Comments:
KEYSKIRTING®
as Skirting
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 2 of 3
FEEDBOOTS

Housekeeping:
Comments:
HI - IMPACT SYSTEM
Comments:
AIR CANNONS
Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 3 of 3
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

Keyskirt® damaged
Excessive Wear /
Drag
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
KEYSKIRT® SIZE 3
PATENTED
Model Number :
Purchase Date :
Purchased From :
Installation Date :
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
Table of Contents
1. Disclaimer 530
2. Safety Note 530
5. Handling 533
5.3. Handling 534
5.4. Storage 534
6. Maintenance 535
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
1. Disclaimer
be defective.
2. Safety Note

DANGER death.

WARNING injury.


Important:
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
KEYSKIRT® SIZE 3
PATENTED
APPLICATIONS
An effective chute sealing system designed to cope with spillage of large lump material where Size 1, 2
and 4 Keyskirts are liable to severe damage.
Suitable for lump sizes over 150mm.
FEATURES
Robust, cut and abrasion-resistant polyurethane sealing strip.
Patented mounting system for easy strip replacement.
Simple mounting allows easy and quick adjustment for sealing strip wear.
Tongue and groove allows joining of more than one length.
POLYURETHANE GRADES
Standard - 95SH(A)
Fire Retardant - 95SH(A)
KEYSKIRT SIZE 3 - CHUTE SEALING SYSTEMS WITH POLYURETHANE SKIRTING © 07-2015
INTERLOCK BETWEEN ADJACENT KEYSKIRT

TO PREVENT SPILLAGE AND OPENING CHUTE
COMPLETE SEAL
AGAINST CHUTE
160
20°
70 286 286 286 70
35°
45°
ROUNDED EDGE
BELT LINE TO BED IN WITH
END VIEW EXSISTING BELT ANGLE
CHUTE
COMPLETE SEAL
AGAINST CHUTE
POLYURETHANE SKIRTING
210mm OR 160mm WIDE
1000 O/ALL 210
SIDE VIEW
20°
35°
45°
BELT LINE
BRELKO
END VIEW
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION & FINISHES
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

PLEASE REFER TO DETAILED MANUAL FOR INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, MAINTENANCE & SPARE PARTS KS3 - 018 REV. E
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5. Handling
immediately.
5.2. Work Safety
WARNING

standards.

an explosion.

BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5.3. Handling
5.4. Storage
surface.
BRELKO KEYSKIRT®
QTY DESCRIPTION
1 PRICKER
1 90° SET SQUARE
1 5M TAPE MEASURE
1 STANLEY KNIFE
1 NYLON ROPE (3 M)
2 G-CLAMPS - 6” - 8”
1 JIMMY LEVER
1 WELDING HELMET
1 WELDING APRON
1 ANGLE GRINDER
1 BABY GRINDER
1 FLINT LIGHTER
1 FIRE BLANKET
1 CHALK LINE
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
6. Maintenance
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
PARTS LIST - REF. DRW. No.: KS3-019

LENGHT BELT WIDTH
(m) (mm)
A Keyskirt® Standard Polyurethane - 210mm Size 3 1 From 600mm 9-2.9-1

upwards
Keyskirt® Standard Polyurethane - 160mm Size 3 1 From 600mm 9-2.9-2
upwards
Keyskirt® F.R.A.S.O.R. Polyurethane - 210mm Size 3 1 From 600mm 9-91-1
upwards
Keyskirt® F.R.A.S.O.R. Polyurethane - 160mm Size 3 1 From 600mm 9-2.91-2
upwards
B Keyskirt® channel track – C/W backing strip, SIZE 3 1 From 600mm 9-1.2.3
nuts & washers - 210mm upwards
Keyskirt® channel track – C/W backing strip, SIZE 3 1 From 600mm 9-1.2.31
nuts & washers - 160mm upwards

DRW. No.: KS3-019.
2. Place polyurethane skirt (1) on backing plate (3).
3. Fit clamp plate (2) over skirt (1) and the studs of backing plate (3).
4. Ensure that the two guide pins on the clamp plate (2) engage in the slots of the skirt (1).
5. Tighten clamp nuts (4).
KEYSKIRT SIZE 3 - CHUTE SEALING SYSTEM WITH POLYURETHANE SKIRTING © 07-2015
4
BRELKO
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
PARTS LIST: 210mm WIDE ( STD ) OR 160mm ( ON REQUEST ). KS3 - 019 REV. E
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
INSTALLATION GUIDE - REF. DRW. No.: KS3-020

1. Size -3 Keyskirt® is used where the particle sizes and drop height could damage Size -1, -2 and -4 Keyskirt®.
2. Size -3 Keyskirt® can also be used as a side wall on a flat belt, where limited spillage can be tolerated.
3. Position the backing plates (1000mm long) on the chute sides as indicated on DRW. No.: KS-3-020.
4. Weld in position.
5. Fit Keyskirt® and outer clamp plate. Ensure that the two vertical grooves in the Keyskirt® engage with the pins in the
backing plate.
6. Rest the Keyskirt® on the conveyor belt and finger tighten the clamp plate nuts.
7. Ensure adjacent lengths of Keyskirt® engage at their ends.
8. Finally adjust the Keyskirt® to lightly touch the conveyor and tighten the clamp plate nuts.
9. Check running of conveyor to ensure there are no high spots or thicker sections which could foul the Keyskirt®.
KEYSKIRT SIZE 3 - CHUTE SEALING SYSTEMS WITH POLYURETHANE SKIRTING © 07-2015
CHANNEL TRACK
(1000 BACKING STRIP) 1000 (O/ALL) BACKING STRIP (1000 BACKING STRIP)
4 HOLES @ 286mm C/C = 858 70 35
14mm (TYP.) 165
103mm 792 103mm 25

(998mm CHANNEL TRACK) 998 (O/ALL) CHANNEL TRACK (998mm CHANNEL TRACK)
END VIEW SIDE VIEW
OPTIONAL MOUNTING
DIRECTLY TO CHUTE
210 160
80mm
WEAR LIMIT 6
30mm 20°
20° 35°
35° WEAR LIMIT
45°
1000mm O/ALL 13,5 45°
SIDE VIEW
BELT LINE BELT LINE
BRELKO
END VIEW END VIEW

STANDARD CONSTRUCTION & FINISHES
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
INSTALLATION DETAIL: STANDARD MOUNT KS3 - 020 REV. E
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

belt.
7.2. Loosen the locknuts and then remove the Keyskirt®.
Keyskirt:
drawing.
request.
replacement of Keyskirt®.
request).
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
CODE:
CUSTOMER:
No : 25853
CONTACT TEL:
ATTENTION:
DATE IN:
CONTRACT/ORDER No.:

TOP COVER BUILD-UP
______________________________________________

NEW / EVEN
GROOVES / WORN
/ UNEVEN
PROTRUSIONS
EXCESSIVE
AVERAGE
LITTLE
BLADES / HOLDERS
MOUNTS
CARRIER
ASSEMBLY
SPINDLES
SKIRTING
OTHER SPARES
ADJUST SCRAPER SET
CLEANED

(please print)

OVER
©2003-05
25
YEARS
FS 007 8 8 2011 1 of 2
SAFETY :
CUSTOMER DETAILS
CONVEYOR DIMENSIONS
Edge Damage: Yes No

Comments:

Belt Movement:
Comments:
IDLER CHECK
Troughing Frame
Condition:
Comments:
PRIMARY SCRAPER
Housekeeping:
Comments:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 1 of 3

Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

Comments:

Comments:
KEYSKIRTING®
as Skirting
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 2 of 3
FEEDBOOTS

Housekeeping:
Comments:
HI - IMPACT SYSTEM
Comments:
AIR CANNONS
Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 3 of 3
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
Keyskirt® damaged Belt Drift Fit Belt Tracking Systems, preferably fit Brelko Belt Tracking Systems
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
KEYSKIRT® SIZE 4
PATENTED
Model Number :
Purchase Date :
Purchased From :
Installation Date :
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
Table of Contents
1. Disclaimer 548
2. Safety Note 548
5. Handling 551
5.3. Handling 552
5.4. Storage 552
6. Maintenance 553
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
1. Disclaimer
be defective.
2. Safety Note

DANGER death.

WARNING injury.


Important:
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
KEYSKIRT® SIZE 4
PATENTED
APPLICATIONS
Suitable for all belt conveyors from 1200mm belt width upwards carrying material less than 75mm particle
size.
FEATURES
GRADES
Standard - 55SH(A)
KEYSKIRT - SIZE 4 - CHUTE SEALING SYSTEM WITH FLEXIBLE RUBBER SKIRTING © 07-2015
NOTE:
* 10M SKIRT LENGTH CHUTE
* 300mm SKIRT WIDTH
CHUTE LOCKING STRIP
ELCTRO GALVANISED TRACK

BELT LINE
20°
45°
30°
FLEXIBLE SEAL MEANS 45°
FLEXIBLE SEAL MEANS
126-146mm
ADJUSTABLE
CHUTE PRIMER COATED BACKING PLATE
WITH STUDS, WELDED ON TO CHUTE
OFFSET BACKING PLATE
CHUTE CHANNEL TRACK GALVANISED NYLOC NUTS

SUPPORT BRACKET SUGGESTED DEFLECTOR PLATE
FOR HEAVILY LADEN BELTS

GAP TO BE SMALLER THAN BELT LINE

OR 2x PARTICLE SIZE GAP TO BE SMALLER THAN
20° BELT LINE
OR 2x PARTICLE SIZE
35° 20°
45° 35°
45°
FLEXIBLE SEAL MEANS FLEXIBLE SEAL MEANS
NO ADJUSTMENT AT ALL NO ADJUSTMENT AT ALL
SELF CLEANING GROOVES SELF CLEANING GROOVES
BRELKO
OPTIONAL MOUNTING FOR NARROW CHUTES AND LOWER BELT ANGLES OPTIONAL DEFLECTOR PLATE
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

PLEASE REFER TO DETAILED MANUAL FOR INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, MAINTENANCE & SPARE PARTS KS4 - 001 REV. A
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5. Handling
immediately.
5.2. Work Safety
WARNING

standards.

an explosion.

BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5.3. Handling
5.4. Storage
surface.
BRELKO KEYSKIRT®
QTY DESCRIPTION
1 PRICKER
1 90° SET SQUARE
1 5M TAPE MEASURE
1 STANLEY KNIFE
1 NYLON ROPE (3 M)
2 G-CLAMPS - 6” - 8”
1 JIMMY LEVER
1 WELDING HELMET
1 WELDING APRON
1 ANGLE GRINDER
1 BABY GRINDER
1 FLINT LIGHTER
1 FIRE BLANKET
1 CHALK LINE
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
6. Maintenance
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

ITEM LENGHT BELT WIDTH
DESCRIPTION SIZE CODE
No. (m) (mm)
Standard grade - 55 SH(A) SIZE 4 5 From 1200mm upwards 9/2.2/4
Standard grade - 55 SH(A) SIZE 4 10 From 1200mm upwards 9/2.2/40
LHB (SOFT) - 40 SH(A) SIZE 4 5 From 1200mm upwards 9/2.7/4
LHB (SOFT) - 40 SH(A) SIZE 4 10 From 1200mm upwards 9/2.7/40
Heat resistant - 55 SH(A) SIZE 4 5 From 1200mm upwards 9/2.3/4
Heat resistant - 55 SH(A) SIZE 4 10 From 1200mm upwards 9/2.3/40
F.R.A.S.O.R. - 55 SH(A) SIZE 4 5 From 1200mm upwards 9/2.4/4
F.R.A.S.O.R. - 55 SH(A) SIZE 4 10 From 1200mm upwards 9/2.4/40
Waste works - 60 SH(A) SIZE 4 5 From 1200mm upwards 9/2.6/4
Waste works - 60 SH(A) SIZE 4 10 From 1200mm upwards 9/2.6/40
Chemical - 60 SH(A) - SIZE 4 2.5 From 1200mm upwards 9/2.8/4

Polyurethane
Food Grade - 60 SH(A) – SIZE 4 10 From 1200mm upwards 9/2.5/4
Natural Rubber (FDA Approved)
B Keyskirt channel track – C/W SIZE 4 1.25 From 1200mm upwards 9/1.2.1
backing strip, nuts & washers

DRW. No.: KS4-002.
3. Cut the Keyskirt Rubber (1) to the required length.
4. If the Keyskirt Rubber (1) needs to be joined into longer lengths refer to the Technical Bulletin KEY2 - 01/99, available on
request.
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
© 07-2015
REV. E
KS4 - 002
DRW.
No.

2
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
© 07-2015
REV. B
KS4 - 021
DRW.
No.

2
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
© 07-2015
REV. A
KS4 - 022
DRW.
No.

2
4
3
1
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

particle size and drop height is such that Size -1, -2 & -4 may be damaged. White chemical grade Size -1 Keyskirt is
• Note: - If no backing strip is used refer to technical bulletin KEY1 – 01/99, available on request.
necessary to adjust the mounting angle of Size - 1 and -2 Keyskirt to reduce drag. Brelko “KeyKlamps” are recommended
for quick replacement of Keyskirt.
5. Size -1 and -2 Keyskirt is supplied in 10m lengths and Size 4 in 5m or 10m lengths. They can be cut to size and also joined
6. Keyskirt should be replaced when the ribs are worn away.
8. To further enhance the sealing benefit of Keyskirt we recommend the installation of Brelko Feedboots at the various
9. Ensure that the conveyor belt has been properly aligned and is tracking true so as to avoid Keyskirt slipping off the belt
edge.
BACKING PLATE
2,5
1240mm (CLAMP PIECE) 1240mm (O/ALL) CLAMP PIECE 1240mm (CLAMP PIECE)
60
56 60 40
BUTT-UP 3 PITCHES @ 350 = 1050 BUTT-UP

100 100mm
BACKING PLATE ENDS BACKING PLATE ENDS
1,5 24,5 1250 (O/ALL) BACKING PLATE 1250 (O/ALL) BACKING PLATE 1250 (O/ALL) BACKING PLATE
6
END VIEW SIDE VIEW
6mm (THK.)
6mm (THK.)
M10 NYLOC NUT
M10 NYLOC NUT
CHUTE
CHUTE KEYSKIRTSIZE -4 MKII DRAGCHARACTERISTICS

SUGGESTED DEFLECTOR 70
PLATE FOR HEAVILY
LADEN BELTS 60
104mm (MIN.)
50
107mm (MIN.)
40
30
20° 20°
35° 35° 20
m
45° 5m 45°
mm 19
1 93 10
0
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90

BELT LINE BELT LINE
BRELKO
BACKING PLATE MOUNTING BACKING PLATE MOUNTING BACKING PLATE WITH OFFSET
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
INSTALLATION DETAIL: STANDARD MOUNT DRW.

KS4 - 003 REV. D
No.
®
(97-81) 100mm 3 PITCHES @ 350 = 1050 100

ADJUSTABLE
75°
60
56
6 1240mm (O/ALL) CLAMP PIECE
END VIEW SIDE VIEW
M10 NYLOC NUT 126-146

126-146
6mm (THK.) 112

6mm (THK.) 112
KEYSKIRTSIZE -4 MKII DRAGCHARACTERISTICS
70
CHUTE
CHUTE 60
50
SUGGESTED DEFLECTOR
PLATE FOR HEAVILY
LADEN BELTS 40
85mm (MIN.)
30
GAP TO BE SMALLER
THAN OR 2x 20° 20
PARTICLE SIZE 35° 20°
45° 35°
10
m 45°
m 7m
7m 19 0
19 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90

BELT LINE
BELT LINE
BRELKO
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
INSTALLATION DETAIL: OFFSET MOUNT DRW.

KS4 - 023 REV. B
No.
®
5 40
25
60
71
41
34 6
76 1250 O/ALL KEYLINER TRACK
END VIEW SIDE VIEW
6mm (THK.)
6mm (THK.)
CHUTE
CHUTE KEYSKIRTSIZE -4 MKII DRAGCHARACTERISTICS
70
SUGGESTED DEFLECTOR
PLATE FOR HEAVILY
LADEN BELTS 60
50
136 (MIN.) 40
136 (MIN.)
30
20
10
20° BELT LINE
20°
35° 0
35°
45° 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
mm 45°
50 mm
50 BEND THRU ANGLE (°)
BELT LINE
BRELKO
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
INSTALLATION DETAIL: BOLTLESS TRACK DRW.

KS4 - 024 REV. A
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

belt.
Keyskirt:
drawing.
request.
request).
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
CODE:
CUSTOMER:
No : 25853
CONTACT TEL:
ATTENTION:
DATE IN:
CONTRACT/ORDER No.:

TOP COVER BUILD-UP
______________________________________________

NEW / EVEN
GROOVES / WORN
/ UNEVEN
PROTRUSIONS
EXCESSIVE
AVERAGE
LITTLE
BLADES / HOLDERS
MOUNTS
CARRIER
ASSEMBLY
SPINDLES
SKIRTING
OTHER SPARES
ADJUST SCRAPER SET
CLEANED

(please print)

OVER
©2003-05
25
YEARS
FS 007 8 8 2011 1 of 2
SAFETY :
CUSTOMER DETAILS
CONVEYOR DIMENSIONS
Edge Damage: Yes No

Comments:

Belt Movement:
Comments:
IDLER CHECK
Troughing Frame
Condition:
Comments:
PRIMARY SCRAPER
Housekeeping:
Comments:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 1 of 3

Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

Comments:

Comments:
KEYSKIRTING®
as Skirting
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 2 of 3
FEEDBOOTS

Housekeeping:
Comments:
HI - IMPACT SYSTEM
Comments:
AIR CANNONS
Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 3 of 3
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

Keyskirt® damaged
Excessive Wear /
Drag
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
KEYLINER™
PATENTED
Model Number :
Purchase Date :
Purchased From :
Installation Date :
Model number information can be found on the Label found on the Keyliner™ wrapping.
This information will be helpful for any future inquiries or questions about Keyliner™ replacement
KEYLINER™ - Page 568 to 585 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
Table of Contents
1. Disclaimer 581
2. Safety Note 581
4.2. Reference Drawing - KYL-001 583
5. Handling 584
5.3. Handling 585
5.4. Storage 585
6. Maintenance 586
7. Procedure for Replacing Keyliner™ 591
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
1. Disclaimer
be defective.
2. Safety Note

DANGER death.

WARNING injury.


Important:
Brelko Keyliner™ is designed to operate with minimum maintenance. However, to maintain
superior performance some service is required. When the Keyliner™ is installed a regular
maintenance program should be set up. This program will ensure that the Keyliner™ operates
at optimal efficiency and problems can be identified and fixed before the Keyliner™ stops
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
KEYLINER™
PATENTED
APPLICATIONS
An effective chute lining system designed to prevent material build-up on underflow chute side walls, and
to protect the chute from light impact loads.
Suitable for lump sizes less than 150mm.
Typically used on underflow chutes
FEATURES
A flexible chute lining system which prevents material build-up on underflow chute side walls due to the
movement of the Keyliner™.
Keyliner™ available in modular 10 meter lengths of moulded rubber - 60SH (A).
Unique mounting track and locking system result in simple and quick installation and subsequent Keyliner
replacement.
Keyliner™ liner replacement of only the worn out areas possible, it’s not necessary to replace the complete
Keyliner™ system.
KEYLINER SIZE 1 & 2 - CHUTE LINNING SYSTEMS WITH FLEXIBLE RUBBER SKIRTING © 07-2015
KEYLINER LOCKING STRIP KEYLINER LOCKING STRIP
KEYLINER SKIRT
KEYLINER SKIRT
CHUTE OVERLAPPING SKIRT TO CHUTE

PROTECT CHUTE SIDE WALL
OVERLAPPING SKIRT TO
PROTECT CHUTE SIDE WALL
FLEXIBLE SKIRT MEANS

FLEXIBLE SKIRT MEANS NO METERIAL BUILD-UP
NO METERIAL BUILD-UP
BRELKO
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION & FINISHES SIZE 1 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION & FINISHES SIZE 2
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

PLEASE REFER TO DETAILED MANUAL FOR INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, MAINTENANCE & SPARE PARTS KYL - 001 REV. 0
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5. Handling
immediately.
5.2. Work Safety
WARNING

standards.

an explosion.

BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
5.3. Handling
5.4. Storage
surface.
BRELKO KEYLINER™
QTY DESCRIPTION
1 5M TAPE MEASURE
1 STANLEY KNIFE
1 WELDING HELMET
1 WELDING APRON
1 ANGLE GRINDER
1 BABY GRINDER
1 FLINT LIGHTER
1 FIRE BLANKET
1 CHALK LINE
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
6. Maintenance
Brelko Keyliner™ is designed to operate with minimum maintenance. However, to maintain
superior performance some service is required. When the Keyliner™ is installed a regular
maintenance program should be set up. This program will ensure that the Keyliner™ operates
at optimal efficiency and problems can be identified and fixed before the Keyliner™ stops
After the new Brelko Keyliner™ has run for a few days a visual inspection should be made to
ensure the Keyliner™ is performing properly.
A visual inspection of the Keyliner™ and the belt can determine:
• Check Keyliner™ for wear;
• Make sure that the locking strips are tight;
• Make sure that the Keyliner™ is resting on top of one another and is in contact with the chute
side wall.
can be stopped for Keyliner™ Maintenance. When maintenance tasks are completed, test run
the conveyor to ensure the Keyliner™ is performing properly.
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
PARTS LIST - REF. DRW. No.: KYL-003

LENGHT BELT WIDTH
(m) (mm)
A Keyliner™ rubber per length

Standard grade - 55 SH(A) SIZE 1 10 N/A 9/2.2/1
Standard grade - 55 SH(A) SIZE 2 10 N/A 9/2.2/1
F.R.A.S.O.R. - 55 SH(A) SIZE 1 10 N/A 9/2.4/1
F.R.A.S.O.R. - 55 SH(A) SIZE 2 10 N/A 9/2.4/1
B Keyliner™ channel track – C/W locking strip SIZE 1 & 2 1.25 N/A 9/1.2.1

DRW. No.: KYL-003.
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
© 07-2015
REV. 0
KYL - 003
DRW.
No.
KEYLINER SIZE 1 - CHUTE LINNING SYSTEM WITH FLEXIBLE RUBBER SKIRTING
PARTS LIST:
1
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
INSTALLATION GUIDE - REF. DRW. No.: KYL-002

1. Select the most appropriate size and type of Keyliner™ for the application. Generally Size -1 is used for less abrasive
materials, Size -2 is used where the material is larger or more abrasive such that Size -1, may be damaged.
2. Mark out and weld the Keyliner™ channel track to the chute sides as shown on the drawing.
3. Keyliner™ is supplied in 10m lengths. It can be cut to size and also joined using suitable cold splicing compounds.
4. Keyliner™ should be replaced when the rubber skirts are warn.
KEYLINER SIZE 1 & 2 - CHUTE LINNING SYSTEMS WITH FLEXIBLE RUBBER SKIRTING © 07-2015
BACKING STRIP
60
1250 O/ALL
CHUTE CHUTE 5,89 44,11
25 25
5
60
255 255
BRELKO
BACKING STRIP MOUNTING BACKING STRIP MOUNTING
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
INSTALLATION DETAIL: KYL - 002 REV. 0
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
7. Procedure for Replacing Keyliner™

Repair/replace Keyliner™ components when damaged due to wear.
belt.
7.2. Loosen the locknuts and then remove the Keyliner™.
7.2.1. If Keyliner™ damaged occur follow the steps below to replace individual or all of the
Keyliner™:
7.2.2. Keyliner™ is supplied in 10m lengths. They can be cut to size and also joined using
suitable cold splicing compounds.
7.2.3. Keyliner™ should be replaced when the rubber skirts are worn away.
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
CODE:
CUSTOMER:
No : 25853
CONTACT TEL:
ATTENTION:
DATE IN:
CONTRACT/ORDER No.:

TOP COVER BUILD-UP
______________________________________________

NEW / EVEN
GROOVES / WORN
/ UNEVEN
PROTRUSIONS
EXCESSIVE
AVERAGE
LITTLE
BLADES / HOLDERS
MOUNTS
CARRIER
ASSEMBLY
SPINDLES
SKIRTING
OTHER SPARES
ADJUST SCRAPER SET
CLEANED

(please print)

OVER
©2003-05
25
YEARS
FS 007 8 8 2011 1 of 2
SAFETY :
CUSTOMER DETAILS
CONVEYOR DIMENSIONS
Edge Damage: Yes No

Comments:

Belt Movement:
Comments:
IDLER CHECK
Troughing Frame
Condition:
Comments:
PRIMARY SCRAPER
Housekeeping:
Comments:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 1 of 3

Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

Comments:

Comments:
KEYSKIRTING®
as Skirting
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 2 of 3
FEEDBOOTS

Housekeeping:
Comments:
HI - IMPACT SYSTEM
Comments:
AIR CANNONS
Comments:

Housekeeping:
Comments:

FS 023 02 02 2014 Page 3 of 3
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

Keyliner™ Rubber
Material size too large / too abrasive Incorrect application of product
Wear / Damage
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
CHUTE INSPECTION SEAL
Version 6.4 – © 10/2014
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
CHUTE INSPECTION SEAL

PATENTED
APPLICATIONS
An effective chute inspection door designed to allow easy access to adjust, clean and inspect belt
scrapers as well as controlling material spillage
Suitable for use on all Brelko Secondary belt scrapers and most conveyor chutes and all conveyor widths.
FEATURES
Robust, cut and abrasion-resistant polyurethane inspection sealing strip.
Quick release mounting system for easy scraper inspection.
Available for both single and double row belt scrapers, easy removable inner section to accommodate
different belt scraper carrier shaft sizes; one size fits all!.
Quick and easy installation.
Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
CHUTE INSPECTION SEAL - CHUTE SEALING SYSTEMS WITH POLYURETHANE SKIRT © 06-2013
CHUTE SIDE
PLATE
COMPLETE SEAL
AGAINST CHUTE CHUTE SIDE PLT
SIZE 1&2 = 120mm

SIZE 3 = 170mm
SIZE 4&5 = 175mm
(RECOMMENDED)
SIZE 1&2 = 70mm
B SIZE 3 = 95mm
SIZE 4&5 = 110mm
(RECOMMENDED)
STANDARD MOUNTS
WELD TO CHUTE
SIDE PLATE
85 (MIN)
CHUTE SIDE PLT
DETAIL B
CHUTE SEAL - SINGLE ROW BELT SCRAPER INVERT CLAMP
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION AND FINISHES FOR BELT WIDTHS FROM PLATE
400mm TO 2400mm
SIZE 1&2 = 134mm
SIZE 3 = 194mm
SIZE 4&5 = 227mm
(RECOMMENDED)
SINGLE ROW
CHUTE SIDE
COMPLETE SEAL
PLATE
AGAINST CHUTE
SIZE 1&2 = 84mm
SIZE 3 = 114.12mm
SIZE 4&5 = 108mm
(RECOMMENDED)
TORSION MOUNTS
CHUTE SIDE PLT
D
SIZE 1&2 = 120mm
SIZE 3 = 165mm
SIZE 4&5 = 175mm
(RECOMMENDED)
WELD TO CHUTE 85 (MIN.)

SIDE PLATE SIZE 1&2 = 110mm
DETAIL D
SIZE 3 = 110mm
BRELKO
CHUTE SEAL - DOUBLE ROW BELT SCRAPERS SIZE 4&5 = 130mm

STANDARD CONSTRUCTION AND FINISHES FOR BELT WIDTHS FROM (RECOMMENDED)
DOUBLE ROW 400mm TO 2400mm DOUBLE TORSION MOUNTS
P.O. Box 62392 • Marshalltown 2107 • Tel: +27 (0)11 013-4000 • Fax: +27 (0)11 013-4150 • e-mail: info@brelko.com • Web: www.brelko.com
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

PLEASE REFER TO DETAILED MANUAL FOR INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, MAINTENANCE & SPARE PARTS CHT-SEAL-014 REV. B
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
PARTS LIST- REF. DRW. No.: CHT-SEAL-011

(SINGLE ROW BELT SCRAPERS)
ITEM No. ITEM CODE
A. Near & Farside Inspection Seal Assembly C/W backing plate, rod latches, 2/10.1
polyurethane skirt and clamp plate.

DRW. No.: CHT-SEAL- 011.
2. Remove polyurethane skirt (2) and clamp plate (3) from backing plate (1).
3. By means of a knife cut and remove the skirt centre piece to suit the scraper carrier shaft size.
• Note: Care should be taken when doing this operation.
Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
CHUTE INSPECTION SEAL - CHUTE SEALING SYSTEM WITH POLYURETHANE SKIRT © 06-2013
4 3 2 1
2 1 3 4
LEGEND
CHUTE SEAL BACK PLATE - SINGLE 1
ROD LATCH ASSEMBLY 2
BRELKO
CHUTE SEAL ASSEMBLY FOR SIZE 1/2, 3 & 4/5 3

CHUTE SEAL CLAMP PLATE 4
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
PARTS LIST: FOR STANDARD AND TORSION MOUNTS - SINGLE ROW PLEASE SPECIFY BELT WIDTH WHEN ORDERING CHT-SEAL-011 REV. B
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
INSTALLATION GUIDE - REF. DRW. No.: CHT-SEAL-015

(SINGLE ROW BELT SCRAPERS)
1. Refer to the Assembly Instructions, Parts List and DRW. No.: CHT-SEAL-011 to confirm that all the necessary parts have been
supplied and that the chute inspection seal is correctly assembled.
2. Referring to DRW. No.: CHT-SEAL-015, position the backing plates (1) in the area shown.
3. Using backing plates (1) as a template cut out the nearside chute opening (dimensions A & B) for the scraper installation
and future maintenance access. The farside opening need only accommodate scraper adjustment.
• Note: - Shield conveyor belt and pulley to prevent burning during cutting and welding activities.
4. Complete welding of backing plates to chute side plates.
5. Insert scraper through openings and follow installation instructions for relevant belt scraper model.
6. Referring to DRW. No.: CHT-SEAL-015, complete chute inspection seal assembly.
• Note: - Referring to DRW. No.: CHT-SEAL-015 ensure that clamp plates (3) are installed to suit the belt scraper mounting
arrangement and belt scraper model supplied.
Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
215
141
=270=
350 O/ALL
(OPENING)
20
=135=
(OPENING) 3
=125= 215 O/ALL
(OPENING) BACKING PLATE
(WELD TO SIDE OF CHUTE)
410
310
350
19
195
(OPENING)
3
25
SHOWING CLAMP CONFIGURATION FOR

STANDARD MOUNTS
160
(RECOMMENDED)
69
20
(REF.)
19
24
REFER TO SCRAPER
BRELKO
MODEL INSTALLATION
END VIEW DATA SHEETS SHOWING CLAMP CONFIGURATION FOR
TORSION MOUNTS
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
INSTALLATION DETAIL: STANDARD SUPPLY. ALWAYS SPECIFY BELT WIDTH WHEN ORDERING CHT-SEAL-015 REV. B
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
PARTS LIST - REF. DRW. No.: CHT-SEAL-012

(DOUBLE ROW BELT SCRAPERS)
ITEM No. ITEM CODE
A. Farside Inspection Seal Assembly C/W backing plate, rod latches, 2/10.1
B. Nearside Inspection Seal Assembly C/W backing plate, rod latches, 2/10.2

DRW. No.: CHT-SEAL-012.
2. Remove polyurethane skirt (2) and clamp plate (3) from backing plate (1).
3. By means of a knife cut and remove the skirt centre piece to suit the scraper carrier shaft size.
• Note: Care should be taken when doing this operation to prevent personal injury.
Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
CHUTE INSPECTION SEAL - CHUTE SEALING SYSTEM WITH POLYURETHANE SKIRT © 06-2013
4 3 5 2 5
2 1 3 4
LEGEND
CHUTE SEAL BACK PLATE - DOUBLE 1
ROD LATCH ASSEMBLY 2
CHUTE SEAL SIZE 1/2, 3 & 4/5 3
BRELKO
CHUTE SEAL CLAMP PLATE 4

CHUTE SEAL CLAMP PLATE INSERT 5
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
PARTS LIST: FOR STANDARD AND TORSION MOUNTS - DOUBLE ROW PLEASE SPECIFY BELT WIDTH WHEN ORDERING CHT-SEAL-012 REV. B
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
INSTALLATION GUIDE - REF. DRW. No.: CHT-SEAL-016

(DOUBLE ROW BELT SCRAPERS)
1. Refer to the Assembly Instructions, Parts List and DRW. No.: CHT-SEAL-012 to confirm that all the necessary parts have been
supplied and that the chute inspection seal is correctly assembled.
2. Referring to DRW. No.: CHT-SEAL-016, position the backing plates (1) in the area shown.
3. Using backing plates (1) as a template cut out the nearside chute opening (dimensions A & B) for the scraper installation
and future maintenance access. The farside opening need only accommodate scraper adjustment.
• Note: - Shield conveyor belt and pulley to prevent burning during cutting and welding activities.
4. Complete welding of backing plates to chute side plates.
5. Insert scraper through openings and follow installation instructions for relevant belt scraper model.
6. Referring to DRW. No.: CHT-SEAL-016, complete chute inspection seal assembly.
• Note: - Referring to DRW. No.: CHT-SEAL-016 ensure that clamp plates (3) are installed to suit the belt scraper mounting
arrangement and belt scraper model supplied.
Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
430
110 210 110
141
=270=
(OPENING)
350 (O/ALL)
60
=350=
(OPENING) 3
125 =430=
(OPENING) O/ALL
BACKING PLATE
(WELD TO SIDE OF CHUTE)
410
350
195
18
23
(OPENIMG)
3

STANDARD MOUNTS
210
(RECOMMENDED)
119
(REF.)
18
23
REFER TO SCRAPER
3
MODEL INSTALLATION
DATA SHEETS
BRELKO

SIDE VIEW TORSION MOUNTS
NOTE: USE SINGLE CHUTE SEAL FOR FAR SIDE
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DRW.
INSTALLATION DETAIL: STANDARD SUPPLY. ALWAYS SPECIFY BELT WIDTH WHEN ORDERING CHT-SEAL-016 REV. B
No.
®
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
DISCLAIMER - Catalogue
The information provided in these documents is advisory only. These recommendations are provided by BRELKO® in the
interest of promoting safety in the work place. These recommendations are general in nature and are not intended as a
substitute for a thorough safety program. Users should seek the advice, supervision or consultation of qualified engineers
or other safety professionals. Any use of this document, the information contained herein, or any other BRELKO® publication
may only be made with the agreement and understanding that the user and the user’s company assume full responsibility
for the design, safety, specifications, suitability and adequacy of the system component, or mechanical or electrical device
designed or manufactured using this information. The user and the user’s company understand and agree that BRELKO®, its
member companies, its officers, agents and employees shall not be liable in any manner under any theory of liability for the
user or user’s reliance on these recommendations. The users and the user’s company agree to release, hold harmless and
indemnify BRELKO®, its member companies, successors, assigns, officers, agents and employees from any and all claims
of liability, costs, fees (including attorney’s fees), or damages arising in any way out of the use of this information. BRELKO®
and its member companies, successors, assigns, officers, agents and employees make no representations or warranties
whatsoever, either express or implied, about the information contained in this document, including, but not limited to,
representations or warranties that the information and recommendations contained herein conform to any federal, state or
local laws, regulations, guidelines or ordinances.
DISCLAIMER - CD Catalogue
The materials on these compact discs are provided “as is” and without warranties of any kind either express or implied. To
the fullest extent permissible pursuant to applicable law, we disclaim all warranties, express or implied, including, but not
limited to, implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. We do not warrant that the functions
contained in the materials on any BRELKO® compact disc’s will be uninterrupted or error-free, that defects will be corrected,
or that any BRELKO® compact disc’s are free of viruses or other harmful components. We do not warrant or make any
representations regarding the use or the results of the use of the materials on any BRELKO® compact disc in terms of their
correctness, accuracy, reliability, or otherwise. You assume the entire cost of all necessary servicing, repair, or correction.
Applicable law may not allow the exclusion of implied warranties.
PRODUCT, PARTS LIST and INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION, CD CATALOGUE TERMS OF

USE.
Although care has been taken to ensure, to the best of our knowledge, that all data and information contained on this
CD is accurate to the extent that it relates to either matters of fact or accepted practice or matters of opinion at the time of
publication, Brelko® Conveyor Products assumes no responsibility for any errors in or misinterpretations of such data and/or
information, or loss or damage arising from or related to its use.
TRADEMARKS.
All registered trademarks, trademarks and/or service marks mentioned or implied on these compact discs are copyright by
their respective owners. It shall not be construed that any products sold or manufactured by Brelko® Conveyor Products are
the original product of the O.E.M.
RESTRICTIONS ON USE OF MATERIALS.

All materials contained on these compact discs are the copyrighted property of Brelko®. All trademarks, service marks,
and trade names are proprietary to Brelko® Conveyor Products. No material from these compact discs be may copied,
reproduced, republished, posted, transmitted, or distributed in any way, without prior written consent of Brelko®. For
purposes of these terms, the use of any such material on any other compact discs or computer environment is prohibited. All
trademarks, service marks, trade names and trade dress are proprietary to Brelko®. In the event you copy any software, files,
images, images incorporated into or generated by the software, data or data produced by the software (collectively known
as, the “Software”) from these compact discs, are licensed to you by us (or third party licensors) for your personal use only.
{NOTICE: Third party licensors may have further rules and/or restrictions regarding their software and/or products. Please
see and follow all third party licensors information} we do not transfer the title to any Software to you in any way. You own
the medium on which the Software is recorded, but we (or third party licensors) retain full and complete title to the You may
not redistribute, sell, de-compile, reverse engineer, disassemble, or otherwise reduce the Software to a human-readable
form (into any language, natural or computer) or by any other form or means without prior written consent from Brelko®. Any
code, text, photo, graphic, audio and/or video material contained on these Brelko® compact discs shall not be published,
broadcast, rewritten for broadcast or publication or redistributed directly or indirectly in any medium. Neither these
materials nor any portion thereof may be stored in a computer except for personal and non-commercial use without prior
consent, in writing, from Brelko®. Brelko® will not be held liable for any delays, inaccuracies, errors or omissions there from or
in the transmission or delivery of all or any part thereof or for any damages arising from any of the foregoing.
- Page 597 to 598 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015
BRELKO ®
CONVEYOR PRODUCTS
SUBMISSIONS
We are pleased to hear from our distributors/customers and welcome your comments regarding our products and
services. Unfortunately, however, our long-standing company policy does not allow us to accept or consider creative ideas,
suggestions, or materials other than those that we have specifically requested. We hope you will understand that it is the
intent of this policy to avoid the possibility of future misunderstandings when projects developed by our professional staff
might seem to others to be similar to their own projects. Please do not send us any unsolicited original materials such as
CAD drawings, ideas, equipment layouts or specifications. While we do value your feedback on our services and products,
we request that you be specific in your comments on those services and products, and not submit any ideas, suggestions,
or materials (unless specifically requested by Brelko®). If, at our request, you send certain specific submissions (i.e., email,
attachments) or, despite reading our above warning you send us suggestions, ideas, notes, drawings, concepts, or other
information (collectively, the “Submissions”), the Submissions shall be deemed, and shall remain, the property of Brelko®
unless noted otherwise. None of the Submissions shall be subject to any obligation of confidence on our part and we shall
not be liable for any use or disclosure of any Submissions. Without limitation of the foregoing, we shall exclusively own all
now known or hereafter existing rights to the Submissions of every kind and nature and shall be entitled to unrestricted
use of the Submissions for any purpose whatsoever, commercial or otherwise, without compensation to the provider of the
Submissions.
TERMINATION
These terms are effective until terminated by either party. You may terminate these terms at any time by discontinuing
use of these compact discs and destroying all materials obtained from and all related documentation and all copies and
installations thereof, whether made under the terms of these terms or otherwise.
!!!WARNING!!!
General Safety Procedures
Belt conveyors and their transfer points can be dangerous. By their very nature, they feature many “pinch” points and
speeding objects. They apply large amounts of mechanical energy to what is basically a loaded rubber band. Operations
and maintenance personnel must always be aware of the power of a conveyor, and they must maintain a healthy respect
for its potential to injure or kill an untrained or unwary individual.
General Safety Guidelines

There are certain safety procedures that should be observed regardless of the design of the conveyor or the circumstances
of operation.
They include:
1. Lock out/tag out all energy sources to conveyor belt, conveyor accessories, and associated process equipment
before beginning any work-whether it is construction, installation, maintenance, or inspection in the area. Use a
lock with one key for each piece of equipment. Only the person doing the work should hold the key to the lock.
2. Employees should be properly trained on the material handling System (including emergency warning signals
and emergency stop controls) before they are allowed to work in the area or attempt to install any Brelko®
equipment or system.
3. Employees and visitors should learn and observe all applicable company, local, state, and federal safety rules. It
is recommended that a formal testing program covering the safety rules be conducted annually.
4. The recommended operating speed and capacity for the conveyor and chute should not be exceeded. If
assistance for product selection is required, please contact your Brelko® representative.
5. All tools and work materials should be removed from the belt and chute before restarting a conveyor. A safety
“walk around” is recommended prior to conveyor operation, making sure that all nuts and bolts are tightened
on all Brelko® equipment or systems installed. Also ensuring that all other items adjusted during installation are
tightened, safety guards replaced etc...
6. All emergency controls should be close to the system, easy to access, and free of debris and obstructions.
7. A hard hat, safety glasses, and steel-toe shoes should be worn when in the area of the conveyor. Loose or bulky
clothing should not be allowed.
8. Never poke, prod, or reach into a material handling system while it is in operation, to clean or remove foreign
objects from the Brelko® equipment or systems installed.
The above guidelines are not intended to replace the safety guidelines of the industrial area, and must be used in
conjunction with the industrial area’s safety regulations and those supplied by the manufactures of the specific systems.
- Page 598 to 598 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015

Brelko Catalogue v6.4 Complete

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Brelko Catalogue v6.4 Complete

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

BRELKO ®

TOTAL TRANSFER POINT SPILLAGE CONTROL

MODEL E955 PREMIUM

DEKRA ISO 14001:2004 C member

BRELKO CONVEYOR PRODUCTS

Kenny Padayachee Peter Ellis

 Founded in 1987 / Selby, Johannesburg – South Africa.

 Brelko, a 100% South African owned company, design and manufacture

 We have over 25 years experience as a supplier and advisor on spillage control

 The company is S.A.N.A.S. approved B-BBEE accredited.

Version 6.4 – © 07/2015

Brelko Conveyor Products (Pty) Ltd. – South Africa

Brelko Conveyor Products INC. – United States

Brelko Conveyor Products Ltd. – United Kingdom

Version 6.4 – © 07/2015

Options, Components & Systems

Full range of Spares and Accessories Pre-assembled Components

Chute Sealing Systems Belt Scrapers

Brelko Belt Support Systems Brelko Belt Tracking Systems

Version 6.4 – © 07/2015

Brelko - Mobile Service

Version 6.4 – © 07/2015

Head Office: Brelko Conveyor Products (Pty) Ltd.

Sales & Marketing Manager:

Technical & CADD Manager:

Business Development Manager: OEM & Projects

United Kingdom - BRELKO CONVEYOR PRODUCTS LTD.

United States of America - BRELKO CONVEYOR PRODUCTS INC.

Version 6.4 – © 10/2014

TOTAL TRANSFER POINT SPILLAGE CONTROL

MODEL E955 PREMIUM

DEKRA ISO 14001:2004 C member

BRELKO® CHUTE SEALING SYSTEMS

BRELKO® BELT SUPPORT SYSTEMS:

HI-IMPACT IDLER: (BTA)

BRELKO® BLOCKAGE REMOVAL and BULK FLOW MAINTENANCE SYSTEMS:

BRELKO® BELT TRACKING SYSTEMS

BRELKO® PRODUCT & SCRAPER ACCESSORIES:

BRELKO® CADD DRAWINGS:

- Page 8 to 15 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015

BELT SCRAPER SELECTION GUIDE

BELT WIDTH (mm)

DRY COARSE MATERIAL - e.g. wood • • • • • •  E205-S or T

- Page 9 to 15 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015

BELT SCRAPER SELECTION GUIDE

BELT WIDTH (mm)

- Page 10 to 15 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015

SCRAPER BLADE SELECTION GUIDE

Chrome Tool Steel Hardened (C10)

Tungsten Carbide (TC x 2mm thick)

Triplex Tungsten Carbide (T3 x 2mm thick)

Triplex Tungsten Carbide (T3 x 4mm thick)

Boron Carbide (B4C x 4mm thick)

SCRAPER MOUNTING SELECTION GUIDE

- Page 11 to 15 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015

CONVEYOR BELT SCRAPERS

E101 SINGLE ROW MULTI BLADE PRIMARY BELT SCRAPER 16 to 26

E151 DOUBLE ROW MULTI BLADE PRIMARY BELT SCRAPER 27 to 37

E205 SINGLE ROW MULTI BLADE SECONDARY BELT SCRAPER 38 to 48

E305 DOUBLE ROW MULTI BLADE SECONDARY BELT SCRAPER 71 to 81

E405 V-PLOUGH SOLID BLADE BELT SCRAPER 104 to 110

E505 ANGLE PLOUGH SOLID BLADE BELT SCRAPER 111 to 119

- Page 12 to 15 Version 6.4 – © 07/2015

BRELKO® AIR CANNONS

Founded in 1987 / Selby, Johannesburg – South Africa.

Brelko, a 100% South African owned company, design and manufacture

We have over 25 years experience as a supplier and advisor on spillage control

The company is S.A.N.A.S. approved B-BBEE accredited.